33-ODOT Prestressed Design FINAL

AASHTO LRFD Bridge
B id Design
D i
Specifications
Prestressed Concrete
RICHARD A. MILLER, PhD, PE, FPCI
PROFESSOR
UNIVERSITY OF CINCINNATI
AASHTO-LRFD Specification, 4th Edition
General
This module covers prestressed concrete superstructure

elements.
Segmental boxes are NOT covered.
Topics which are related to reinforced concrete only are
covered in another module.
Concrete structures are covered in Chapter 5. Chapter 5
uses a unified approach reinforced concrete and
prestressed concrete are covered in the same chapter.
Loads and load combinations related to concrete are
covered in Chapter 3.
Analysis of concrete structures is covered in Chapter 4.
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
Prestressed Concrete: Slide #2
General
LRFD equations are in KSI units!
Example Modulus of Rupture:
f r = 0.24 5ksi = 0.530ksi
LRFD
f r = 7.5 5000 psi = 530 psi STD.SPEC.
In most cases, the equations are simply the old Standard

Specifications equations converted to ksi units.
7.5 5000 psi 7.5 1000 5ksi 7.5 5ksi

=
=
= 0.24 5ksi
1000 psi / ksi
1000
1000
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
5.4 Material Properties
Materials must meet AASHTO LRFD Bridge

Construction Specifications.
Unless specified otherwise, all provisions apply for
strengths up to 10 ksi (Art. 5.4.2.1).
Some provisions allow up to 15 ksi.
There is an effort to extend all provisions to 18 ksi.
If a provision does not allow higher strength, use a
maximum of 10 ksi in the calculations.
Decks must have a minimum strength of 4 ksi.
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
A current problem with the LRFD Specifications is that some

provisions allow strengths up to 18 ksi, but many are limited to 15
ksi or the default of 10 ksi.
So what do you do if you are using a high strength concrete and a
specific provision does not allow that strength?
Use the highest strength allowed by that provision. For
example, assume a 15 ksi strength is specified but a particular
provision has not been verified for that strength. For that
particular provision, you must use a concrete strength of 10
ksi for your calculations (you may still use 15 ksi concrete in
the structure, you just cannot take advantage of the additional
strength for that particular provision). However, if other
provisions allow the use of 15 ksi concrete, you can use 15 ksi
for those provisions.
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate

5.4.2.3 Shrinkage and Creep
For calculation of creep and shrinkage, the engineer may

use:
Articles 5.4.2.3.2 and 5.4.2.3.3
CEB-FIP Model Code
ACI 209
For prestressed concrete the loss equations include
creep and shrinkage.
The main use of these provisions for prestressed
concrete is for calculating restraint moments for
continuous for live load bridges.
These are verified to 15 ksi. The creep equations do not
work for strengths over 15 ksi.
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate

Creep Coefficient ( Art. 5.4.2.3.2) :
(t , ti ) = 1.9kvs k hc k f ktd ti0.118

V
k vs = 1.45 0.13 1.0
S
k hc = 1.56 0.008 H
kf =
= Relative Humidity
= time from first loading to

time being considered
ti
= time of first loading
V/S = volume to surface
5
1 + f ci '
= concrete strength at time of

prestress transfer or time of
first load (RC).
(RC)
If unknown, assume = 0.8fc.
fci
t
ktd =
61 4 f ci '+t
Std. Spec did not have a creep coefficient. Previous versions of LRFD use a
different equation. It is similar to the ACI equation using t0.6 /(10+ t0.6).
July 2007
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
ODOT Short Course

Shrinkage ( Art. 5.4.2.3.3) :
sh = kvs k hs k f ktd (0.48 x10

V
k vs = 1.45 0.13 1.0
S
k hs = 2 0.014 H
5
kf =
1 + f ci '
t
ktd =
61 4 f ci '+t
= Relative Humidity
= time from end of cure to

time being considered
V/S = volume to surface

fci = concrete strength at time of
prestress transfer or time of
first load (RC).
If unknown, assume = 0.8fc.
Std. Spec. set shrinkage = 0.002. Previous editions of LRFD used an ACI type
equation with a term of t/(35+t).
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate

5.4.2.6 Modulus of Rupture
There are now 3 defined Moduli of Rupture for normal

g concrete:
weight
For Arts. 5.7.3.4 (crack control) and 5.7.3.3.2 (Ieff):

0.24 fcksi (= 7.5fc in psi units)
For Art. 5.7.3.3.2 (minimum reinforcement):
0.37 fcksi (= 11.5fc in psi units)
For Art. 5.8.3.4.3 (shear) (this is new in 2007):
0.20 f
cksi (= 6 f
c in psi units)
Note that the value for Article 5.8.3.4.3 (shear) ONLY

applies to the new, simplified method.
July 2007
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
Do Not Duplicate

5.4.2.4 Modulus of Elasticity & 5.4.2.5 Poissons Ratio
E c = 33, 000K1w1.5
f c ' (5.4.2.4-1)
c
= 0.2
02
(5 4 2 5)
(5.4.2.5)
Where:
K1 = Aggregate factor. Taken as 1.0 unless determined by
testing or as approved by a jurisdiction.
w = concrete unit weight in kcf
fc = concrete strength ksi

E is basically the old Standard Specifications equation converted to
ksi units and with an aggregate correction factor added.
is unchanged from Standard Specifications.
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
3.4 - Loads and Load Factors

3.4.1: Load Factors and Load Combinations
For prestressed girders, the following service load combinations are most
common:
Service I: Used for compression and transverse tension in prestressed

concrete.
Service III: Used for longitudinal tension in prestressed concrete
girders.
Service IV: Used for tension in prestressed columns, for crack control.
Strength I: Basic load combination.
Fatigue : Fatigue of reinforcement does NOT need to be checked for
fully prestressed components designed using Service III
(A 5.5.3.1)
(Art.
3 1)
Strength II-V and Extreme Event I and II are checked as warranted.
Service II is for steel and never applies to prestressed concrete.
July 2007
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
ODOT Short Course

Table 3.4.1-1 Load Combinations and Load Factors
DC
DD
DW
EH
EV
ES
EL
LL
IM
CE
BR
PL
LS
WA
WS
WL
FR
TU
CR
SH
TG
SE
EQ
IC
CT
CV
STRENGTH I
(unless noted)
1.75
1.00
--
--
1.00
0.50/1.20
TG
SE
--
--
--
--
STRENGTH II
1.35
1.00
--
--
1.00
0.50/1.20
TG
SE
--
--
--
--
STRENGTH III
1.00
1.40
--
1.00
0.50/1.20
TG
SE
--
--
--
--
STRENGTH IV
1.00
--
--
1.00
0.50/1.20
--
--
--
--
--
--
STRENGTH V
1.00
0.40
1.0
1.00
0.50/1.20
TG
SE
--
--
--
--
Load Combination
1.35
Use One of These at a Time
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate

Table 3.4.1-1 Load Combinations and Load Factors (cont.)
Load Combination
DC
DD
DW
EH
EV
ES
EL
LL
IM
CE
BR
PL
LS
WA
WS
WL
FR
TU
CR
SH
TG
SE
EQ
IC
CT
CV
EXTREME EVENT I
EQ
1.00
--
--
1.00
--
--
--
1.00
--
--
--
EXTREME EVENT II
0.50
1.00
--
--
1.00
--
--
--
--
1.00
1.00
1.00
FATIGUE LL, IM,

& CE ONLY
--
0.75
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
Use One of These at a Time
July 2007
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
ODOT Short Course

Table 3.4.1-1 Load Combinations and Load Factors (cont.)
DC
DD
DW
EH
EV
ES
EL
LL
IM
CE
BR
PL
LS
WA
WS
WL
FR
TU
CR
SH
TG
SE
EQ
IC
CT
SERVICE I
1.00
1.00
1.00
0.30
1.0
1.00
1.00/1.20
TG
SE
--
--
--
--
SERVICE II
1.00
1.30
1.00
--
--
1.00
1.00/1.20
--
--
--
--
--
--
SERVICE III
1.00
0.80
1.00
--
--
1.00
1.00/1.20
TG
SE
--
--
--
--
SERVICE IV
1.00
--
1.00
0.70
--
1.00
1.00/1.20
--
1.0
--
--
--
--
Load
Combination
Use One of These at a

Ti
Time
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
CV
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate

Service III applies only to LONGITUDINAL TENSION in

prestressed girders. The modifier to (LL+IM)
(LL IM) is 0.8. The
modifier is < 1 because it was found that the tensile
capacity of prestressed girders is underestimated. This is
largely because the loss of prestressing force is usually
overestimated and a lower bound is used for the tensile
strength (modulus of rupture).
July 2007
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
Do Not Duplicate
AASHTO-LRFD
AASHTO
LRFD
Distribution Factors for Precast/Prestressed
Concrete Elements
Distribution Factors for Precast/Prestressed Concrete Elements

4.6.2.2.2 Distribution Factor Method for Moment and Shear
The
simplified distribution factors may be used if:
Width of the slab is constant

Number of beams, Nb > 4
Beams are parallel and of similar stiffness
Roadway overhang de < 3 ft
Central angle < Article 4.6.1.2
Cross section conforms to AASHTO Table 4.6.2.2.1-1
Note: Multiple presence factors are NOT used with simplified distribution factors.
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
This is part of
Table 4.6.2.2.1-1
showing common
precast/
prestressed
concrete bridge
types.
The letter below
the diagram
correlates to a set
of distribution
factors.
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate

Beam and Slab Bridges would be a Type k bridge.
Moment distribution factors - LRFD Table 4.6.2.2.2b-1:

Two
T
or more lanes
l
l d d
loaded:
DFM = 0.075+(S/9.5)0.6 (S/L)0.2 (Kg/12.0Lts3)0.1
One lane loaded:
DFM= 0.06+( S/14 )0.4 ( S/L )0.3 (Kg/12.0Lts3)0.1
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate

S
L
ts
Nb
Kg
n
Ig
Ag
eg
= girder spacing (ft)

3.5 < S < 16.0
= span length (ft)
20 < L < 240
= slab thickness (in)
4 5 < ts < 12.0
4.5
12 0
= Number of Beams
Nb > 4
= n(Ig + Ageg2) (in4) 10,000 < Kg < 7,000,000
= Ec,beam/Ec,slab
= gross moment of inertia, non composite girder (in4)
= gross area, non composite girder (in2)
= distance between centers of gravity of the non composite beam
and
d slab.
l b (i
(in))
If Nb = 3, use the lesser of the equations above with Nb = 3

and the lever rule.
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
10

Beam and Slab Type k bridge
Shear Distribution Factors - LRFD Table 4.6.2.2.3a-1:

Two or more lanes loaded:
DFV = 0.2 + ( S/12 ) - ( S/35 )2
One lane loaded:

DFV = 0.36 + ( S/25 )
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate

3.5 < S < 16.0 ft.

20 < L < 240 ft.
ft
4.5 < ts < 12.0 in.
Nb > 4
If Nb = 3; use the lever rule.
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
11

Beam and Slab Bridge Type k Exterior Moment

g ext = eg int
e = 0.77 +
de
9.1
One lane loaded use the Lever Rule
LRFD Table 4.6.2.2.2d-1
g = DFM
de = distance from edge of the traffic railing to the exterior web of the
exterior beam. The term de is positive when the railing is outboard
(shown) and negative when the railing is inboard. -1.0 < de < 5.5 ft.
July 2007
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
Do Not Duplicate

Beam and Slab Bridge Type k Exterior Shear

g ext = eg int
de
10
One lane loaded use the Lever Rule
LRFD Table 4.6.2.2.3b-1
e = 0.6 +
g = DFV
-1.0 < de < 5.5 ft.
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
12

Beam and Slab Bridge Type k Longitudinal Beams

on Skewed Supports
Any
number of lanes loaded; multiply DFM by:

Table 4.6.2.2.2c-1)
(LRFD
1 c1 (tan )
1.5
c1 = 0.25
12 Lt s
0.25
S

L
0.5
= Angle of skew; 30o < < 60o;

if <30o, c1 = 0; if >60o then =60o
L = Span, 20 < L < 240 ft

S = Beam Spacing, 3.5 < S < 16 ft
Nb > 4
July 2007
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
ODOT Short Course

Beam and Slab Bridge Type k Longitudinal Beams

on Skewed Supports
Correlation Factor for Load Distribution Factor for Support Shear at

Obtuse Corner - (LRFD Table 4.6.2.2.3c-1)
12 Lt s3
1.0 + 0.20
K
g
0.3
tan
= Angle of skew; 0o < < 60o;

L = Span,
20 < L < 240 ft
S = Beam Spacing,
3.5 < S < 16 ft
Nb > 4
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
13

Lever Rule: Assume a hinge develops over each interior girder and solve for the
reaction in the exterior girder as a fraction of the truck load.
This is for one lane loaded. Multiple

Presence Factors apply 1.2 is the MPF
1.5
M
36k
36k
R=
1.2 Pe RS = 0
1.2 Pe
1.2e
DF =
S
S
In the diagram,
diagram P/2 are the wheel loads; P
is the resultant force. All three loads are
NOT applied at the same time.
Note that truck cannot be closer than 2
(3.6.1.3)
from the barrier
8 ft
July 2007
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Loads & Analysis: Slide #27
Do Not Duplicate
ODOT Short Course

Minimum Exterior DFM: (Rigid Body Rotation of Bridge Section)

NL
DFExt ,Min =
NL
Nb
e
x
XExt
NL
+
Nb
X Ext e
Nb
(C4.6.2.2.2d-1)
- Number of loaded lanes under consideration

- Number of beams or girders
- Eccentricity
E
t i it off design
d i ttruck
k or lload
d ffrom CG off pattern
tt
off
girders (ft.)
- Distance from CG of pattern of girders to each girder (ft.)
- Distance from CG of pattern of girders to exterior girder (ft.)
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
14

Adjacent Box Girders

Adjacent box girders with shear keys and a cast
cast-in-place
in place
overlay are Type f sections.
Adjacent box girders with shear keys, but no cast-inplace deck, are Type g sections. Type g sections
may or may not be laterally post-tensioned.
Lack of lateral post-tensioning causes a reduction of the

distribution factor.
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate

Interior Box Girders

The following
g distribution factors may
y be used for a Type
yp
f (composite deck) or a Type g (non-composite)
bridge IF the girders are sufficiently connected together
meaning they achieve transverse flexural continuity.
This can be done with lateral post-tensioning of at least

250 psi (Commentary 4.6.2.2.1; paragraph 12).
The Commentary further states that bridges without a

structural
t t l overlay
l and
d which
hi h use untensioned
t
i
d ttransverse
rods should NOT be considered as sufficient to achieve
transverse flexural continuity, unless demonstrated by
testing or experience (Commentary 4.6.2.2.1, paragraph
14).
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
15

Type f
f (composite deck) or g
g with lateral PT LRFD Table 4.6.2.2.2b-1
Moment:
Two lanes loaded
DFM = k ( b/305 )0.6 ( b/12.0L )0.2 ( I/J )0.06
One lane loaded
DFM = k(b/33.3L)0.5(I/J)0.25
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate


k = 2.5
2 5 ( Nb )-0.2
) 0 2 > 1.5
15
Nb = number of beams 5 < Nb < 20
b = width of beam, in 35< b < 60 in
L = span of beam, ft 20< L < 120 ft
I = moment of inertia of beam, in4
J = St. Venant torsional constant, in4
For preliminary design, ( I/J )0.06 = 1.0
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
16

Distribution Factors for Shear - LRFD Table 4.6.2.2..3a-1

Two Lanes Loaded:
These are used for
DFV = (b/156)0.4 (b/12L)0.1 (I/J)0.05(b/48)
both composite and
non-composite;
One Lane Loaded:
even if the girders
are NOT sufficiently
DFV = (b/130L)0.15 (I/J)0.05
connected.
5 < Nb < 20
35< b < 60 in
20< L < 120 ft
25,000 < J < 610,000 in4
40,000 < I < 610,000 in4
July 2007
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
Do Not Duplicate

Type g box with NO lateral PT
DFV (distribution factor for shear) does not change. It is the same
for Type g structures with and without lateral PT.
DFM is different. For Type g structures without lateral PT, the old
Standard Specifications equations are used.
NOTE: The Standard Specifications equations were based on wheel loads and
the LRFD equations are based on axle loads; so the equations changed by a
factor of 2.
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
17

Distribution Factor for Moment - LRFD Table 4.6.2.2.2b-1

DFM = S/D
S = width of precast beam (ft)
D = (11.5 - NL)+1.4NL(1-0.2C)2 when C < 5
D = (11.5 - NL) when C > 5
Where:
NL = number of traffic lanes
C = K(W/L) < K
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate

C = K(W/L) < K
Where:
(1 + ) I
K=
J
For Preliminary Design

Beam Type
N
Nonvoided
id d rectangular
t
l b
beams
07
0.7
Rectangular beams with circular voids:
0.8
Box section beams
1.0
Channel beams
2.2
T-beam
2.0
Double T-beam
2.0
W = overall width of bridge measured perpendicular to the

longitudinal beam (ft)
L = span (ft)
= Poissons ratio = 0.2 for concrete (5.4.2.5)
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
18

4 A2
J
S
t
Where:
A = Area enclosed by the centerline of the webs and flanges.
S = length
l
h off a web
b or flflange centerline.
li
t = thickness of the corresponding web or flange.
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate

The bending moment for exterior beams is determined by

multiplying the distribution factor for interior beams by a
factor, e, which accounts for the distribution of load to the
exterior girder. Note that this applies to type g even if
there is no lateral post-tensioning. Lack of lateral posttensioning is accounted for in the DVM.
Minimum exterior distribution factor based on rigid body
rotation does not apply to adjacent box girders.
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
19

Exterior Box Girders
Multiplier for Moment Types f

f and g
g - LRFD Table 4
4.6.2.2.2d
6 2 2 2d-1
1
gext= eginterior
Where:
e = 1.04 + ( de / 25 ) > 1
de=distance from edge of the traffic railing to the exterior web of
the exterior beam. The term de is positive when the railing is
outboard (shown) and negative when the railing is inboard.
de < 2.0 UNIT IS FEET!
g= DFM
July 2007
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
ODOT Short Course

Exterior Box Girder
Multiplier for Moment Types f

f and g
g - LRFD Table 4
4.6.2.2.2d
6 2 2 2d-1
1
One lane loaded:
gext= eginterior
e = 1.125 + ( de / 30 ) > 1
de < 2.0 ft.
e accounts for the

distribution of load to
the exterior girder
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
20

Exterior Box Girders

Multiplier for Shear Types f
f and g
g - LRFD Table 4
4.6.2.2.3b
6 2 2 3b-1
1
48
g ext = eg int
b
48
1
b
b
d e + 2.0
12
e = 1+
40
0.5
de < 2.0
20
35 < b < 60 in
g = DFV
1.0
July 2007
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
Do Not Duplicate

Multiplier for Shear Types f and g - LRFD Table

4.6.2.2.3b 1
4.6.2.2.3b-1
One lane loaded:
gext = eginterior
e = 1.125 + ( de / 20 ) > 1
de < 2.0 ft.
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
21

Skewed Box Girders

Multiplier for Moment - LRFD Table 4
4.6.2.2.2c-1
6 2 2 2c 1
1.05 - 0.25 ( tan ) < 1.0
= skew angle
If > 600 use = 600
This is optional.
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate

When the skew angle of a bridge is small, say, less than 20o, it is
often considered safe to ignore the angle of skew and to analyze the
bridge as a zero-skew bridge whose span is equal to the skew span.
This approach is generally conservative for moments in the beams,
and slightly unsafe (<5%) for slab-on-girder decks for longitudinal
shears.
The LRFD Specifications Table 4.6.2.2.e-1 lists reduction multipliers
for moments in longitudinal beams.
The previous slide illustrates the multiplier for spread box beams,
adjacent box beams with concrete overlays or transverse posttensioning and double tees in multi-beam decks or Types (b), (c), (f)
and (g).
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
22

Correlation Factor for Load Distribution Factor for Support

yp f and g
g - ((LRFD Table
Shear at Obtuse Corner Types
4.6.2.2.3c-1) This is mandatory.
1 .0 +
12.0 L
tan
90d
0o
< < 60o

20 < L < 240 ft
ft.
17 < d < 60 in d is depth of the girder
35 < b < 60 in b is width of the flange
5 < Nb < 20
July 2007
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
Do Not Duplicate
AASHTO-LRFD
S TO
Flexure and Axial Loads
23

Definitions of various d terms for
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
AASHTO LRFD now uses the same terminology as ACI

318-05.
This is a unified method for prestressed and reinforced
concrete members.
Article 5.7.2.1 defines 3 states:
Tension Controlled
Compression Controlled
Transition
In all cases, extreme fiber compressive strain = 0.003
(Article 5.7.2.1).
Values above 0.003 are allowed for confined cores.
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
24

5.7.2 Assumptions for Strength and Extreme Event Limit States
Definition of Section Types

Extreme tensile steel strain when the extreme
concrete compressive strain = 0.003
Type of section
t > 0.005
Tension controlled
t < f y / E s (may use = 0.002)
Compression controlled
0.005 > t > f y / Es
Transition
For all prestressing or Grade 60 non-prestressed steel, t may be

assumed = 0.002 in place of fy/Es for compression controlled.
The ACI 318 code, upon which this provision is based, requires flexural
members (that is, members with a superimposed axial load of < 0.1fcAg) to
have s > 0.004. AASHTO does not impose this requirement.
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate

Definition of strain conditions for determining tension or compression

control. Note that tensile strain in the steel closest to the tensile
face is used.
used
Balanced condition is when t = y. For Grade 60 steel and all
prestressing steel, y may be taken as 0.002.
Note that for prestressing steel, t is the tensile strain which occurs
in the steel after the pre-compression in the concrete is lost.
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
25

For a prestressed beam, it is
important to understand the
definition of t.
Begin by considering the strain
condition of the beam at the
point where the only loads are
the prestressing force and the
beam self weight.
dt
In this condition, the top of the beam is usually in tension (due to the
prestressing). There is a net tensile strain in the prestressing steel of
p1. This is the initial pull minus any strain lost due to prestress losses.
At the level of the steel, there is a compressive strain the concrete, c.
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate

dt
As load is applied, the strain

profile changes, the bottom
d
decompresses
and
d eventually
t ll
reaches a point where the
CONCRETE strain at the level
of the steel is 0. This is called
decompression.
If there were no losses (except
for elastic shortening), the strain
in the steel,
steel p2 at this point
would be the initial pull. The
actual strain in the steel, with
losses, can be calculated by
mechanics.
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
26

dt
This is the condition at Mn. The

compressive strain in the concrete
is 0.003.
0 003 The total strain in the
prestressing steel is the sum of the
strain in the steel at
decompression, p2, and the strain
developed between
decompression and the ultimate
state, t.
The specifications only regulate the
strain developed between
decompression and the ultimate
state, t. The additional strain in
the prestressing steel, p2 is not
part of the specification.
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate

5.5.4.2 Resistance Factors
= 0.9 tension controlled reinforced concrete members

1 0 tension controlled prestressed concrete members
1.0
0.75 compression controlled members with spirals or
ties (except for members in Seismic Zones 3 & 4)
0.90 shear and torsion
0.70 shear and torsion lightweight concrete
For transition members, use a linear interpolation of the
factor based on the extreme tensile steel strain.
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
27

1.05
Prestressed
Prestressed:
Strain = 0
0.004
004
Phi = 0.92
0.95
Reinforced
Phi Factor
0.9
0.85
0.8
0.75
0.7
Compression
Controlled
0.65
0.6
0
0 001
0.001
Tension
Controlled
Transition
0 002
0.002
0 003
0.003
0 004
0.004
0 005
0.005
0 006
0.006
0 007
0.007
Extreme Steel Strain
dt
1 1.0 (5.5.4.2.1-1)
c
dt
Reinforced Members 0.75 = 0.65 + .15 1 1.0 (5.5.4.2.1-2)

c
Prestressed Members 0.75 = 0.583 + .25
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate

Effect of New Resistance Factors

It is allowable to design flexural members with extreme
fiber steel strains < 0.005. This is done by increasing the
area of steel. However, in general, the factor is
reduced at a slightly lower rate than moment resistance
is gained. There is a slight increase in Mn but it is
minimal.
Thus there is little effect on the allowable moment by
Thus,
increasing the amount of steel above that required to
bring the extreme fiber steel strains to 0.005.
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
28

For tension controlled partially prestressed members:
= 0.90
0 90 + 0.10PPR
0 10PPR
PPR =
A ps f py
A ps f py + A s f y
(5 5 4 2 1 3)
(5.5.4.2.1-3)
(5.5.4.2.1-4)
PPR = Partial prestressing ratio

Aps = Area of prestressing steel
fpy = Yield strength of the prestressing steel
As = Area of mild steel
fy = Yield strength of the mild steel
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
The stress block remains the same as Standard

Specifications.
Analysis of reinforced concrete RECTANGULAR beams
is the same as Standard Specifications.
HOWEVER, there are some differences with prestressed
concrete.
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
29
AASHTO-LRFD
AASHTO
LRFD
Prestressed Beams with Bonded Tendons

5.7.3 Flexural Members
The value of fps can be found from (if fpe > 0.5fpu):
c
(5.7.3.1.1-1)
5 7 3 1 1 1)
f ps = f pu 1 k
d p
Then:
0.85f c ' b a = A ps f ps
f py
k = 2 1.04
1 04
f pu
(5 7 3 1 1 2)
(5.7.3.1.1-2)
a = 1c
c
0.85f c ' b 1c = A ps f pu 1 k
d p
A ps f pu
c=
f
0.85f c ' 1 b + kA ps pu
dp
Stress in the steel, fps, can also be found from strain compatibility analysis.
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
30

Aps f pu
c=
0.85 f c ' 1 b + kAps
f pu
dp
c = depth of neutral axis

b = width of compression block
Aps= area of TENSILE prestressing steel
dp = depth to centroid of tensile prestressing steel
fpu = tensile strength of prestressing steel
fpy = yield strength of prestressing steel
1 = stress block factor same as Std. Spec.
July 2007
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
Do Not Duplicate

If there is mild (nonprestressed) tensile steel, As and mild

compression
p
steel As both with a yyield stress of fy , the
equation for c becomes:
c
.85 f c ' b 1c + As ' f y ' = As f y + Aps f pu 1 k
dp
A f + As f y As ' f y '
c = ps pu
f pu (5.7.3.1.1-4)
0.85 f c ' 1 b + kAps
dp
The engineer must do an analysis to see if the compression steel yields. If the
compression steel does not yield, the actual stress is substituted for fy into
equation 5.7.3.1.1-4.
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
31

Sometimes, things change for the better!!!!

Std. Spec
And
LRFD 2005
Interim
Editions 1
th
through
h 3 off
LRFD
In Editions 1-3 of the

LRFD Specifications, the
factor was applied to
the flange as well as to
the web. This made no
sense. It was changed
with the 2005 Interim
back to the old definition
definition.
Now it is the same
definition as ACI 318 and
Std. Spec.
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate

The T beam equation returns to normal:
a
a
M n = Aps f ps d p + As f y d s
2
2
As ' f y ' d s ' + 0.85 f c ' ( b bw ) h f

2
(5.7.3.1.1-1)
a hf

2 2
Again the engineer must do an analysis to see if the compression steel

yields. If the compression steel does not yield, the actual stress is
substituted for fy into equation 5.7.3.1.1-1.
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
32

The LRFD Specifications give only this equation:

a
a
a
a h
M n = A psf ps d p + A sf y d s A 's f 's d 's + 0.85f 'c ( b b w ) h f f
2
2
2
2 2
If the section is NOT a T beam, b = bw and:
a
a
a
M n = A psf ps d p + Asf y d s A 's f 's d 's

2
2
2
If there is no compression steel:

a
a
M n = A psf ps d p + Asf y d s
2
2
If there is no non-prestressed tensile steel:
M n = A psf ps d p
2
July 2007
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
Do Not Duplicate

For prestressed T- Beams:
c=
Aps f pu + As f y As ' f y ' 0.85 f c ' ( b bw ) h f

f
0.85 f c ' 1 bw + kAps pu
dp
(5.7.3.1.1-3)
bw = web width
b = flange width
hf = flange thickness
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
33
AASHTO-LRFD
AASHTO
LRFD
Prestressed Beams with Unbonded Tendons
AASHTO-LRFD Specification, 4th Edition.

The stress in the prestressing steel can be found from:

dp c
< f py
f ps = f pe + 900
le
(5.7.3.1.2-1)
2l i
l e =
2 + Ns
(5.7.3.1.2-2)
l e = effective tendon length
i = length of tendon between anchorages

Ns = Number of support hinges crossed by the tendon between
anchorages or discretely bonded points.
fpe= Effective stress in the steel after losses.
l
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
34

For rectangular beams:
c=
Aps f ps + As f y As ' f y '

0.85 f c ' 1 b
(5.7.3.1.2-4)
For T-beams:
c=
Aps f ps + As f y As ' f y ' 0.85 f c ' ( b bw ) h f

0.85 f c ' 1 bw
July 2007
(5.7.3.1.2-3)
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
Do Not Duplicate

For unbonded tendons, the equations for c require the

value of fps, but the equation for fps requires the value of
c.
The two equations can be solved simultaneously in a
closed form, but most people will not do this.
Thus, finding fps becomes an iterative procedure.
The Commentary (C5.7.3.1.2) gives an equation for a
first estimate of fps (in ksi):
f ps = f pe + 15
(C5.7.3.1.2-1)
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
35
AASHTO-LRFD
AASHTO
LRFD
Components with Both Bonded and
Unbonded Tendons
Components with Both Bonded and Unbonded Tendons

Article 5.7.3.1.3 allows two methods:
Article 5.7.3.1.3a Detailed Analysis

In this method, a detailed, strain compatibility is used.
Article 5.7.3.1.3b Simplified Analysis
Shown on the following slide
Apsb = area of bonded tendons
Apsu = area off unbonded
b d d ttendons
d
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
36
Components with Both Bonded and Unbonded Tendons

Simplified Analysis - The stress in the UNBONDED tendons may be
conservatively taken as the effective stress after losses: fppe.
For T-beams:
c=
Apsb f pu + Apsu f pe + As f y As ' f y '0.85 f c ' (b bw )h f

f
0.85 f c ' 1 bw + kAps pu
dp
For rectangular beams:
c=
Apsb f pu + Apsu f pe
f
0.85 f c ' 1 b + kAps pu
dp
July 2007
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
Do Not Duplicate
AASHTO-LRFD
S TO
Moment Capacity
37
Moment Capacity
5.7.3.2 Flexural Resistance
For T-beams (where a>hf):

a
a
Mn = Aps f psdp + As f y ds
2
2
(5.7.3.2.2-1)
a hf
a
As ' f y 'ds ' +0.85fc ' (b bw)hf
2
2 2
For rectangular beams, b=bw; thus equation 5.7.3.2.2-1

becomes:
a
a
a
M n = Aps f ps d p + As f y d s As ' f y ' d s '

2
2
2
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
Moment Capacity
5.7.3.2 Flexural Resistance
In the preceding equations:

= distance from the extreme compression fiber to the
prestressing steel.
ds = distance from the extreme compression fiber to the
non-prestressed tensile steel.
ds = distance from the extreme compression fiber to the
non prestressed compression steel
non-prestressed
steel.
fy = yield strength of the non-prestressed tensile steel.
fy = yield strength of the non-prestressed compression
steel.
dp
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
38
Moment Capacity
5.7.3.3 Limits for Reinforcement
Minimum reinforcement (Article 5.7.3.3.2):
It is the smaller of:

Mn > 1.2 Mcr same as in Std. Spec.
Mn > 1.33Mu LRFD added
July 2007
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
Do Not Duplicate
Moment Capacity
For the minimum reinforcement requirement, the cracking moment Mcr
is found from:
M cr = Sc ( f r + f cpe ) M dnc c 1 Sc f r
Snc
Sc
fr
fcpe
Mdnc
Snc
(5.7.3.3.2-1)
= composite section modulus

= modulus of rupture = 0.37fc (ksi units)
= compressive stress in the concrete due to effective
prestressing force, at the extreme tensile fiber for applied
loads.
= Unfactored dead load moment on the non-composite or
monolithic section.
= Non-composite section modulus.
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
39
Moment Capacity
Maximum reinforcement provision was dropped with 2005

Interim
No longer needed with new definitions of tension controlled,

compression controlled and transition.
LRFD previously used a c/d ratio. This can still be used:
c 3
dt 8
c 3
dt 5
3 c 3
> >
5 dt 8
Tension Controlled
t > 0.005
Compression Controlled
t <0.002
Transition
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
Moment Capacity
Maximum reinforcement is now controlled by t.
To determine t , calculate c. Then, using similar triangles:

dt c
t = 0.003
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
40
Moment Capacity
Maximum Reinforcement
This is more restrictive that Std. Specification
p
or p
previous editions of
LRFD.
For reinforced sections, 0.75bal was used. This was a strain of 0.0037
in the steel.
For prestressed, Std. Spec. c/de ratio was limited to 0.42. This
corresponded to a strain of 0.0041
c
Tension Controlled
0.375 > 0.005
t
dt
c
0.42
de
c
0.45
de
Previous Editions
t >0.0041
Std. Specifications, RC.
July 2007
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
ODOT Short Course
Moment Capacity
5.7.3.4 Control of Cracking by Distribution of Reinforcement
s
700 e
2d c
s fs
s = 1+
(5.7.3.4-1)
dc
0.7(h d c )
s = spacing of reinforcement closest to the tension face.

e = exposure factor; 1 for Class 1 and 0.75 for Class 2
ODOT uses 0.75 for decks, 1 for everything else
dc = cover to extreme tension fiber
fs = Steel stress @ service limit state
h = overall thickness or depth
Does not apply to slabs designed using the empirical method

(ODOT does not allow empirical design).
It applies to all other concrete components where the service tensile stress
exceeds 0.8fr = 0.8(0.24)fc = 0.20fc
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
41
Moment Capacity
5.7.3.5 Moment Redistribution
ODOT does not permit moment redistribution
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
Moment Capacity
5.7.3.6.2 Deflection and Camber
Prestressed members are usually designed as

uncracked at service loads. Instantaneous deflections
and cambers are then calculated using the gross
moment of inertia, Ig.
If the deflection is calculated using Ig, long term

deflection can be found by multiplying the instantaneous
deflection by 4.
For prestressed members, the Commentary (C5.7.3.6.1)

allows the multipliers given in the PCI Design Handbook
to be used for long term camber/deflection values.
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
42
Prestressing and Partial Prestressing

5.9.3 Stress Limitations for Prestressing Tendons
Table 5.9.3-1 Stress Limits for Prestressing Tendons
Tendon Type
fpy = yield stress of prestressing steel

Stress-Relieved
Strand and
Plain HighStrength Bars
fpu = ultimate strength of prestressing steel

Condition
Low
Relaxation
Strand
Deformed
High-Strength
Bars
Pretensioning
Immediately prior to transfer (fpbt)
0.70 fpu
0.75 fpu
__
At service limit state after all losses (fpe)
0.80 fpy
0.80 fpy
0.80 fpy
Post-Tensioning
Prior to seating short
short-term
term fpbt
bt may be allowed
0 90 fpy
0.90
0 90 fpy
0.90
0 90 fpy
0.90
At anchorages and couplers immediately after anchor

set
0.70 fpu
0.70 fpu
0.70 fpu
Elsewhere along length of member away from

anchorages and couplers immediately after anchor set
0.70 fpu
0.74 fpu
0.70 fpu
At service limit state after losses (fpe)
0.80 fpy
0.80 fpy
0.80 fpy
July 2007
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
Do Not Duplicate

5.9.4 Stress Limits for Concrete
Table 5.9.4.2-1 Temporary Tensile Stress Limits in Prestressed Concrete Before Losses, Fully
Prestressed Components. (Partial)
Bridge Type
Location
Stress Limit
Other than
Segmentally
Constructed
Bridges
In precompressed tensile zone without

bonded reinforcement
In areas other than the precompressed tensile
zone and without bonded reinforcement
In areas with bonded reinforcement
(reinforcing bars or prestressing steel)
sufficient to resist the tensile force in the
concrete computed assuming an uncracked
section, where reinforcement is proportioned
using a stress of 0.5 fy, not to exceed 30 ksi.
For handling stresses in prestressed piles
N/A
0.24fci (ksi)
0.158fci (ksi)
0.6 fci (ksi)
Compression Limit at Transfer

July 2007
ODOT Short Course
0.0948fci <0.2(ksi)
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
43
Debonding and Harping
If the tensile stresses at the end of girder are above

0.24fci , then the stress must be reduced either by
debonding the strand or harping the strand.
If debonding is used, no more than 25% of the total
number of strands may be debonded and not more than
40% in any single row may be debonded. (Art. 5.11.4.3)
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate

Table 5.9.4.2.1-1 Compressive Stress Limits in prestressed Concrete at Service Limit State After
Losses, Fully Prestressed Components.
Location
Stress Limit
In other than segmentally constructed bridges due to the

sum of effective prestress and permanent loads
In segmentally constructed bridges due to the sum of
effective prestress and permanent loads
In other than segmentally constructed bridges due to live
load and one-half the sum of effective prestress and
permanent loads
Due to the sum of effective prestress
prestress, permanent loads
loads,
and transient loads and during shipping and handling
0.45fc (ksi)
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
0.45fc (ksi)
0.40fc (ksi)
0 60wfc (ksi)
0.60
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
44

Table 5.9.4.2.2-1 Tensile Stress Limits in Prestressed Concrete at Service Limit State After Losses,
Fully Prestressed Components. (Partial)
B id T
Bridge
Type
Other than
Segmentally
Constructed
Bridges
L
Location
ti
St
Stress
Li
Limit
it
Tension in the Precompressed Tensile Zone

Bridges, Assuming Uncracked Sections
For components with bonded prestressing
tendons or reinforcement that are subjected to
not worse than moderate corrosion conditions
For components with bonded prestressing
tendons or reinforcement that are subjected to
severe corrosive conditions
For
F components
t with
ith unbonded
b d d prestressing
t
i
tendons
0.19fc (ksi)
0.0948fc (ksi)
N T
No
Tension
i
Again, these are Std. Spec. limits in ksi units.

0.19(1000)0.5 = 6
July 2007
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
Do Not Duplicate
AASHTO-LRFD
S TO
Loss of Prestressing Force
45
5.9 Prestressing and Partial Prestressing

5.9.5 Loss of Prestress
Loss of prestressing force was changed with the 3rd

Edition.
Like creep and shrinkage, the changes are based on the
results NCHRP Report 496 Prestressed Losses in
Pretensioned High Strength Concrete Bridge Girders
These provisions are applicable up to 15 ksi concrete
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate

The basic equations:

Pretensioned Members:
f pT = f pES + f pLT
(5.9.5.1-1)
Post-tensioned Members:
f pT = f pF + f pA + f pES + f pLT
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
(5 9 5 1-2)
(5.9.5.1-2)
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
46

fpT = Total loss of prestressing force (ksi).

fpF = Loss due to friction (ksi)
(ksi).
fpA = Loss due to anchorage set (ksi).
fpES = Loss due to elastic shortening (ksi).
fpLT = Loss due to long term shrinkage and creep of the
concrete and relaxation of the steel (ksi).
fpA is usually given by the manufacturer.
July 2007
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
ODOT Short Course

Friction losses:
Loss due to friction between an internal tendon and a

duct wall:
f pF = f pj 1 e ( kx +
(5.9.5.2.2b-1)
Loss due to friction between an external tendon and a

single deviator pipe:
f pF = f pj 1 e ( + 0.04 )
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
(5.9.5.2.2b-2)
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
47

fpj =
initial jacking stress in the tendon (ksi).

x = length of tendon from the jacking point to the point
being considered (ft).
K = wobble friction coefficient (per ft. of tendon)
= friction coefficient.
= sum of the absolute value of angular change of
prestressing steel path from jacking end (or nearest
jacking end if jacked from both ends) to point under
consideration. (radian)
July 2007
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
ODOT Short Course

Table 5.9.5.2.2b-1 Friction Coefficients for Post-Tensioning Tendons.
Steel
Wire or
Strand
HS Bar
Duct
Rigid or Semi rigid galvanized 0.0002 0.15-0.25

metal sheathing
Polyethylene
0.0002 .23
Rigid steel deviator bar for

external tendons
0.0002 .25
Galvanized metal sheathing
0.0002 .30
Values for K and should be found from experimental data. If such

data is absent, values from the table above may be used.
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
48

Elastic Shortening, pretensioned members:
f pES =
Ep
Ect
f cgp
(5.9.5.2.3a-1)
Ect = modulus of elasticity of the concrete at transfer or at time of

load
Elastic Shortening, Post-tensioned Members:
f pES =
N 1 Ep
f cgp
2N E ci
(5.9.5.2.3b-1)
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate

fcgp = concrete stresses at the center of gravity of the prestressing

tendons due to prestressing force immediately after transfer
(pretensioning) or immediately after jacking (post-tensioning)
and the self-weight of the member at the sections of maximum
moment (ksi).
In pretensioned members, at transfer, fcgp may be calculated by
assuming the stress in the prestressing tendon after release = 0.9fpi;
where fpi is the initial prestressing stress (jacking stress) in the
tendons.
Ep = Elastic Modulus off the prestressing strand (ksi).
( )
Eci = Elastic Modulus of the concrete at the time of transfer or time of
load application (ksi).
N = number of identical strands.
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
49

Long Term Losses

For standard,
standard precast,
precast pretensioned members subject to
normal loading and environmental conditions:
f pLT = 10
f pi Aps
Ag
h = 1.7 0.01H
st =
5
1 + f ci
h st + 12 h st + f pR
(5.9.5.3-1)
((5.9.5.3-2))
(5.9.5.3-3)
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate

= prestressing steel stress immediately PRIOR to

transfer.
transfer
H = Average annual relative humidity in percent
(e.g.70 not 0.7)
fpR = 2.5 ksi for LoLax
10 ksi for stress relieved
h = humidity factor
st = strength factor
fpi
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
50

To use the fpLT equation, the following criteria must be

met:
Members are pretensioned
Normal weight concrete is used
Members are moist or steam cured
Prestressing is by bar or strand with normal and low
relaxation properties
Average exposure conditions and temperatures.
July 2007
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
ODOT Short Course

This table can be used to estimate time dependent losses in
prestressed members which do not have composite slabs and are
stressed after attaining a compressive strength of at least 3.5 ksi.
Table 5.9.5.3-1 Time-Dependent Losses in ksi.
Level
For wires and Strands with

fpu = 235,250 or 270 ksi
For Bars with fpu = 145

or 160 ksi
Rectangular
Upper Bound
Average
29.0 + 4.0PPR
19.0 + 6.0 PPR
Box Girder
Upper Bound
Average
21.0 + 4.0PPR
19.9 + 4.0PPR
15.0
Single T, Double
T, Hollow core
and Voided Slab
Upper Bound
f ' 6.0
39.0 1.0 0.15 c

+ 6.0 PPR
6.0
Average
f ' 6.0
33.0 1.0 0.15 c

+ 6.0 PPR
6.0
Type of Beam
Section
f ' 6 .0
31.0 1.0 0.15 c

+ 6.0 PPR
6.0
PPR is the partial prestressing ratio.

July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
51

Lump Sum Losses:

For lightweight concrete,
concrete the stresses in the table are
increased 5 ksi.
For low relaxation strand, the values in the table are
reduced by:
4 ksi for box girders
6 ksi for rectangular beams and solid slabs
8 ksi for single Ts, double Ts, hollow core and voided
slabs.
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate

For post-tensioned members, the Refined Method for

estimation of time dependent losses must be used.
However, this method is based on NCHRP 496, but
requires a large amount of calculation.
Since longitudinal post-tensioning is not common in

Ohio, the method is not presented here. However, it can
be found in Article 5
5.9.5.4
9 5 4 of the LRFD Specifications
Specifications.
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
52
AASHTO-LRFD
S TO
Bond/Development Length
5.11 Bond and Development Length

5.11.4.1 Transfer Length
For ffully
F
ll b
bonded
d d strands,
t d th
the ttransfer
f llength
th ffrom
the end of the girder is assumed to be 60db,
where db is the bar or strand diameter.
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
53

5.11.4.2 Development Length
Development length for fully bonded strand is given by:
l d = f ps f pe d b
3
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
(5.11.4.2-1)
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate

Where:
ld = development length
fps = steel stress at strength limit state
fpe = effective prestressing stress after all losses
db = strand diameter
=1.0 for pretensioned panels, piles and other
pretensioned members with a depth < 24 inches.
= 1.6
1 6 ffor pretensioned
t
i
d members
b
with
ith a d
depth
th > 24 iinches
h
= 2.0 for debonded strand
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
54

In previous editions of the LRFD Specifications, bond

stress was assumed linear e.g, if the bonded length was
only the development length, it was assumed that the
strand could only develop 0.5fps.
This assumption is still true for TRANSFER LENGTH; e.g
at the transfer length it is assumed only 0.5fpe is
developed.
However, stress in the steel beyond the transfer length, but
less than the development length, can now be calculated
by a bilinear formula.
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate

f px = f pe +
l px 60d b
l d 60d b
(f
ps
f pe )
(5.11.4.2-4)
Where:
fpx = stress at x from the end of the girder
fpe = effective stress in the steel after all losses
fps = stress in the steel at the strength limit state
lpx = length were the stress is being calculated
ld = development length
db = strand diameter
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
55

Within the transfer length (which is 60db):
f px =
l px f pe
(5.11.4.2-3)
60db
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate

July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
56
AASHTO-LRFD
S TO
Shear
5.8 - Shear and Torsion

5.6 Design Considerations
Important things about the shear section

This section has the provisions of the LRFD
Specifications, through the 2007 changes.
This section concentrates the provisions as they apply to
prestressed concrete; both pretensioned and posttensioned.
Segmental box girder bridges and spliced girders are
NOT covered
covered.
Reinforced concrete is covered in another section.
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate

5.6.3 Strut-and-Tie Model
Strut and Tie Model

Strut and tie can be used for analysis of anchorage
zones and support regions.
It is also useful for deep footings, pile caps and sections
where the depth is more than the span.
This model is covered in Article 5.6.3.
Strut and tie will not be discussed as part of this module.
It will be covered in another presentation.
July 2007
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
ODOT Short Course

5.8.2 General Requirements
Vr = Vn
(5.8.2.1-2)
Vu Vr
Vn = nominal shear resistance given in Article 5.8.3.3

(kip)
= 0.9 normal weight concrete
=0
0.7
7 lightweight concrete
Vu = Factored shear at the cross section being
considered. If there is significant torsion present,
this term is modified for torsion.
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate

5.8.3.3 Nominal Shear Resistance
The nominal shear resistance, Vn, can be assumed to be

the sum of three forces, the forces in the stirrups, the
vertical component of the force in the concrete and the
vertical component of any harped or draped prestressing
strand. This leads to the basic equation:
Vn = Vc + Vs + Vp (5.8.3.3-1)
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate

Assumptions about Shear Strength:

The beam fails when the concrete in the struts reaches
its crushing strength.
At failure, the beam has shear cracks and the cracks
have opened
This would cause the stirrups to yield.
The compressive strength of concrete between the
shear cracks (struts)
(
) is not fc. As will be shown, it
may be greater than or less than fc.
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate

Assume that the angle

of the strut is and the
distance between the
compressive and
tensile forces is jd
where d is effective
depth and j<1. Thus
the horizontal distance
is jd/tan = jdcot.
July 2007
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
ODOT Short Course

The stirrup contribution is:

Force per stirrup times the number of stirrups.
If the stirrups are spaced at s, the number of stirrups in
the length jd cot is (jd cot)/s
The force per stirrup is Avfy so:
Vs =
Av f y jd cot
s
Av f y d v cot
s
(Note that if j = 1 and = 45o, we get the old, familiar equation: Vs = (Avfy d) / s .
Also note that jd = dv)
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate

The LRFD Specifications consider the most general case

where the stirrups may be inclined at an angle of from the
longitudinal axis. Thus, the equation becomes:
Vs =
Av f y d v ( cot + cot ) sin

s
(5.8.3.3-4)
However, in almost all cases, = 90o ; thus cot = 0 and

sin = 1. The equation reverts the one shown on the
previous slide.
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate

If a line is cut
perpendicular to
the cracks, it has a
length of jdcos. It
may cross several
struts. The total
force in the struts
will be the
concrete stress
times the area.
Fc = fc (jd cos) bv
where fc is the concrete stress and bv web width.
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate

The force triangle shows that

the force along the struts is
V / sin.
Substituting into the previous equation and assuming Vc is

the shear force carried by the concrete:
Vc = fc (jd cos) sin bv
July 2007
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
Do Not Duplicate

Vc = f c ( jd cos ) sin bv
Note that if j = 1, = 45o
and f c = 4 f c '
Vc = 2 f c ' bv d (lbs ) = 0.0632 f c ' bv d ( kips )
This is the ACI 318 equation and the old Standard Specification
equation.
The Vc equation, in ksi units, may be used for NONPRESTRESSED concrete members (LRFD 5.8.3.4).
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate

The basics of these equations were developed by

research done at the University of Illinois in the 1920s.
1920 s.
They found that the actual angle varies along the beam
and that the angle can be anywhere from 25 to 65
degrees.
While it is possible to calculate the angle, it is difficult. In
the days before computers or calculators, it was nearly
impossible. Therefore, the value of 45 degrees was
chosen for simplification. The value of the crushing
strength was also chosen as a simplification.
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate

In the 1980s, Vecchio and Collins (University of Toronto)

proposed a method for finding the shear strength of a
beam. This method required the calculation of the actual
angle, , and the crushing strength of the concrete struts.
The crushing strength is a function of the strain
perpendicular to the strut.
The original theory was called Compression Field
Theory.. Later the theory was improved to account for
Theory
additional mechanisms, such as aggregate interlock, and
was renamed Modified Compression Field Theory.
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
Modified Compression Field Theory
The basis of the Modified Compression Field Theory

(MCFT) is to determine the point at which the diagonal
compressive struts fail and to determine the angle of the
struts. From the crushing strength and the angle, the
contribution of the concrete, Vc , can be found.
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
Why isnt the crushing strength fc ? The value of fc is for

uniaxial load. The concrete fails by cracking parallel to the
load. If a lateral (biaxial) force is applied, it changes the
apparent compressive strength. Lateral compression holds
cracks together and increases compressive strength.
Lateral tension pulls them apart and decreases the
compressive strength.
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
Vecchio and Collins proposed that the compressive

g of the strut is a function of both the compressive
p
strength
stress along the strut and the tensile stress
perpendicular to the strut. They wrote several equations
in terms of the applied average shear stress, v = V/bd,
the principal tensile strain (perpendicular to strut), 1, and
the angle of the strut, .
To use MCFT
MCFT, values of 1 and are assumed
assumed. It then
takes 17 steps and 15 equations to recalculate 1 and .
If these are not close to the assumed values, then
iterations are needed.
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate

5.8.3 Sectional Design Model
Sectional Design Model

Obviously, no one wanted to use an iterative procedure
involving 17 steps and 15 equations. As a result the
LRFD Code simplified the method to use a table. This is
called the Sectional Design Model.
Unfortunately, soon after the 1st Edition came out, there
was controversy with the Sectional Design Model. The
equations provided low values of shear strength. It was
found that simplifying the method created inaccuracies
inaccuracies.
nd
Editions after the 2 Ed. still use(d) the Sectional Design
Model, but have new equations and tables with more
realistic values of shear resistance.
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate

The shear strength of the beam is:

Vn = Vc + Vs + Vp
(5 8 3 3-1)
(5.8.3.3
1)
Vc = contribution of the concrete

Vs = contribution of the stirrups
Vp = vertical component of the force in harped strands.
Note that there is a limit:

(5 8 3 3 2)
(5.8.3.3-2)
Vn < 0.25f
0 25fc bv dv + Vp
bv = effective web width
dv = effective depth for shear
dv = de a/2 > greater of 0.9de or 0.72 h
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate

According to Articles 5.8.2.5 and 5.8.2.9, the web width,

bv, must be adjusted for the presence of ducts.
bv = Effective web width, defined as the minimum web
width, parallel to the neutral axis, between the
compressive and tensile flexure resultants. For
circular sections, it is the diameter of the section.
At a particular level, one half the diameter of ungrouted
ducts and one quarter the diameter of grouted ducts is
subtracted from the web width.
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
10

The nominal shear resistance is the lesser of:
Vn = Vc + Vs + Vp (5.8.3.3-1)
Vn 0.25f c 'b v d v (5.8.3.3-2)

Vc and Vs are defined as:
Vc = 0.0316
Vs =
f c ' bv d v
L (5.8.3.3-3)
Av f y d v (cot + cot )sin
(5.8.3.3-4)
s
dv is the shear depth = de a/2
the greater of 0.9de or 0.72 h
s = stirrup spacing
Av = stirrup area.
The 0.0316 converts psi to ksi units.
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate

In all of the preceding equations, the factors and are

unknown and must be determined.
The LRFD Specifications require a sectional approach.
The girder is divided into sections along the length, the
factors and are determined at each section.
Traditionally, the sections are every 0.1L and important
points like harp points, debond points, etc.
The first sections must be the critical section from the
face of the support.
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
11

5.8.3.2 Sections Near Supports
Critical Section
The critical section is defined in Article 5.8.3.2.
The beam must be checked using Article 5.8.1.2 to determine if it
is a deep beam.
The critical section is taken as dv from the face of the support IF the
reaction is compressive.
The term dv has limits of the greater of 0.72h and 0.9de .
Previous editions defined critical section as the larger of dv
and 0
0.5d
5dvcot,
cot but this made the process iterative
iterative.
Otherwise it is taken at the face of the support.
At interior supports, the critical section on each side of the support
must be determined separately based on loading conditions.
July 2007
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
Do Not Duplicate

5.8.3.2 Sections Near Supports
In 2007, Article 5.8.3.2 introduces a limit on average shear stress, vu, at
any design section:
vu =
Vu V p
bv d v
(5.8.2.9-1)
If the value of vu > 0.18fc, AND the flexural element is NOT integral with
the support,
support then strut and tie model (Article 5.6.3)
5 6 3) must be used for
analysis.
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
12

The first step in the Sectional Design Model is to

determine if the section has at least the minimum amount
of transverse steel (stirrups).
Minimum transverse reinforcing (stirrups) are needed if:
Vu > 0.5(Vc + Vp) (5.8.2.4-1)
However, Vc cannot be determined until is found from

tables, but the tables used to find are different
depending on whether there are minimum stirrups or not.
It is probably best to put minimum stirrups throughout the
entire beam to avoid excessive iterations.
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate

The previous slide shows the first problem with this

method. The term is found in a table which depends
on whether or not there are minimum stirrups. However,
to find if minimum stirrups are needed, it is necessary to
know Vc which depends on . Thus, the engineer must
make an assumption about whether minimum stirrups
are needed to determine which table is needed for .
The table for depends on whether or not minimum
stirrups are PROVIDED, not whether or not they are
required. Thus, by always specifying minimum stirrups,
iterations between the tables can be avoided.
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
13

5.8.2.7 Maximum Spacing of Transverse Reinforcement
The maximum spacing of stirrups is, smax is:

V Vp
If vu < 0.125 fc
vu = u
bv d v
(5.8.2.7-1)
smax = 0.8 dv < 24
If
v > 0.125 fc
smax = 0.4 dv < 12
The
(5.8.2.9-1)
(5.8.2.7-2)
minimum area of stirrups is:

Av ,min = 0.0316 f c '
bv s
fy
(5.8.2.5-1)
Note: If torsion must be considered, Vu in the equation for v must be modified for torsion
(as given in Eqns 5.8.2.1-6 and 7). This will be explained later in the torsion section.
This provision does NOT apply to segmental boxes. Different equations are used.
July 2007
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
Do Not Duplicate

5.8.2.5 Minimum Transverse Reinforcement
For sections with at least the minimum amount of

transverse steel (stirrups):
A value of is assumed and this is used to find the
term x (the formulae for x are shown on the following
slides).
The LRFD Tables, which are based on vu /fc and x, are used
to find values of and . If is close to the assumed value,
then Vn can be calculated. If it is not close, iteration is
needed.
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
14

To avoid iteration, it is permissible to assume the term

0.5(Vu-V
Vp)cot = (Vu-V
Vp) in the following equations (i.e.
0.5cot = 1). (Commentary C5.8.3.4.2 paragraph 4).
This means cot can be assumed = 2. For cot = 2, =

26o, the most conservative, reasonable angle.
July 2007
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
Do Not Duplicate

Mu
+ 0.5Nu + 0.5Vu Vp cot Aps f po
d
x = v
2(Es As + E p Aps )
(5 8 3 4 2 1)
(5.8.3.4.2-1)
x = longitudinal strain at 0.5dv . The initial value should

be < 0.001.
This equation ASSUMES cracked section and is only for
beams where at least the minimum amount of transverse
g ((stirrups)
p ) is p
provided.
reinforcing
Note: If torsion must be considered, Vu in the equation must be modified for torsion (as
given in Eqns 5.8.2.1-6 and 7). This will be explained later in the torsion section.
Again, this equation is used if at least minimum stirrups are provided, not whether or not
they are required.
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
15

Really Important Definitions:
The flexural tension side of a beam is the ( h) on the

flexural tension side.
In all the equations for shear which require a value of the
area of the longitudinal tensile steel, As or Aps , ONLY the
steel on the flexural tension side counts. Tensile steel
on the flexural compression side (the h on the flexural
compression side) or compression steel is NOT counted
for shear strength.
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate

Definition of flexural tension side, the term Ac, and the

term x for cases with and without minimum stirrups.
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
16

Mu
+ 0.5 N u + 0.5 Vu V p cot Aps f po
dv
x =
2(Es As + E p Aps )
The first term in the numerator, Mu / dv , is the tensile force

in the flanges due to the moment. The dv is shear depth =
de a/2.
July 2007
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
Do Not Duplicate

Mu
dv
x =
2(Es As + E p Aps )
The second term in the numerator, Nu, is any APPLIED

axial force (not prestressing force). It is assumed that of
the axial load is taken by each flange. If the load is
compressive, Nu is negative.
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
17

Mu
dv
x =
2 Es As + E p Aps
The third term in the numerator, (Vu Vp )cot, is the axial force
component of strut force and the inclined force from any harped
tendons, as shown in the force triangle. Half the force is assumed to
be taken by the tensile flange and the other half by the compression
flange.
July 2007
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
Do Not Duplicate

Mu
dv
x =
2(Es As + E p Aps )
The last term in the numerator, Apsfpo corrects for the strain
in the prestressing steel due to prestressing. The term fpo
is the locked in stress in the prestressing steel, usually
taken as 0.7fpu (LRFD Art. 5.4.8.3.2), unless the section
being considered is within the transfer length. If the section
is within the transfer length, the value of fpo must be
reduced to reflect the lack of development (e.g. if the
section is at the transfer length, fpo = 0.35fpu).
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
18

Mu
dv
x =
2(Es As + E p Aps )
The denominator is the stiffness of the tensile side. Notice

that this equation ASSUMES cracking. If the section
doesnt crack (x is negative), the effect of the uncracked
concrete must be considered.
July 2007
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
Do Not Duplicate

If Equation 5.8.3.4.2-1 is used and x < 0; the section has

not cracked. The effect of the uncracked concrete must be
considered and the equation becomes:
Mu
+ 0.5Nu + 0.5Vu Vp cot Aps f po
d
x = v
(5.8.3.4.2-3)
2(Es As + E p Aps + Ec Ac )
Ac is the area of concrete on the tension half of the section.

Note: If torsion must be considered, Vu in the equation must be modified for
torsion (as given in Eqns 5.8.2.1-6 and 7). This will be explained later in the
torsion section.
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
19

5.8.3.4 Determination of and
Once the values of vu /fc and x are calculated, use the table in the
LRFD Specifications to find and . If the value of is close to the
original assumption, use the given. If not, use the table value of as
the next estimate and repeat the calculations of x .
Table 5.8.3.4.2-1 Values of and for Sections with Transverse Reinforcement
x * 1,000
v/f'c
0.075
0.1
0.125
0.15
0.175
0.2
0.225
0.25
-0.20
-0.10
-0.05
0.00
22.3
6.32
18.1
3.79
19.9
3.18
21.6
2.88
23.2
2.73
24.7
2.63
26.1
2.53
27.5
2.39
20.4
4.75
20.4
3.38
21.9
2.99
23.3
2.79
24.7
2.66
26.1
2.59
27.3
2.45
28.6
2.39
21.0
4.10
21.4
3.24
22.8
2.94
24.2
2.78
25.5
2.65
26.7
2.52
27.9
2.42
29.1
2.33
21.8
3.75
22.5
3.14
23.7
2.87
25.0
2.72
26.2
2.60
27.4
2.51
28.5
2.40
29.7
2.33
0.125
24.3
3.24
24.9
2.91
25.9
2.74
26.9
2.60
28.0
2.52
29.0
2.43
30.0
2.34
30.6
2.12
0.25
0.50
0.75
1.00
1.50
2.00
26.6
2.94
27.1
2.75
27.9
2.62
28.8
2.52
29.7
2.44
30.6
2.37
30.8
2.14
31.3
1.93
30.5
2.59
30.8
2.50
31.4
2.42
32.1
2.36
32.7
2.28
32.8
2.14
32.3
1.86
32.8
1.70
33.7
2.38
34.0
2.32
34.4
2.26
34.9
2.21
35.2
2.14
34.5
1.94
34.0
1.73
34.3
1.58
36.4
2.23
36.7
2.18
37.0
2.13
37.3
2.08
36.8
1.96
36.1
1.79
35.7
1.64
35.8
1.50
40.8
1.95
40.8
1.93
41.0
1.90
40.5
1.82
39.7
1.71
39.2
1.61
38.8
1.51
38.6
1.38
43.9
1.67
43.1
1.69
43.2
1.67
42.8
1.61
42.2
1.54
41.7
1.47
41.4
1.39
41.2
1.29
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate

Notes:
It is NOT necessary to interpolate the previous table
table.
The terms and apply to the range of strains and
shear in the table. Taking higher values of x is
acceptable.
Example from the Commentary: = 34.4o and =2.26 can
be used provided that x < 0.75x 10-3 and vu/fc < 0.125
(Commentary C5.8.3.4.2
C5 8 3 4 2 paragraph 9)
9).
If 0.5cot was assumed = 1, the values of and
obtained from the table may be used without further
iteration.
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
20

After finding the value of and :
Vc = 0.0316
Vs =
f c ' bv d v
(5.8.3.3-3)
Av f y d v cot
s
Vn = Vc + Vs + Vp < 0.25fc bv dv + Vp
Then Vu < Vn
July 2007
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
Do Not Duplicate

If the section does NOT have at least the minimum

required transverse steel (stirrups), two modifications are
made.
d Fi
First,
t the
th strain,
t i x , is
i th
the maximum
i
llongitudinal
it di l
strain in the web. It can be calculated by:
Mu
dv
x =
(Es As + E p Aps )
The initial value of x should < 0.002

As before, the section is assumed to be cracked and
0.5cot may be taken = 1

torsion section.
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
21

If the section is not cracked:
Mu
+ 0.5 N u + 0.5 Vu V p cott Aps f po
dv
x =
(Es As + E p Aps + Ec Ac )

torsion section.
July 2007
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
ODOT Short Course

The second modification is that a crack spacing

parameter, sxe , is used in place of v in the table.
s xe = s x
1.38
80 in.
a g + 0.63
sx = lesser of dv or the spacing of longitudinal steel

placed in the web to control cracking. The area of
longitudinal steel in each layer must be at least
0.003 bvsx
ag = maximum aggregate size inch.
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
22

July 2007
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
ODOT Short Course

Once the values of sxe and x are calculated, use the table
in the LRFD Code for this case to find and . If the value
of is close to the original assumption, use the given. If
not, use the table value of as the next estimate and
repeat the calculations of x . Iterate (unless 0.5cot is
assumed = 1). Again, interpolation is not necessary. After
finding the value of and :
Vc = 0.0316
Vs =
f c ' bv d v
Av f y d v cot
s
Then Vu < Vn
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
23

Here is the table for beam with less than minimum stirrups:
Table 5.8.3.4.2-2 Values of and for Sections without Transverse Reinforcement
1,000
000
x * 1
sXE (in)
<
<
10
<
15
<
20
<
30
<
40
<
60
<
80
< -0.20
25.4
6.36
27.6
5.78
29.5
5.34
31.2
4.99
34 1
34.1
4.46
36.6
4.06
40.8
3.50
44.3
3.10
<
-0.10
<
-0.05
25.5
6.06
27.6
5.78
29.5
5.34
31.2
4.99
34 1
34.1
4.46
36.6
4.06
40.8
3.50
44.3
3.10
<
25.9
5.56
28.3
5.38
29.7
5.27
31.2
4.99
34 1
34.1
4.46
36.6
4.06
40.8
3.50
44.3
3.10
0.00
26.4
5.15
29.3
4.89
31.1
4.73
32.3
4.61
34 2
34.2
4.43
36.6
4.06
40.8
3.50
44.3
3.10
<
0.125
27.7
4.41
31.6
4.05
34.1
3.82
36.0
3.65
38 9
38.9
3.39
41.2
3.20
44.5
2.92
47.1
2.71
<
0.25
28.9
3.91
33.5
3.52
36.5
3.28
38.8
3.09
42 3
42.3
2.82
45.0
2.62
49.2
2.32
52.3
2.11
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
<
0.50
30.9
3.26
36.3
2.88
39.9
2.64
42.7
2.46
46 9
46.9
2.19
50.2
2.00
55.1
1.72
58.7
1.52
<
0.75
32.4
2.86
38.4
2.50
42.4
2.26
45.5
2.09
50 1
50.1
1.84
53.7
1.66
58.9
1.40
62.8
1.21
<
1.00
33.7
2.58
40.1
2.23
44.4
2.01
47.6
1.85
52 6
52.6
1.60
56.3
1.43
61.8
1.18
65.7
1.01
<
1.50
<
35.6
2.21
42.7
1.88
47.4
1.68
50.9
1.52
56 3
56.3
1.30
60.2
1.14
65.8
0.92
69.7
0.76
2.00
37.2
1.96
44.7
1.65
49.7
1.46
53.4
1.31
59 0
59.0
1.10
63.0
0.95
68.6
0.75
72.4
0.62
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate

Some final notes:
The shear must be checked at the critical sections and

then at intervals along the beam, usually every 0.1L,
and any important points (like harp points) . The values
of dv , and must be calculated at each section.
As with all concrete members, minimum stirrups are

required when Vu > 0.5(Vc Vp)
For reinforced concrete members,

members and may be
o
taken as 2 and 45 , respectively. Previously, there was
a depth limit of 16 inches on this, but this is removed in
2007.
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
24
AASHTO-LRFD
S TO
Coming in 2007! - Simplified Shear
(or, what goes around, comes around
again, and again and again.)

5.8.3.4.3 Simplified Procedure for Prestressed & Nonprestressed
Sections
Article 5.8.3.4.3 new in 2007

Well,, not reallyy new
Vci and Vcw return from the Standard Specifications with some
modification.
This is the result of a National Co-operative Highway Research
Program (NCHRP) study.
Report 549
Available on line at www.trb.org follow the NCHRP links.
Note: Simplified shear has been accepted by the AASHTO Subcommittee on Bridges.
However, no change is official until it is actually published. Article and equation numbers
are from the proposed article, but these may change for editorial reasons in the final
publication.
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
25

Sections
Why the change?

According to NCHRP 549:
Sectional Design Model, as given in the current LRFD
Specifications, is still considered too complex.
Designers said the process has to be automated.
Automated processes cause the engineers to lose the feel of

designs.
The old Vci and Vcw worked

orked well
ell for man
many years.
ears
Still the ACI 318 method.
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate

Sections
Not exactly the old Standard Specifications method.

NCHRP 549 suggested 4 changes:
Change 1 The expression for web shear cracking,
Vcw, is made more conservative and now also applies
to partially prestressed members.
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
26

Sections
Change 2 The variable angle truss model is used for

calculating the contribution of shear reinforcement in
web shear regions. For flexural shear regions where Mu
> Mcr, the 45o truss model is used.
Change 3 - Maximum shear stress is substantially
increased.
Change 4 - Minimum shear reinforcement is the same as
for the Sectional Design Model
Model.
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate

Sections
Rules:
No significant axial tension
Provide minimum shear reinforcement as given in Art.
5.8.2.5 (same as Sectional Design Model).
Take Vp = 0 when finding Vn in Eqn 5.8.3.3-1.
Then, Vc is the lesser of:
Vcw
Vci
As before, the beam is divided into sections and shear is
investigated at each section. The critical section is the
same as for Sectional Design Model.
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
27

Sections
Vcw
Nominal shear resistance provided by concrete when
inclined cracking results from excessive principal
tensions in the web.
Web Shear
Vci
Nominal shear resistance provided by concrete when
inclined cracking results from combined shear and
moment.
Flexural Shear
July 2007
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
ODOT Short Course

Sections
A quick reminder.
Exactly what are Vci and Vcw?
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
28

Sections
There are two types of shear:

Flexural shear where shear cracks grow from flexural
cracks. This is Vci .
Web shear where thin webs crack due to high
principal tensile stresses. This is Vcw.
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate

Sections
Flexural Shear - Vci

A prestressed beam will form a flexural crack when the
moment at a section reaches Mcre . The shear at the
section which exists at the time of cracking is called Vcre .
The shear does NOT cause the cracking. The cracking
is caused by the moment, Mcre. Vcre is simply the shear
which is associated with Mcre.
So how is Vcre found?
The simplifying assumption is made that V and M
increase proportionally.
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
29

Sections
Thus, if V and M increase proportionally, Vcre can be found

from this proportionality. Since Mu is known, it is possible
to find Vu FOR THE LOADING CASE WHICH CAUSES Mu.
The equation becomes:
Vu
V
= cre
M u M cre
Vcre =
Vu
M cre
Mu
July 2007
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
Do Not Duplicate

Sections
Experiments have shown that if the shear at the section

increases by (0.02fc)b
)bv dv ksi, the flexural crack will grow
into a shear crack.
The flexural shear at the time the crack grows into a shear
crack can be written as:
Vci = Vcre + 0.02 f c 'bv d v

Vci = 0.02 f c 'bv d v +
M cre
Vu
Mu
(ksi )
This form of the equation is valid for non-composite

members with uniform loads. It is NOT valid for bridges.
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
30

Sections
Flexural Shear - Vci

It was assumed that the shear and moment increase
proportionally. However, in a composite section or a
section with other than uniform loads, the dead load
doesnt increase proportionally, so subtract it out of the
proportionality part of the equation.
Two new terms are defined:
Mmax = Maximum moment at a section caused by all
FACTORED superimposed loads.
Vi
= Shear at the section associated with Mmax.
July 2007
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
Do Not Duplicate

Sections
If the dead load is taken separately, the equation is:
Vci = 0.02 f c 'bv d v + Vd +
Vi M cre
M max
= shear due to UNFACTORED dead load noncomposite

section
Mmax = maximum moment at the section due all super-imposed
FACTORED loads.
Vi = FACTORED shear
h
att th
the section
ti corresponding
di tto Mmax.
bv = minimum web width
dv = effective shear depth
Vd
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
31

Sections
There is a lower limit to Vci:
Vci = 0.02 f c 'bv d v + Vd +
Vi M cre
0.06 f c 'bv d v
M max
(5.8.3.4.3-1)
Near simple supports, the Vci equation goes to infinity

because Mmax goes to 0. However, the Vcw equation is
finite at supports, so it will control.
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate

Sections
How is the cracking moment found?

In a prestressed beam, what will eventually be the tensile
fiber will be in compression due to prestressing forces, fcpe.
The beam cracks when enough moment is applied to the
beam to remove the compressive stress and add enough
tension to crack the beam. The usual cracking strength in
flexure is the modulus of rupture, fr.
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
32

Sections
Assuming an elastic system:
f cpe + f r =
M cre c
I
M cre = S c ( f cpe + f r )
M cre
Sc
Where Sc is the section modulus to the tension fiber.
July 2007
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
Do Not Duplicate

Sections
Mcre must be adjusted to reflect the fact that the dead load
effect has been accounted for. In the LRFD equation, only
the non-composite DL is subtracted:
12M dnc
M cre = S c f r + f cpe
S
nc
(5.8.3.4.3-2)
= Moment due to UNFACTORED dead loads applied

to the non-composite or monolithic section
section.
Sdnc = Section modulus to the tensile fiber of the noncomposite or monolithic section.
Mdnc
In the LRFD equation, Mcre is in inch-k, but Mdnc is in ft-k. The 12 converts feet to inches.
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
33

Sections
Web Shear - Vcw
In a beam,, there are shear stresses from flexure. The maximum shear
stress occurs at the neutral axis. For most beams, there is no normal
stress at the neutral axis. However, in a prestressed beam there is a
normal stress from the P/A term in the stress equation. In a composite
beam, the neutral axis of the composite is not the same as in the noncomposite. At the neutral axis of the composite section, there will also
be normal stresses from bending, caused by the prestressing and the
dead load applied to the non-composite section.
July 2007
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
ODOT Short Course

Sections
Web Shear - Vcw

The normal stress, fpc is:
f pc =
Peff Peff eyc M dl,nc y c

m
A nc
I nc
I nc
The top sign is used

above the non-composite
neutral axis, the bottom
sign is used below the
non-composite neutral
axis.
= effective prestressing force

= noncomposite area
= noncomposite moment of inertia
= distance between neutral axis of composite and
noncomposite sections
= 0 for noncomposite beams
Mdl,nc= noncomposite dead loads
e
= eccentricity of prestressing
Peff
Anc
Inc
yc
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
34

Sections
Web Shear - Vcw
Vcw can be calculated using the shearing stress formula:

v = (Vcw Q)/(It)
where v is the shear stress which causes a maximum principal
tensile stress of 4(fc)1/2 when the normal stress is fpc.
July 2007
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
ODOT Short Course

Sections
Web Shear - Vcw
An approximate equation is provided to find Vcw:
Vcw = 0.06 f c ' + 0.3 f pc bv d v + V p

July 2007
ODOT Short Course
(5.8.3.4.3-3)
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
35

Sections
The shear strength of the beam is:

(5.8.3.3-1 &
5 8 3 3-2)
5.8.3.3-2)
For the simplified method, Vp is taken = 0 in this equation,

so:
Vn = Vc + Vs < 0.25fc bv dv
Vc is the lesser of Vci and Vcw .
Vp is taken = 0 only in Equations 5.8.3.3-1 and 5.8.3.3-2 and when the
simplified method is used. It is NOT taken = 0 in the equation for Vcw,
5.8.3.4.3-3
July 2007
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
Do Not Duplicate

Sections
Vci = 0.02 f c 'bv d v + Vd +
Vi M cre
0.06 f c 'bv d v (5.8.3.4.3-1)
M max
12M dnc
M cre = Sc f r + f cpe
S nc
(5.8.3.4.3-2)
This is the old Vci equation, just adjusted to ksi units, rounded off and
with new notations.
0.02fc ksi = 0.63fc; 0.06fc ksi = 1.9fc
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
36

Sections
= Shear force at the section from UNFACTORED

dead load (includes DC and DW) (k-in).
(k in).
Mcre = Moment causing flexural cracking at a section
due to externally applied load (k-in).
Mmax = Maximum factored moment at a section due to
externally applied loads (k-in).
Vi = Shear force at a section due to factored
superimposed loads
loads, which occurs simultaneously
with Mmax (kip).
Vd
Mmax and Vi are found from the load combination causing

maximum moment at the section.
July 2007
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
Do Not Duplicate

Sections
fcpe = compressive stress in concrete due to effective

prestressing forces only (after loss) at the extreme
fiber of the section where externally applied loads
cause tensile stress.
fr = modulus of rupture. For this provision:
f r = 0.2 f c '
(ksi )
Note that this definition

f
off fr is a new bullet in Article
5.4.2.6 (2007).
This is the old 6fc just converted to ksi units.
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
37

Sections
Mdnc = total unfactored dead load moment acting on the

non composite or monolithic section (k-ft).
non-composite
(k ft)
Note that this is k-ft. Thats why theres a 12 in the numerator converts ft. to in.
Sc
Snc
= Section modulus to the extreme fiber of the

composite section where tensile stress is caused
by externally applied loads (in3).
= Section
S
modulus to the extreme fiber
f
off the noncomposite or monolithic section where tensile
stress is caused by externally applied loads (in3).
July 2007
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
Do Not Duplicate

Sections
For composite members, the commentary allows for a

simplification:
Mmax = Mu Md
Vi = Vu Vd
(C5.8.3.4.3) 7th Paragraph
Note: The ACI-318 code allows a simplification for non-composite

members, however, this simplification was developed for building
beams with UNIFORM loads. This simplification should NOT be
applied to bridge girders, which are loaded with point (axle) loads.
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
38

Sections
V cw = 0 . 06
f c ' + 0 . 3 f pc b v d v + V p (5.8.3.4.3-3)
This is an approximate equation for finding the condition

where the principal tensile stress is 4fc
Note that Vp is NOT = 0 in this equation. Vp is only set =
0 when finding Vn in equations 5.8.3.3-1 and 2 and when
using the simplified shear method.
Again, this is the old Vcw equation, converted to kip units.
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate

Sections
fpc = compressive stress in concrete (after allowance for all

prestress loses) at centroid of cross section resisting
externally applied loads or at the junction of the web
and the flange when the centroid lies within the flange
(ksi). In a composite section, fpc is the resultant
compressive stress at the centroid of the composite
section (or at the junction of the web and the flange if
the centroid lies in the flange) due to both prestress
and the moments resisted by the precast member
acting alone.
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
39

Sections
Stirrups:
Recall that
that, if = 90o (and it almost always is)
is), then:
Av f y d v cot
Vs =
s
If Vci < Vcw (in other words, Vci controls), then:
cot = 1
If Vcw < Vci, (Vcw controls) then:
f pc
1.8
cot = 1.0 + 3
f '
c
(5.8.3.4.3-4)
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate

Sections
Simplified Shear - Summary

Basically,
Basically it is the old Vci and Vcw method from the Std.
Std
Specifications (and ACI 318).
The equations are slightly different.
Be sure to use the new version of the equations.
The biggest change is needing to find cot for finding Vs
and longitudinal steel requirements.
If Vci controls, cot = 1
If Vcw controls, cot must be calculated.
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
40

Lightweight Concrete
This applies to all shear methods, If the splitting strength is

known the term fc is replaced by :
4.7 f ct
fc '
If the splitting strength is not known, substitute:
0.75 f c '
All lightweight
g
g
0.85 f c '
Sanded lightweight
In
place of
fc '
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate

Deep Components
Deep Components:
Components may be considered as deep components if:
There is a point of zero shear within a distance of 2d
from the face of the support.
A load causing more than the shear at the support
is within 2d of the face of the support (for segmental
boxes, the limit is 1/3 the shear).
Design with strut and tie (Article 5.6.3)
Detail according to Article 5.13.2.3
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
41

5.8.3.5 Longitudinal Reinforcement
As shown in the previous slides, the shear forces cause

tensile forces in the longitudinal reinforcement. According
to the commentary in the LRFD Specifications, this tension
becomes larger as becomes smaller and Vc gets larger.
Therefore, the tensile steel doesnt only have to resist
moment, but it also must resist the tensile component of
the shear. It is possible that these tensile forces might be
great enough, when combined with the tensile forces due
to moment and axial load, to fail the longitudinal tensile
steel. Therefore, a check must be made to assure that
there is sufficient tensile steel to resist all the forces.
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate

The longitudinal tensile steel must be able to resist the

tension due to bending and axial load, along with the
tensile component of shear force in the concrete.
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
42

A ps f ps + As f y
Mu
dv
+ 0 .5
+ u V p 0.5Vs cot (5.8.3.5-1)

Nu
Note that is the appropriate strength reduction factor for

that specific load effect (e.g. 1.0 for Mu in prestressed
concrete, 0.9 for shear, etc.).
There is also a limit of Vs < Vu /
torsion. This will be explained later in the torsion section.
July 2007
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
Do Not Duplicate

At the inside edge of the bearing area of a simple end

support to the section of critical shear:
Aps f ps + As f y u 0.5Vs Vp cot
(5.8.3.5-2)
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
43

In Equations 5.8.3.5-1 and 5.8.3.5-2, there is a cot term.

The value of cot depends on the method used. If the
Sectional Design Model is used, then cot is found using
the value of found from the table.
If the simplified method is used, the value of cot depends
on which value controls. If Vci controls, then cot=1. If Vcw
controls then cot must be calculated:
controls,
cot=1.0+3(fpc/fc) < 1.8.
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate

Finally, it is necessary to account for any lack of

development of the tensile steel. In the diagram below, the
strand/bar may not be fully developed before it reaches the
crack. If so, the terms fy and fps must be reduced by the
ratio of the actual length/development length.
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
44

The longitudinal reinforcement does not have to be greater

than that required to carry Mu in cases where there is a
compressive reaction on the flexural compression face.
In other words it is not necessary to check this provision at
the interior supports of a continuous girder. However, it IS
necessary to check this provision for a continuous for live
l d girder.
load
id
July 2007
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
Do Not Duplicate

5.8.4 Interface Shear Transfer Shear Friction
Interface (horizontal) shear must be considered at:

An existing or potential crack
An interface between dissimilar materials
An interface between two concretes cast at different
times
The interface between different elements of a cross
section
This provision appears to be for the vertical interface between

flanges and webs of box girders especially segmental
boxes.
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
45

The factored interface shear resistance. Vri shall be taken as:
Vri = Vni
(5.8.4.1-1)
The design shall satisfy:
Vri Vui
(5.8.4.1-2)
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate

Where:
Vni = Nominal Shear Resistance (kip)

Vui = Factored interface shear force due to total load
based on the applicable strength and extreme
event load combinations in Table 3.4.1-1 (kip)
= Resistance factor for shear specified in Article
5.5.4.2.1. In cases where different
ff
weights off
concrete exist on different sides of the interface, the
lower of the two values of shall be used.
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
46

The strength of the interface, Vni, is:
Vni = cA cv + A vf f y + Pc
(5.8.4.1-3)
But not greater than the lesser of:
Vni K1f 'c A cv
(5.8.4.1-4)
Vni K 2 A cv
( 841 )
(5.8.4.1-5)
A cv = b vi L vi
(5.8.4.1-6)
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate

Vni = Nominal shear resistance (k)

Acv = area of concrete engaged in shear transfer (in2)
Avf = area of shear reinforcement crossing the shear
plane (in2 )
fy = yield strength of reinforcement
c = cohesion factor
= friction factor
Pc = permanent net compressive force normal to the
shear plane (k). If tensile, Pc = 0.
fc = 28 day compressive strength of the WEAKER
concrete
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
47

bvi = interface width considered to be engaged in shear

transfer (inch)
Lvi = interface length considered to be engaged in shear
transfer (inch)
K1 = fraction of the concrete strength available to resist
interface shear, as specified in Article 5.8.4.3
K2 = limiting interface shear resistance specified in
Article 5
5.8.4.3
8 4 3 (ksi)
July 2007
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
ODOT Short Course

Based on consideration of a free body diagram and utilizing the

conservative, envelope value of the factored, vertical shear force at
the section, Vu1.
v ui =
Vu1
b vid v
(5.8.4.2-1)
Where dv is the previously defined shear depth.

The factored interface shear force in kips/ft for a concrete girder/slab
bridge may be determined as:
Vui = v ui A cv
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
(5.8.4.2-2)
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
48

If the net (normal) force, Pc , across the interface shear plane is tensile,
additional reinforcement shall be provided:
A vpc =
Pc
f y
(5.8.4.2-3)
For beams and girders, the longitudinal spacing of the rows of interface
shear transfer reinforcing bars shall not exceed 24 inches.
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate

5.8.4.2 Cohesion and Friction
For concrete placed monolithically
c = 0.40 ksi
= 1.4
K1 = 0.25
K2 = 1.5 ksi
For normal weight concrete placed against a clean concrete surface,
free of laitance and intentionally roughened 0.25 inches
c = 0.24 ksi
= 1.0
K1 = 0.25
K2 = 1.5 ksi
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
49

For concrete anchored to as-rolled structural steel by headed studs

or by rebar where all the steel in contact with the concrete is clean
and free of paint:
c = 0.025 ksi
= 0.7
K1 = 0.2
K2 = 0.8 ksi
For concrete placed against clean, hardened concrete not
intentionally roughened but free of laitance and clean
0 075 ksi
c = 0.075
= 0.6
K1 = 0.2
K2 = 0.8 ksi
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate

For lightweight concrete placed against a clean concrete surface,

c = 0.24 ksi
= 1.0
K1 = 0.25
K2 = 1.0 ksi
For a cast-in-place concrete slab on clean concrete girder surfaces,
c = 0.28 ksi
= 1.0
K1 = 0.3
K2 = 1.8 ksi normal weight
K2 = 1.3 ksi - lightweight
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
50

Avf has a minimum:
A vf
0.05A cv
fy
(5.8.4.4-1)
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate

For a cast-in-place concrete slab on a clean concrete

girder surface, free of laitance:
g
The minimum interface shear reinforcement, Avf, need
not exceed the lesser of the amount determined from
equation 5.8.4.1-1 and the amount needed to resist
1.33Vui / as determined using equation 5.8.4.1-3.
The minimum reinforcement provisions shall be
waived for girder/slab interfaces with surface
roughened to an amplitude of 0
0.25
25 inches
inches, where the
factored interface shear stress, vui < 0.210 ksi and all of
the vertical shear reinforcement required by Article
5.8.1.1 is extended across the interface and
adequately anchored in the slab.
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
51
AASHTO-LRFD
S TO
Torsion

5.8.2.1 General
Torsion causes a condition of pure shear, as shown by

element a. However, element a can be rotated to show
principal stresses, as shown in element c. For principal
stress, two of the normal stresses are tensile and two are
compressive.
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
52

5.8.2.1 General
In a torsion test brittle materials, which are weaker in

tension than in shear, will break along surfaces forming a
45 degree angle with the longitudinal axis.
CONCRETE IS A BRITTLE MATERIAL!!!!!!

July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate

5.8.2.1 General
Because concrete is brittle and tension weak, torsion forces

will crack the member diagonally, perpendicular to the
maximum principal tensile stress. As a result, concrete
members under torsional loads tend to unwrap.
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
53

5.8.2.1 General
As with shear, compression struts will occur.
Stirrups will arrest the cracks. As with shear, the presence

of stirrups (in tension) and compression struts forms a
truss, but here the truss is 3-D.
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate

5.8.2.1 General
The important part is this:
Torsion causes shear stresses which are additive to the

flexural shear stresses.
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
54

5.8.2.1 General
General Requirements:
Tr = Tn
(5.8.2.1-1)
Tu = factored torsional moment

Tr = factored torsional resistance
Tn = nominal torsional resistance given in Article 5.8.3.6
(k-in)
= 0.9 normal weight concrete
= 0.7 lightweight concrete
July 2007
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
ODOT Short Course

5.8.2.1 General
In many cases, torsional stresses are not significant.

Article 5.8.2.1 states that torsional effects may NOT BE
ignored if:
Tu 0 . 25 T cr
Tcr = 0 .125
(5.8.2.1-3)
Acp2
f pc
fc '
1+
p
0 .125 f c ' (5.8.2.1-4)
c
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
55

5.8.2.1 General
Acp2
f pc
1+
Tcr = 0.125 f c '
p
0.125 f c '
c
(5.8.2.1-4)
(5.8.2.1
4)
Tcr = Cracking torsion (k-in)

Acp = Total area enclosed by the outside perimeter of
the concrete cross section (in2)
pc = length of the outside perimeter of the concrete cross
section (in)
fpc = compressive
i stress
t
in
i concrete
t (after
( ft allowance
ll
for
f
all prestress loses) at centroid of cross section
resisting externally applied loads or at the junction of
the web and the flange when the centroid lies within
the flange (ksi). (This is the same as for Vcw).
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate

5.8.2.1 General
A cp = 789 in
i 2
pc = 26 + 20 + 2 8 + 92 + 92 + 23 + 62 + 62 + 8
pc = 166.4 in
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
56

5.8.2.1 General
For cellular structures:
Acp
pc
2 A0bv
(5.8.2.1-5)
A0 = Area enclosed by the shear flow path, including any

holes therein.
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate

5.8.2.1 General
Torsional Design
For torsion, the area of ADDITIONAL transverse

reinforcement is calculated.
The required area of stirrups for shear must be added to

the required area of stirrups for the concurrent torsion
(Article 5.8.3.6.1).
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
57
The Commentary (C5.8.3.6.1) explains the use of the

word concurrent.
concurrent .
It is not appropriate to design for the maximum shear
and the maximum torsion (unless they are concurrent).
It is appropriate to examine the area of transverse
reinforcement required for the maximum shear with the
concurrent torsion and the maximum torsion with the
concurrent shear
shear. Use the largest area required
required.
July 2007
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
ODOT Short Course
When calculating the shear resistance, Vn, several

equations
q
require
q
the term Vu. When considering
g shear
and torsion, the EQUIVALENT factored shear force, Vu
shall be taken as equal to:
Solid Sections :
2
0.9 phTu (5.8.2.1-6)

V +
2 A0
B Sections
Box
S i
:
Td
(5.8.2.1-7)
Vu + u
2 Ao
2
u
ph = perimeter of the centerline of the closed, transverse torsion reinforcement.

July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
58

5.8.3.6.2 Torsional Resistance
The nominal torsional resistance is:
Tn =
2 A0 At f y cot
s
(5.8.3.6.2-1)
At = Area of one leg of closed transverse reinforcement

provided for torsion in solid members or the total area
of transverse torsion reinforcement in the exterior web
of a cellular member.
CAUTION: The Specifications require that the area of transverse
reinforcement for shear be added to that for torsion. However, the transverse
reinforcement for shear, Av, includes ALL legs of the stirrups which cross the
plane of the shear crack. For torsion, At is the area of ONE leg. Thus, when
detailing the reinforcement, it is important to add these areas correctly.
July 2007
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
Do Not Duplicate

5.8.3.6.3 Longitudinal Reinforcement
The longitudinal steel requirements are modified if torsion

must be considered.
Solid Sections:
A ps f ps + As f y
2
V
0.45 p hTu
+ 0 .5
+ cot u V p 0.5Vs +
dv

2 A0
Mu
Nu
(5.8.3.6.3-1)
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
59

5.8.3.6.3 Longitudinal Reinforcement
In box sections, the required amount of ADDITIONAL

longitudinal steel is:
Al =
Tn p h
2 A0 f y
(5.8.3.6.3-2)
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate

Design for Shear and Torsion
Step 1
Determine if torsion must be considered
considered.
IF Tu < 0.25Tcr, torsion may be ignored.
Step 2
Determine the maximum factored shear and
concurrent factored torsion.
Determine the maximum factored torsion and
concurrent factored shear.
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
60

Design for Shear and Torsion (cont.)
Step 3
Modify Vu to reflect the presence of torsion
torsion.
This is the equivalent factored shear force.
Equations 5.8.2.1-6 or 7
For the Sectional Design Model is used for shear, the
equivalent factored shear force is used for Vu in the
equations for vu and x.
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate

Step 4
Determine the area of transverse shear reinforcement
needed to resist the maximum value of Vu.
Determine the area of transverse shear reinforcement
needed to resist the value of Vu concurrent with the
maximum torsion.
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
61

Step 5
Determine the area of transverse torsion
reinforcement needed to resist the maximum value of
Tu.
Determine the area of transverse torsion
reinforcement needed to resist the value of Tu
concurrent with the maximum shear.
July 2007
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
Do Not Duplicate

Step 6
Add together the areas of transverse reinforcement
required for torsion and shear.
Add the required areas for the cases of maximum shear and
concurrent torsion and maximum torsion and concurrent
shear. Use the maximum.
Remember, the calculated shear area is for ALL the stirrup
legs; the calculated torsion area is for ONE leg. Be sure to
add
dd th
the areas correctly.
tl
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
62

Check the requirements for longitudinal steel using the

equations modified for torsion.
5.8.3.6.3-1 or 2
Finally, although the specifications do not say it
specifically, it appears that if torsion is present, sectional
design model must be used.
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
63
AASHTO-LRFD
S TO
Continuous for Live Load
New in 2007
5.14.1.4 Bridges Composed on Simple Span Precast Girders
Made Continuous
Article 5.14.1.3 has been extensively revised for 2007.

Results of NCHRP Study 12-53.
12 53.
NCHRP Report 519 (available on the web at TRB.org)
This article only applies to bridges intended to be
continuous for live load.
This does not apply to bridges designed as simple
spans.
Some states use poor
poor boy
boy continuity. A negative
moment connection is provided in the slab, but no
positive moment connection is provided. The bridge
is designed as simple spans. 5.14.1.3 does NOT
apply to this type of bridge.
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
New in 2007
Made Continuous
Construction Sequence
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
New in 2007
Made Continuous
Negative moment reinforcement over a diaphragm
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
New in 2007
Made Continuous
A bent strand positive moment connection
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
New in 2007
Made Continuous
Girders carry self weight and slab weight as simple, noncomposite spans.
All superimposed DL and LL carried as continuous,
composite spans.
Negative moment connection over pier is usually
reinforced slab.
Creep, shrinkage and temperature may cause girders to
camber up
up, causing positive moment
moment.
Usually in young girders
Positive moment connection required.
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
New in 2007
Made Continuous
Over time, creep and shrinkage of the girders may cause additional
camber in the girders. This creates a positive moment at the
diaphragm which often causes cracking, so positive moment
connections are needed. These moments are called restraint
moments.
Experimental evidence shows that this behavior is most prevalent
when the girders are very young.
When the girders are old, theory says shrinkage of the slab causes
the girders to de-camber, resulting in a negative restraint moment at
the diaphragm. However, this is not seen in field measurements.
Field measurements show the girders camber up until the slab is
cast, then every thing locks up no cambering or decambering is
seen.
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate

5.14.1.4.2 Restraint Moments
Methods of analysis are NOT covered in the LRFD

Specifications.
Many commercial bridge analysis programs will
calculate positive moments from creep/shrinkage.
PCA EB-14 is a popular hand method.
Q-Con Bridge is available for free from WSDOT.
Current analysis methods are questionable.
Creep and shrinkage properties are extremely
variable.
Analysis results do not match field data for older
girders.
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate

5.14.1.4.2 Restraint Moments
The MOST important variable is the age of the girders at

the time continuity is established (Art 5.14.1.4.4).
If the girders are less than 90 days old when continuity
is established:
The engineer must estimate or specify the girder age at

continuity.
Restraint moments must be calculated.
If the girders are SPECIFIED to be no less than 90

days old when continuity is established:
Provide a specified positive moment connection

No calculations of restraint moments are needed.
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate

5.14.1.4.4 Age of Girder when Continuity is Established
The 90 day specification

At 90 days,
days approximately 70% of the creep and
shrinkage has occurred in the girder. This limits
positive moment formation.
Experimental evidence shows that girders with a
positive moment connection which will resist 1.2Mcr
can still provide continuity even if some cracking is
present
present.
Using the 90 day rule greatly simplifies design.
The 90 day rule is verified by experience in several
states.
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate

5.14.1.4.4 Age of Girder when Continuity is Established
To use the 90 day rule, the 90 day wait must be in the

contract documents.
Waiting 90 days may not be practical
Precasters do not want to store for 90 days.
Production schedules may be significantly altered if a
long lead is needed.
In some states, precasters are paid for storage.
The commentary allows the owner to change the 90 day
wait to the time when ktd = 0.7 (Art. 5.4.2.3.2 and
5.4.2.3.3).
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate

5.14.1.4.5 Degree of Continuity at Various Limit States
When the positive moment connection cracks, some degree of

continuity may be lost.
In general, the girders act as simple spans until the cracks close;
then act as continuous after the crack closes.
The design must consider possible loss of continuity.
If the calculated stress at the bottom of the continuity diaphragm for
the combination of superimposed permanent loads, settlement,
creep, shrinkage, 50% live load and temperature gradient, if
applicable, is compressive, the spans may be considered as fully
continuous for all limit states.
If the girders are specified to be at least 90 days old when continuity
is established, the spans may be assumed fully continuous for all
limit states.
Negative moment deck cracking may be neglected.
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate

5.14.1.4.6 Service Limit State for Girder Stress Limits
For loads carried as simple spans (including release of

prestressing force), the girders must satisfy the tensile
stress requirements for prestressed girders (Art. 5.9.4).
For the top of the girder at an interior support at service
limit state after losses, either:
Treat it as a prestressed girder. Use the prestressed
tensile limits and Service III, as applicable.
Treat it as a reinforced concrete section
section.
A cast-in-place composite deck slab shall not be subject
to the tensile stress limits for the service limit state after
losses specified in Table 5.9.4.2.2-1.
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate

5.14.1.4.7 Strength Limit State
The negative moment connection must be able to resist

the factored negative moment at the section.
The positive moment connection must be able to resist
the factored restraint moments.
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate

5.14.1.4.8 Negative Moment Connections
The most common negative moment connection is a

reinforced concrete slab on top the girders.
This is designed as a reinforced concrete section and
must meet all applicable provisions.
Bars must be properly anchored and splices must be
staggered.
Other types of connections are permitted if verified by
testing
testing.
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate

5.14.1.4.9 Positive Moment Connections
Positive moment connections resist restraint moments

caused by creep and shrinkage of the girders.
Without positive moment connections, the
girder/diaphragm interface cracks and continuity is lost.
Continuous for Live Load Bridges MUST have positive
moment connections.
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate

Three types permitted:

Leave some of the strand extended from the end of
the girder and bend it to a 90o angle.
Embed mild steel bars in the end of the girder. These
bars have either 90o or 180o hooks into the
diaphragm.
Any connection verified by analysis/testing to provide
adequate resistance
resistance. Mechanical connections would
be permitted under this section.
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate

The positive moment connection must be designed to

resist the factored restraint moments unless the 90 day
rule is used.
If the connection is designed using restraint moments,
the capacity of the connection must be between 0.6 Mcr
and 1.2 Mcr.
Mcr is the cracking moment of the gross composite
girder cross section at the diaphragm
diaphragm.
Mcr is calculated using the strength of the diaphragm
concrete.
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate

If the connection is designed using the 90 day rule, the

capacity of the connection must be at least 1.2 Mcr.
IMPORTANT The 1.2 Mcr capacity referred to here IS
NOT the same 1.2 Mcr referred to in Art. 5.7.3.3.2 (which
states that prestressed elements must have a minimum
capacity of 1.2 Mcr). Art. 5.7.3.3.2 does NOT apply to
positive moment connections.
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate

Bent Bar Type Connection:

Connection is made by embedding mild steel in the end
of the girder.
Use the provisions for development of straight and bent
bar (Art. 5.11) to design the bars. The critical section is
the girder/ diaphragm interface.
Stagger the ends of the bars in the girder to prevent
stress concentrations
concentrations.
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
10

Bent Bar type

connection.
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate

Bent Bar Type Connection:

Often,
Often the bars cannot be installed pre
pre-bent
bent (especially
in Bulb-T and I sections). It may be necessary to field
bend. Field bend specifications are needed.
Embedded bars may increase end zone congestion.
To mesh the bars in the diaphragm, the bars must be
offset. However, an excessively asymmetrical
connection detail will cause uneven bar stress
stress. The
connection should be kept as symmetrical as possible
while still allowing meshing.
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
11

This shows that bent

bars extend above the
top of the flange.
They cannot be
installed bent or the
forms cannot be
closed. They must be
installed straight and
field bent.
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate

Bent Strand Type Connection:

This connection is made by leaving a length of strand
extend from the end of the beam.
The strand may be left straight and developed into the
diaphragm.
The strand may be bent into a 90o hook.
This connection develops the strand for the purposes of
Art. 5.8.3.6.3 (Longitudinal reinforcement).
The strands should be symmetrical about the vertical
axis of the cross section.
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
12

Strand stress in bent strand connections is found from:

fpsl = (
(dsh 8)/0.228
)
< 150 ksi (5.14.1.4.9-1)
(5.14.1.4.9-2)
fpul = (dsh 8)/0.163
where:
dsh = total length of extended strand (IN)
fpsl = stress in the strand at the SERVICE limit state.
Cracked section shall be assumed. (KSI)
fpul = stress in the strand at the STRENGTH limit state
state.
(KSI)
Strands shall project at least 8 IN from the face of the
girder before they are bent.
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate

5.14.1.4.10 Continuity Diaphragms
The design of continuity diaphragms at interior supports may be

based on the strength of the concrete in the precast girders.
Precast girders may be embedded into continuity diaphragms.
If horizontal diaphragm reinforcement is passed through holes in the
precast beam or is attached to the precast element using
mechanical connectors, the end precast element shall be designed
to resist positive moments caused by superimposed dead loads, live
loads, creep and shrinkage of the girders, shrinkage of the deck
slab, and temperature effects. Design of the end of the girder shall
account for the reduced effect of prestress within the transfer length.
Where ends of girders are not directly opposite each other across a
continuity diaphragm, the diaphragm must be designed to transfer
forces between girders. Continuity diaphragms shall also be
designed for situations where an angle change occurs between
opposing girders.
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
13
AASHTO LRFD Bridge Design Specifications

Design Example 1
Simple Span Prestressed
Adjacent Box Bridge
RICHARD MILLER
Design Example - Simple-Span Adjacent Box Girder Bridge

Problem Statement and Assumptions
This design example demonstrates the design of a single span, 65 ft. long
j
box g
girder bridge
g with a 30o right
g forward skew,, as shown below. This
adjacent
example illustrates the design of typical interior and exterior beams at the critical
sections in positive flexure, shear and deflection due to prestressing, dead load,
and live load.
References:
Precast Prestressed Concrete Bridge Design Manual, Published by Precast/Prestressed concrete Institute
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate

July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate

This problem was chosen to illustrate skew bridge design.

Note: Table 4.6.2.2.2e-1 has an inconsistency. It does not
include this type of bridge in the description in the first
column, but names it as a cross section type in the second
column.
It is assumed the skew factor applies to this structure.
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate

1.2.1 Precast Beams
Ohio B33-48 box girder as shown

fc = 7.0 ksi @ 28 days
fci = 5
5.0
0 kksii
ODOT Bridge
Design Manual
(BDM) allows a
range
g of strengths.
g
These are chosen
from that range.
[BDM 302.5.1.7]
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate

Selecting the Girder Size
The LRFD Specifications were checked

against the old Standard Specifications
Specifications.
LRFD should give a more refined design, but
not a radically different design.
For prestressed concrete, the difference is
usually a few strands one way or the other.
Design tables developed for Standard
Specifications can usually be used to
approximate the section for initial sizing.
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate

When using tables based on the Standard

Specifications try to stay in the middle of the design
Specifications,
range. Sections near either end of the design range
may be inadequate.
The Precast/Prestressed Concrete Institute (PCI)
publishes preliminary design tables in their Bridge
Design Manual.
These work when ODOT uses the AASHTO standard

section (e.g. Type IV)
It will give an approximate section for cases where the
ODOT section is not AASHTO standard (boxes).
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate

The B33-48 section was chosen from preliminary

design charts in ODOT Design Data Sheets
Sheets. Group
B Design (roadway width 36 ft. to 48 ft.).
The span of 65 ft is the midrange for this section.
The design data sheet suggests using 20 strands,
diameter.
ODOT requires the use of minimum span to depth
ratios given in LRFD Article 2.5.2.6.3. For a precast
box, the limit is 0.03L = 0.03(65ft)(12in/ft) =23.4
inches < 33 inches OK
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate

1.2.3 Prestressing Strand
in diameter, low-relaxation ASTM A 415

[ODOT BDM 302.5.1.2a]
ODOT BDM allows either inch or 0.6 inch. Here,
inch diameter is chosen.
Area of one strand = 0.153 in2
Ultimate strength, fpu = 270.0 ksi
1.2.4 Reinforcing Bars
GR 60; Yield strength, fy = 60 ksi [BDM 302.5.1.8]

Modulus of elasticity, Es = 29,000 ksi
July 2007
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
Do Not Duplicate

1.2.5 Loads
Diaphragms: 2 - 12 wide at 1/3 points

(ODOT Std. Drawings)
g
Future wearing
surface:
0.060 ksf (ODOT Std. Drawings)
Barriers:
0.090 k/ft each (ODOT Design Data Sheets)
Truck:
HL 93, including dynamic allowance
1 2 6 Bridge Parameters
1.2.6
Single Span
Overall Length:
c/c Span:
Support:
67 ft.
65 ft.
Elastomeric Bearing Pad
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate

1.3.1 Non-Composite Section Properties
Area in2
733.5
Weight (k/ft)
0.764
h (in)
33
yb (in)
16.61
yt (in)
16.39
I (in4)
108,150
Sb (in3)
6,511
(in3)
6,599
St
EC = 33, 000 K1wC1.5 f c '
(5.4.2.4-1)
EC = 33, 000 1.0 0.1501.5 5.0 = 4,300 ksi At Transfer

EC = 33, 000 1.0 0.1501.5 7.0 = 5, 072 ksi At Service Loads
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate

Material Properties
It is important to remember that the LRFD

Specifications use KSI units
units. The formula
given for E is the old E=33w1.5fc, just
adjusted to ksi units.
The K1 factor was added for high strength
concrete, but it applies to all concrete. E is
heavilyy influenced byy aggregates.
gg g
At high
g
strengths, E is limited by aggregate stiffness.
The K1 factor allows the owner or designer to
adjust E based on experimental evidence.
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate

1.3.2 Assumptions
The current ODOT standard is to tie the girders

together with tie rods,
rods tightened enough to bring the
girders together, but not providing significant lateral
post-tensioning. According to the commentary in the
LRFD Specifications, for this bridge to be considered
to have the girders sufficiently connected, a lateral
post-tensioning force causing a stress of 0.25 ksi
across the keyway is needed
needed. Therefore
Therefore, this bridge
will be considered as not being sufficiently
connected. This changes the distribution factor
significantly.
July 2007
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
Do Not Duplicate

1.4.1 Dead Loads
DC = Dead load of structural components and

non structural attachments
non-structural
DC Dead Loads carried by the girders:
Beam Weight: 0.764 klf

Diaphragms: 2 at each 1/3 point
DCd =
( 33in 10.5in )( 48in 11in )

144in 2 / ft 2
(1 ft )( 2 diaphragms )( 0.150kcf ) = 1.75k
ODOT specifies a MINIMUM of 3 inches in the Bridge Design Manual, but

the Design Data Sheets use a 3.5 inch average to account for camber
along the length of beam.
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate

1.4.1 Dead Loads
DC Dead Loads carried by the girders (cont):

Asphalt Wearing Surface: at Construction
DCws =
3.5in
( 4 ft )( 0.120kcf ) = 0.140klf
12in / ft
DW = future wearing surfaces and future DL

FWS: (0.060 ksf)(4 ft) = 0.240 klf
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate

1.4.1 Dead Loads
An important note on the asphalt wearing surface:

The ODOT standards call for a minimum 3 inch
asphalt surface.
However, the ODOT Design Data Sheets call for a
3.5 in surface. Actually, this is the average surface
thi k
thickness.
Due
D tto camber,
b th
the surface
f
may b
be
thicker at the ends of the girder. The surface may
be thicker on an individual girder due to differential
camber.
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate

1.4.1 Dead Loads
Rails: 0.090 klff applied to exterior girders.

In other example problems, barrier/railing loads are
distributed equally to all the girders, but Article 4.6.2.2
appears to require a deck to distribute the load equally to
all girders. Here, assume the railing load is applied only
to the exterior girders.
girders
July 2007
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
Do Not Duplicate

1.4.1.1 DL-Unfactored Shear Forces & Bending Moments
Since this is a simple span beam, the most critical moment

iss at midspan:
dspa
M DC =
M DW
(0.764 klf
+ 0.140 klf )(65 ft ) 65 ft

+
1.75k = 515.3k ft
8
3
2
(
0.240 klf )(65 ft )
=
= 126.8 k ft
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate

1.4.2 Live Loads
According to LRFD Article 4.6.1.2.1 vehicular live loading

y of bridges
g or incidental structures,
on the roadways
designated HL-93, shall consists of a combination of the:
Design truck or design tandem with dynamic allowance. The

design truck shall consists of an 8.0 kip front axle and a pair of
32.0 kip back axles. The first and second axle are spaced 14-0
apart. The space between the rear axles shall be varied between
14.0 and 30.0 to produce extreme force effects. The design
tandem shall consist of a pair of 25
25.0
0 kip axles spaced 4
4.0
0 apart.
apart
[LRFD Article 3.6.1.2.2 and 3.6.1.2.3]
Design lane load shall consist of a load of 0.64 kip/ft uniformly
distributed in the longitudinal direction. [LRFD Article 3.6.1.2.4]
July 2007
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
Do Not Duplicate

1.4.2 Live Loads
Since this is a simple span, the maximum moment from the

LANE LOAD occurs when the girder is fully loaded. Thus:
M LL ,Lane
2
(
0.640 klf )(65 ft )
=
= 338 k ft
The HL-93 truck controls for this span length and, since this
is a simple span, the maximum moment is:
M LL ,Truck = 896k ft
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
10

1.4.2 Live Loads
A note on live loads:

The lane load is just a uniform load, so for a simple
span the moment is:
M = 0.5wx(L-x)
w = load (klf)
L = total span
x = point where moment is calculated.
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate

1.4.2 Live Loads
The HL-93 Truck is treated as a series of axle loads. For a

SIMPLE SPAN (only), the maximum moment occurs when
th midspan
the
id
off th
the b
beam iis way b
between
t
th
the resultant
lt t
load and the nearest axle load:
The resultant is used
only for positioning the
loads. It is NOT
included in the
analysis.
Dont you wish you would have
paid more attention in Structural
Analysis?????
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
11

1.4.2 Live Loads
The HL-93 has the same axle loads as the old HS-20 truck.
p
p
published moments for simple
p
The Standard Specifications
spans under the old HS-20 loading in Appendix B.
BE CAREFUL Appendix B gives the moment for the
controlling load case which might be either the truck load or
the lane load!! Recall that the Standard Specifications use
EITHER Lane or Truck; LRFD uses BOTH.
The HS 20 lane load is NOT the same as the HL-93 truck
or HL-93 lane!!! (Standard Specification Lane Load has a
point load!)
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate

1.4.2.1 Distribution Factors
The live load bending moments and shear forces are

determined by using the simplified distribution factor
f
formulas
l [LRFD 4.6.2.2].
4 6 2 2] To
T use the
th simplified
i lifi d lilive lload
d
distribution factor formulas, the following conditions must
be met [LRFD 4.6.2.2.1]
Width of deck is constant.

Number of beams, Nb > 4.
Overhang part of the roadway < 3 ft
de = 0.23 ft
Curvature in plan < Article 4.6.1.2
Beam parallel and of same stiffness
Cross Section listed in Table 4.6.2.2.1-1
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
For a precast concrete box beam with an asphalt

surface , the bridge type is (g).
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
12

1.4.2.1 Distribution Factors
The number of design lanes should be

determined by taking the integer part of the ratio
w/12, where w is the clear roadway width in feet
between curbs and/or barriers.
w = 48 feet
Number of design lanes = integer part of (48/12) = 4
(3.6.1.1.1)
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate

1.4.2.1.1 Distribution Factors for Bending Moment
DFM = S/D
D = (11.5 -NL)+1.4NL(1-0.2C)2 when C < 5
D = (11.5 -NL) when C > 5
(Table 4.6.2.2.2b-1)
Range of Applicability:
NL 6
Skew 45
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
13

Where:
NL = Number of Lanes = 4
C = K(W/L) < K
W = Clear width of the bridge = 48 ft.
K=
(1 + )I
J
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate

J is not published for ODOT girders. However, it

can be approximated by:
4 1180in 2
4 A2
J=
=
= 211625in4
S
27.75in
42.5in 42.5in
t 2 5.5in + 5.5in + 5in
A is the area enclosed by the centerline of the box walls.
t is the wall thickness
S is the length of the centerline of a box wall.
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
14

K=
(1 + 0.2 ) 108150in4
211625in4
= 0.783
48 ft
C = 0.783
= 0.578
65 ft
D = ( 11.5 4Lanes ) + 1.4 ( 4Lanes ) ( 1 0.2 ( 0.578 ) ) = 11.9
2
S
4 ft
=
= 0.336
0 336
D 11.9
= Poissons Ratio = 0.2
[LRFD 5.4.2.5]
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate

Note that for boxes, K can be conservatively taken

as 1
1. The DFM = 0.361,
0 361 a difference of 8%
8%.
Also note that there is only one distribution factor
for this case. This is different from other cases
where there are factors for one lane loaded and
two lanes loaded.
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
15

1.4.2.1.2 Distribution Factors for Shear Force
Two Lanes Loaded:

DFV = (b/156)0.4 (b/12L)0.1 (I/J)0.05(b/48)
One Lane Loaded:
DFV = (b/130L)0.15 (I/J)0.05
(Table 4.6.2.2.3a-1)
July 2007
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
Do Not Duplicate

Where DFV = distribution factor for moment for

interior beam
beam. Provided:
5< Nb < 20
Nb = 12
OK
Nb = number of beams
35 < b < 60
b = 48
OK
b = beam width, in
20 < L < 120
L = 65
OK
L = beam span, ft
25,000 < J <

610,000
J = 211,625
OK
40,000 < I <

610,000
I = 108,150
OK
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
16

For two or more lanes loaded:

48
DFV =
156
0.4
01
0.1
48 108150 0.05 48

= 0.456
12
65
211625
(
)
48
For one design lane loaded:

48
DFV =
130 ( 65 )
0.15
108150
211625
0.05
= 0.445
0 445
Because I/J is raised to a very small power, assuming I/J = 1 changes

the DFV very little. Here, the DFV is about 4% higher if I/J = 1.
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate

1.4.2.2 Dynamic Allowance
IM = 33%
Where:
IM = dynamic load allowance, applied only to truck load
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
17

1.4.2.3 Moment Reduction Factor for Skew
g = 1.05 0.25 tan 1.0 For
0 60
( )
g = 1.05 0.25 tan 30o = 0.905

The specifications state that the MOMENT
DISTRIBUTION FACTOR in a skewed bridge
g MAY
be reduced by this factor. (Table 4.6.2.2.2e-1)
Note: Table 4.6.2.2.2e-1 has an inconsistency. It does not include this type of
bridge in the description in the first column, but names it as a cross section type
in the second column. It is assumed the skew factor applies to this structure.
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate

1.4.2.4 Unfactored Bending Moments
Unfactored bending moment due to HL-93 truck,

per beam:
MLL,Truck
= (bending moment per lane)(DFM)(1+IM)(skew factor)
= (bending moment per lane)(0.336)(1.33)(0.905)
= (bending moment per lane)(0.404)
= 896 k-ft ((0.404)) = 362.3 k-ft
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
18

1.4.2.4 Unfactored Bending Moments
Unfactored
U
f
db
bending
di moment d
due to HL
HL-93
93 llane lload,
d
per beam:
MLL,Lane = (bending moment per lane)(DFM)(skew factor)
= (bending moment per lane)(0.336)(0.905)
= 338 k-ft (0.304) = 102.7 k-ft
(Impact is not applied to lane loads.)
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate

1.4.3 Load Combinations
The following limit states are applicable:

(3.4.1)
Service I:
Q = 1.00(DC + DW) + 1.00 (LL + IM)
Service III:
Q = 1.00(DC + DW) + 0.80(LL + IM)
Strength I:
Maximum Q = 1.25(DC) + 1.50(DW) + 1.75(LL + IM)
Fatigue: Does not need to be checked for pretensioned
beams designed using the Service III load combination.
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
19

1.5.1 Service Load Stresses at Midspan
Bottom tensile stress due to applied dead and live loads using load
combination Service III:
fb =
Where:
M DC + M DW + 0.8 M LL+ I
Sb
fb = Bottom tensile stresses
ksi
MDC = Unfactored bending moment due to DC loads
kip-ft
MDW = Unfactored bending moment due to DW loads
kip-ft
MLL+I = Unfactored bending moment due to design vehicular live

load including impact,
Sb = Section modulus to the bottom fiber
kip-ft
in3
Box girders are usually controlled by Strength I, but it is difficult to estimate number of
strands using Strength I. It is easier to estimate the number of strands using Service III
and add a few strands. Final strand patterns can be adjusted, if needed, later.
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate

1.5.1 Service Load Stresses at Midspan
fb =
{515.3 + 126.8 + 0.8 ( 362.3 + 102.7 ) k ftf } (12ini / ftf ) = 1.87ksi

6511in3
Remember! For Service III (which applies ONLY to tension

in fully prestressed members), the LL factor is 0.8!
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
20

1.5.2 Tensile Stress Limits for Concrete
f r = 0.19 f c'
(Table 5.9.4.2.2-1)
f r = 0.19 7.0 = 0.503ksi

1.5.3 Required Number of Strands
The first step is determine the required amount of

prestressing stress at the tensile fiber:
f pb = ( f b f r )
f pb = (1.87 0.503) = 1.37ksi

July 2007
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
Do Not Duplicate

Assume the strands are 2 inches from the bottom

of the girder So the strand eccentricity at the
midspan is:
ec = ( yb ybs ) = (16.61 2.0) = 14.61in

If Ppe is the total prestressing force, the stress at
the bottom fiber due to p
prestress is:
f pb =
Ppe
A
Ppe ec
Sb
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
21

Now plug in the required recompression stress, fpb

and solve for Ppe:
Ppe =
1.37 ksi
= 380 kips
1
14.61in
2
6511in 3
733.5in
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate

Final prestress force per strand

= (area
(
off strand)(f
t d)(fpi)(1-losses,
)(1 l
%)
where fpi = initial prestressing stress before

transfer, ksi = 0.75fpu = 202.5 ksi
Assuming 25% loss of prestress the final
prestressing force per strand after losses is:
(0.153)(202.5)(1 0.25) = 23.2kips

July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
22

Number of strands required:
380
= 16.4
23.2
This shows a need for at least (18) in
diameter, 270 ksi, low-lax strands as the
strand pattern must be symmetrical.
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate

1.5.4 Strand Pattern
At midspan:
The ODOT design data sheets recommend 20 strands.

Use 20 strands.
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
23

1.5.4 Strand Pattern
Why 20 strands?
1) Boxes tend to be controlled by strength design, but it is
hard to use that for strand estimation. It is easier to use
Service III and add a few extra strands.
2) The exterior girders will probably require more strand
(maybe starting with the exterior would be a better idea!).
It is poor design practice to have the exterior girders have
more strand than the interior. This causes fabrication
problems. The interior and exterior girders cannot be
made on the same bed at the same time.
July 2007
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
Do Not Duplicate

2.1 Prestress Losses
Total Prestress Losses:
(5.9.5.1-1)
Where:
fpES = loss due to elastic shortening, ksi
fpLT = loss due to long-term
long term shrinkage and creep of
concrete, and relaxation of the steel, ksi
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
24

2.1.1 Elastic Shortening
f pES =
Where:
Ep
Ect
f cgp
(5.9.5.2.3a-1)
fcgp = The concrete stress at the center of gravity of

prestressing tendons due to the prestressing
force immediately after the transfer and the selfweight of the member at the section of the
maximum moment (ksi).
f cgp
2
M g ec
Pi Pe
= + i c
A
I
I
July 2007
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
Do Not Duplicate

Ep = Elastic Modulus of the prestressing steel (ksi).

Ect = Elastic Modulus of the concrete at the time of
transfer or time of load application (ksi).
Mg = girder self weight at release
Mg
( 0.764klf )( 65 ft )
=
8
65 ft
+
1.75k = 441.4k ft = 5300k in
3
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
25

In the calculation of Mg c/c bearing is used for length. Some

designers use overall length, based on the assumption that
th girder
the
i d will
ill sitit on its
it ends
d when
h released.
l
d Overall
O
ll length
l
th
gives a more accurate Mg. But consider this:
In this case, the difference in the moment between overall
length and c/c bearing is 6%.
Mg is used for ES losses
losses, which includes Eci. Eci is based on
release strength, which is unknown (what is specified is the
MINIMUM; the actual will be above this). The formula for E
is accurate to, at best, + 10%.
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate

The ES loss is added to the long term losses and the creep
and shrinkage equations used to find the long term losses
are stated in the commentary to only be accurate + 50%.
The weight of the beam is based on ideal cross section and
a UW of 150 pcf. Real concrete has UW varying from 140160 pcf and there are tolerances in the cross section.
Mg based on c/c bearing is conservative (the Mg term
subtracts, so using c/c bearing INCREASES ES) and it will
be needed later so why not just use it here??
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
26

Pi = 20 strands ( 0.9 )( 202.5ksi ) 0.153in 2 = 558k

558k (14.61in ) 5300k in (14.61in )
558k
=
+
= 1.15ksi
733.5in 2
108150in 4
108150in 4
2
f cgp
f pES =
28500ksi
1 15ksi ) = 7.6
7 6ksi
(1.15
4300ksi
July 2007
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
Do Not Duplicate

In the calculation of fcgp , the initial stress is assumed to be

0.9 fpi . This
Thi iis permitted
i db
by A
Article
i l 5.9.5.2.3a.
9 23
In lieu of this, the commentary permits the calculation of the
elastic shortening losses using transformed section. The
commentary gives the following equation:
f pES
Aps f pi ( I g + em2 Ag ) em M g Ag
=
AI E
Aps ( I g + em2 Ag ) + g g ci
Ep
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
(C5.9.5.2.3a-1)
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
27

2.1.2 Long-Term Losses
For standard, precast, pretensioned members subject to

g and environmental conditions:
normal loading
f pLT = 10
f pi Aps
Ag
(5.9.5.3-1)
In which:
h = 1.7 0.01H
st =
5
1 + f ci '
(5.9.5.3-3)
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
(5.9.5.3-2)
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate

H = The average annual ambient relative humidity (%)

h = Correction factor for relative humidity of the ambient
air
hst = Correction factor for specified concrete strength at
time of Prestress transfer to the concrete member
fpR = An estimate of relaxation loss taken as 2.5 ksi for
low relaxation strand
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
28

Assume H = 70%
h = 1.7
1 7 0.01(70)
0 01(70) = 1.00
1 00
st =
5
= 0.83
1 + 5.0
So:
f pLT = 10
f pLT
( 202.5ksi )( 20 ) ( 0.153in 2 )
733.5in 2
= 7.0 + 10.0 + 2.5 = 19.5ksi
1 00 )( 00.83
83) + 12 (1.00
1 00 )( 0.83
0 83) + 2.5
25
(1.00
July 2007
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
Do Not Duplicate

2.1.3 Total Losses at Service Loads
(5.9.5.1-1)
f pT = 7.6 + 19.5 = 27.1ksi

27.1ksi
(100% ) = 13.3%
202.5ksi
= 202.5ksi 27.1ksi = 175.4ksi
Loss =
f pe
Loss is less than the 25% initially assumed, so OK.

July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
29

2.2 Compression Stress Limit States
(Table 5.9.4.2.1-1)
Sum of effective prestress + permanent < 0.45fc
loads
< 0.4 fc
1/2(Sum of effective prestress +
permanent loads) + live load
0 6wfc
Sum of effective prestress + permanent < 0.6
loads + transient loads
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate

So what is this w term?

It is a modifier for sections with thin webs or
flanges. It is actually defined in the section for
hollow, rectangular compression members (Art.
5.7.4.7).
It is
i based
b
d on th
the fl
flange or web
b llength/thickness
th/thi k
ratio. Since this is for sections with thin
webs/flanges, w term will usually be = 1 for most
beams.
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
30

X u (5.7.4.7.1-1)
t
If w 15 w = 1.0
w =
((5.7.4.7.2c-1))
If 15 < w 25 w = 1 0.0025 ( w 15 )
(5.7.4.7.2c-2)
If 25 < w 35 w = 0.75
(5.7.4.7.2c-3)
X u = b ( lesser of 2z or 2 y )
July 2007
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
Do Not Duplicate

2.2.1 w
Find the web and flange slenderness ratios:
w =
Xu
t
(5.7.4.7.1-1)
(5.7.4.7.1
1)
Where:
Xu = the clear length of the constant thickness portion of the wall
between other walls or fillets
t = wall thickness
w =
48in 2 ( 5.5in ) 2 ( 3in )
= 6.2 Bottom Flange

5in
33in ( 5.5in ) 5in 2 ( 3in )
= 2.9 Web
w =
5.5in
The top flange w < 15 by inspection. If w < 15, w = 1.0
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
(5.7.4.7.2c-1)
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
31

2.2.2 Service Load Stresses
Pe =20 strand (0.153in2)(202.5 ksi 27.1 ksi) = 537 kips
f cp ,top =
537k (14.61in )
537k
= 0.457ksi
733.5in 2
6599in 3
f cDL ,top =
f cLL ,top =
[(515.3 + 126.8 )k ft ](12in / ft ) = 1.17 ksi

6599 in 3
{( 362.3 + 102.7 ) k ft} (12in / ft ) = 0.85ksi

6599in3
July 2007
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
Do Not Duplicate

2.2.3 Service Load Compression Stress Check Service I
f cp ,top + f cDL ,top = 0.457ksi + 1.17ksi = 0.713ksi

< 0.45 f c ' = 0.45 ( 7ksi ) = 3.15ksi
f cp ,top + f cDL ,top
+ f cLL ,top =
2
< 0.4( 7ksi ) = 2.8ksi
0.713ksi
+ 0.85ksi = 1.21ksi
2
f cp ,top + f cDL ,top + f cLL ,top = 0.713ksi + 0.85ksi = 1.56ksi

< 0.6 (1.0 )( 7ksi ) = 4.2ksi
Compression stresses OK
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
32

2.3.4 Service Load Tensile Stress Check Service III
The Service III stress at the bottom due to dead and live
loads, fb, was calculated previously. The allowable tensile
stress of 0.530 ksi was also calculated previously.
537 kips 537k (14.61in )

+
= 1.94ksi
733.5in 2
6511in3
f b = 1.87 ksi
f pb =
f pb + f b = 1.94ksi
k i 1.87 kksii = +0.07 kksii = 0.07 ksi
k i COMPRESSION
The section is in COMPRESSION, so the tensile allowable
does NOT apply.
July 2007
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
Do Not Duplicate

Because the bottom of the girder is in compression,

check with Service I:
fb =
{515.3 + 126.8 + ( 362.3 + 102.7 ) k ft}(12in / ft ) = 2.04ksi

6511in 3
537kips 537k (14.61in )

+
= 1.94ksi
733.5in 2
6511in 3
f b = 2.04ksi
f pb =
f pb + f b = 1.94ksi
k i 2.04ksi
k i = 0.1ksi
k i = 0.1ksi
k i TENSION
Now its in tension, which is Service III ?!?!?!?!

July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
33

So what g
gives?? Is this a Service III or Service I load
case??
Actually, it is sort of both. For all intents and purposes, the
stress at the bottom of the girder is 0 and this is a
dividing line between Service I and Service III. Because of
the 0.8 factor on the LL, there is an inconsistency between
the two load cases. However the stress is so low, that really
doesnt matter we satisfy all allowables in all cases.
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate

3.1 Factored Moment
Strength I:
Q = 11.25(DC)
25(DC) + 11.50(DW)
50(DW) + 11.75(LL
75(LL + IM)
Since the truck load and lane load have been
distributed and impact is included:
Q = 1.25(DC) + 1.50(DW) + 1.75(Truck + Lane)
M u = 1.25 ( 515.3) + 1.50 (126.8 ) + 1.75 ( 362.3 + 102.7 )
M u = 1648k ft = 19780k in
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
34

3.2 Steel Stress at Strength Limit State
Average stress in prestressing steel when :
c
f ps = f pu 1 k
dp
(5.7.3.1.1)
Where:
fps = Average stress in prestressing steel
ksi
k = 0.28 for low relaxation strands
dp = Distance
Di
from
f
extreme compression
i fiber
fib to
the centroid of the prestressing tendons = 31 in.
c = Distance between the neutral axis and the
in.
compressive face
July 2007
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
Do Not Duplicate

Where:
Aps f pu + As f y As' f y'

c=
f
0 85 f c' b + kAps ppu
0.85
dp
(5.7.3.1.1-4)

fpu = Specified tensile strength of prestressing
steel = 270
As = Area of mild steel tension reinforcement =
0.0
fy = Yield strength of tension reinforcement =
60.0
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
in2
ksi
in2
ksi
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
35

As = Area of compression reinforcement = 0.0
in2
fy = Yield strength of compression reinforcement

= 60.0
fc = Compressive strength of concrete = 7.0
ksi
ksi
1 = Stress block factor specified in LRFD 5.7.2.2

= 0.70
b = Effective width of compression flange = 48
in
in.
To compute c, assume rectangular section behavior, and check if the depth of the
equivalent compression stress block, a, is equal to or less than ts: Where a =1c
July 2007
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
Do Not Duplicate

c=
20 0.153in 2 270ksi + 0 0
0.85 ( 7ksi )( 0.7 )( 48in ) + 0.28 ( 20 ) 0.153in 2
270ksi
31 in
= 3.98in.
in < 5.5in.
in
3.98in
f ps = 270ksi 1 0.28
= 260ksi
31 in
c is also the neutral axis depth, so the stress block depth,

a = 1c = 0.7(3.98) = 2.79 inches. Since c < hf, the stress
block is entirely in the flange so the beam may be treated
as rectangular.
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
36

3.3 Flexural Resistance
The moment equation in the LRFD Specification looks like this:

a h
a
a
a
Mn = Aps f ps dp + As f y ds A'
As f y ' ds ' +0.85fc ' ( b bw ) hf f
2
2
2
2 2
(5.7.3.2.2-1)
If the section is rectangular (b=bw), the equation becomes:
a
a
a

2
2
2
If th
there iis no compression
i or mild
ild tension
t
i steel,
t l the
th equation
ti
becomes:
M n = Aps f ps d p
2
July 2007
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
Do Not Duplicate

Since c < hf, the section may be treated as rectangular.
a = 2.79in
a
M n = Aps f ps d p
2
(5.7.3.2.2-1)
2 79in
2.79
M n = 20 0.153in 2 ( 260ksi ) 31 in
= 23550k in
2
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
37

The nominal flange width of 48 inches was used for b.

In reality, the flange area is reduced by the shear key cutout. However, this is often ignored as this would require
an iterative procedure. If the area is adjusted for the
shear key, the nominal moment, Mn changes by only
0.10%. It may not be appropriate to reduce the area by
the shear key cut-out as this will be filled with grout and
the grout may act with the base concrete to effectively
provide the complete flange width. All of this is a matter of
engineering judgment.
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate

3.4 Determination of Phi
To determine , it is necessary to calculate the steel strain

at the level of the extreme tensile steel.
c = 3.98 inches (calculated above)
dt is the distance to the extreme tensile steel. Since
there is only one row of steel, dt = dp.
dt c
c
31in 3.98
t = 0.003
= 0.0204
3.98
t = 0.003
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
38

3.4 Determination of Phi
Since t =0.0204 > 0.005,

the section is tension controlled.
= 1.0
(5.7.2.1)
(5.5.4.2.1)
This is a big change from the old balanced method.

However, this now makes the LRFD Specifications
consistent with ACI 318. This replaces the
maximum reinforcement provisions.
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate

3.5 Determination of Flexural Strength
M u M n
19, 780k in < (1.0 )( 23550k in ) OK
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
39

3.6 Minimum Reinforcement
For minimum reinforcement, the resistance moment, Mr

must be at least the lesser of 1.2 times the cracking
g
moment or 1.33 times the factored applied moment.
1.33Mu = 1.33(19780 k-in) = 26310 k-in
For the cracking moment, find the modulus of rupture:
f r = 0.37 f c ' = 0.37 7ksi = 0.979ksi
(5.4.2.6)
Note that this is a new MOR for minimum reinforcement. It is

equal to 11.5fc in psi; which is the upper bound for MOR.
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate

3.6 Minimum Reinforcement
Next, determine the stress at the bottom of the box due

to effective prestressing force:
f cpe
537kips 537k (14.61in )

=
+
= 1.94ksi
733.5in 2
6511in 3
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
40

3.6 Maximum and Minimum Reinforcement
Since this is a non-composite section:
M cr = Sb ( f r + f cpe )
(5.7.3.3.2-1)
M cr = 6511in 3 ( 0.979ksi + 1.94ksi ) = 19000k in

11.2M
2Mcr = 1.2(19000k-in)
1 2(19000k i ) = 22800 k-in
ki <1
1.33M
33Mu
Mr = Mn = 1.0(23550) k-in = 23550 k-in >
22800 k-in OK
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate

3.6 Maximum and Minimum Reinforcement
Note: When the number of strands was selected,

selected it
was determined that 18 strands would be needed,
but 20 were used. If 18 strands had been used,
Mn = 21400 k-in, so 18 strands would NOT meet
the minimum requirement.
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
41

4.1 Steel Stress at Transfer
Assume the stress at transfer is 0.9fpi

Pi = 20 strand(0.153in2)(0.9)(202.5 ksi)=558 kips
4.2 Allowable Stress at Transfer
Tension:
0.0948fci < 0.2 ksi
0.24fci
Compression: 0.6fci
w/o bonded reinforcement

w/ bonded reinforcement
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
(Table 5.9.4.1.2-1)
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate

4.3 End Stress at Transfer
558 kips 558 k (14.61in )
= 0.474 ksi
733.5in 2
6599in 3
558 kips 558 k (14.61in )
=
+
= 2.01ksi
2
3
733.5in
6511in
f pt =
f pb
These stresses should be calculated at the end of the

transfer length = 60db=30 in. The dead load stresses 30
inches from the support should be added. However, these
stresses will not be large so it is conservative to use just the
stress due to prestressing.
(5.11.4.1)
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
42

4.3 End Stress at Transfer
fpt = 0.474 ksi tension < 0.24fci = 0.245 ksi = 0.537 ksi
OK w/bonded steel
fpb = 2.01 ksi compression < 0.6fci = 0.6(5 ksi) = 3 ksi OK
Because the stress is OK, no debonding is needed. If this calculation had
shown debonding was needed, it would have been prudent to recalculate
stresses at the end of the transfer length (include the gravity moment) to
see if debonding is still needed. If debonding is needed, no more that
25% of the total number of strands could be debonded and no more than
40% in one row can be debonded.
July 2007
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
Do Not Duplicate

4.3.1 Bonded Steel
Bonded steel is needed at the top of the girder at the end to

take the tensile forces. This steel must resist the total
t
tension
i in
i the
th top
t flange
fl
with
ith a stress
t
off no more than
th 0.5f
0 5fy
but not more than 30 ksi.
(Table 5.9.4.1.2-1)
The first step it to find the tension in the flange. This requires
the location of the neutral axis to be determined. From the
top and bottom stresses at the end, the neutral at the end is:
x=
0.474 ksi(33in )
= 6.30in
0.474 + 2.01ksi
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
43

4.3.1 Bonded Steel
The top flange is 5.5 inches, so the stress at the bottom of

the top flange is:
0.474 ksi
(6.3in 5.5in ) = 0.0602 ksi
6.30in
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate

4.3.1 Bonded Steel
T = 0.5 ( 6.30in )( 0.474ksi )( 5.5in )( 2 )

0.474ksi + 0.060ksi
( 5.5in ) ( 48in 2 ( 5.5in ) )
2
T = 70.8kips
+
Again, this tension could be reduced by

calculating the force at the end of the
g ((including
g the g
gravity
y
transfer length
moment). Including the gravity moment will
reduced the calculated tension, but because
bars only come in certain sizes, the
reduction may not change the number of
bars needed.
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
44

4.3.1 Bonded Steel
The bonded steel must resist the total tensile force with a
stress not exceeding the lesser of 0.5fy or 30 ksi.
As =
70.8 kips
= 2.36 in 2
30 ksi
(5.9.4.1.2-1)
Use 8 #5
The length of the bar is determined by the point where
bonded steel is no longer required. Since 0.0948fci =
0.212 ksi > 0.2ksi; find the point where the dead load drops
the stress below 0.2 ksi.
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate

4.3.1 Bonded Steel
For simplicity, just consider the beam weight and ignore

diaphragms.
p g
M = fc St = (0.474 ksi 0.200 ksi) 6599 in3
= 1808 k-in = 150.7 k-ft
M = 150.7 k ft = 0.5(0.764 klf )x(65 ft x )

150.7 k ft = 24.83 x 0.382 x 2
x = 6.75 ft ; 58.25 ft
This is from center of bearing, so extend steel 7.75 ft. from
each end and then add development length.
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
45

4.3.1 Bonded Steel
ld =
ld =
1.25 Ab f y
f c'
(5.11.2.1.1)
0.4 d b f y
1.25 ( 0.31in 2 ) 60ksi

5ksi
= 10.4in < 0.4 ( 0.625in )( 60ksi ) = 15in
Where:
Ab = Area of the bar
db = diameter of bar
ffc = compresive strength of concrete at release
Top bar factor = 1.4 : 1.4(15 inches) = 21 inches
So the minimum bar length = 7- 9 + 1 9 = 9 6
July 2007
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
Do Not Duplicate

4.4 Midspan Stress at Transfer
Mg = 5300 k-in (previously calculated)
5300 k in
= 0.803ksi
6599in 3
5300 k in
=
= 0.814 ksi
6511in 3
f t ,DL =
f b ,DL
f top = 0.474 ksi + 0.803ksi = 0.329 ksi

f bot = 2.01ksi 0.814 ksi = 1.20 ksi
By inspection, both are below the compression limit.
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
46

5.1 Critical Section - Shear
The critical section is at dv from the face of the support for a

section where the reaction force in the direction of the
applied shear introduces compression into the end region
of the member.
For this member with only a single layer of prestressing
steel:
d v = de
a
2.79in
= 31in
= 29.6inches
2
2
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
(5.8.3.2)
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate

5.1 Critical Section - Shear
The term dv is not taken less than:

0.9de = 0.9(31 inches) = 27.9 inches < 29.6 inches
or
0.72h = 0.72(33 inches) = 23.76 inches < 29.6 inches
Assuming a 1 ft. long bearing pad, the critical section is:
29.6 + 6 = 35.6 inches from center of bearing.
For calculations, use 36 inches = 3 ft. The difference is
only a few percent.
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
47

5.2.1 Basic Shear Forces and Moments at the Critical Section
DC:
For beam weight:
Vg = w(0.5 L x ) = 0.764 klf (0.5(65 ft ) 3 ft ) = 22.54 k
M g = 0.5 wx(L x ) = 0.5(0.764 klf )(3 ft )(65 ft 3 ft ) = 71.0 k ft

For the diaphragm, V = 1.75k (shear is constant),
M = 1.75(3) = 5.25k-ft
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate

For the DC wearing surface:
Vws = 0.140klf ( 0.5 ( 65 ft ) 3 ft ) = 4.13k

M ws = 0.5 ( 0.140klf )( 3 ft )( 65 ft 3 ft ) = 13k ft
For the DW wearing surface:
V fws = 0.240klf (0.5 ( 65 ft ) 3 ft ) = 7.08k
M fws = 0.5 ( 0.240klf )( 3 ft )( 65 ft 3 ft ) = 22.3k ft
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
48

Live Load: Consider the influence line for shear

The shear at x is maximized
by placing the rear wheel of
the truck at x and loading
the right part of the beam
with the uniform load. (Note
that influence lines are NOT
used for dead loads.
Obviously, it is not possible
to have the DL on only part
of the beam!)
Now dont you REALLY wish you wouldnt have slept in Analysis class?????
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate

Using a standard structural analysis program, at the critical

section:
VLL,Lane = 18.92 k
VLL,Truck = 58.33 k
MLL,Lane = 56.76 k-ft
MLL,Truck = 175.0 k-ft
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
49

5.2.2 Skew Factor
This is a multibeam bridge. The shear at the obtuse corner

of each girder MUST be increased by:
1+
12 L
12(65 ft )
tan = 1 +
tan(30 ) = 1.20
90 d
90(33in )
(Table 4.6.2.2.3c-1)
Note that this factor applies to the distribution factor.

Since the critical section is only 3 feet from the support,
apply the skew factor.
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate

5.2.3 Factored Moments and Shears
As calculated in Section 1.4.2.1.1 of this example:

DFV = 00.456
456
DFM = 0.336
The moment MAY be multiplied by the skew factor

for moment, 0.905.
The shear MUST be increased by skew factor,
1.20.
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
50

5.2.3 Factored Moments and Shears

VLL+IM = 0.456(1.2)[58.33(1.33)+18.92]
0 456(1 2)[58 33(1 33) 18 92] = 52.5
52 5 kips
ki
Vu = 1.25(22.54k + 1.75k + 4.13 k) + 1.50(7.08 k) + 1.75(52.5 k)=
138.0 kips
MLL+IM = DF(SF)[Truck x IM + Lane]
MLL+IM = 0.336(0.905)[175
0 336(0 905)[175 k-ft(1.33)+56.76]
k ft(1 33)+56 76] = 88.0
88 0 k-ft
k ft
Mu = 1.25(71.0 k-ft + 5.25 k-ft + 13.0 k-ft)
+1.5(22.3 k-ft) +1.75(88.0 k-ft) = 299.0 k-ft = 3588 k-in
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate

5.3 Shear Design
For shear design, the shear forces at various points along

the girder should be calculated. Normally, this is done at
the critical section, at points where strands are debonded
or harped and then at every 0.1L.
For this design example, only the shear at the critical
section is analyzed. The same procedure for the remaining
points would be used
used.
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
51

5.3 Shear Design
The LRFD Specifications adopted the modified compression

field theory for shear design with Version 1. This was called
the Sectional Design Model.
In Version 4 (2007), the Simplified Method was added. The
Simplified Method restores the old Vci and Vcw from the
Standard Specifications.
Both methods will be illustrated in this example.
July 2007
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
Do Not Duplicate

5.3 Sectional Design Model
The sectional design model requires the calculation of two

factors:
Concrete strain at
dv
: x
2
Average shear stress in the concrete: v

These two values are used to find and ; which are then
used to find the strength of the concrete and the strength of
the stirrups.
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
52

5.3.1.1 Finding x
Strain at
dv
is:
2
Mu
+ 0.5 N u + 0.5 (Vu V p ) cot Aps f po
dv
0.001
x =
2( Es As + E p Aps + Ec Ac )
(5.8.3.4.2-1)
This equation
q
assumes the section is uncracked. If the
section is cracked, Ac in the equation above is =0.
This equation also assumes at least minimum stirrups are
used.
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate

5.3.1.1 Finding x
Nu = Applied factored normal force at the specified

kips
section = 0
Vp = Component of the effective prestressing force in kips
the direction of the applied shear = 0
fpo = .70 f pu = 0.70(270.0) = 189
ksi
Aps = Area of prestressing steel on the flexural

t
tension
i side
id off th
the member
b = 20(0.153)
20(0 1 3) = 33.06
06
in2
As = Area of nonprestressed steel on the flexural

tension side of the member = 0
in2
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
53

5.3.1.1 Finding x
Ep = 28,500
ksi
Ac = Area of concrete on the tension half of the

beam
2(5.5in)(33in)(0.5) + (48in-11in)(5in) = 366.5
in2
dv = 29.6
in
Tension Half of the Box
July 2007
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
Do Not Duplicate

5.3.1.1 Finding x
Note that is unknown at this point. However, the

commentary allows 0.5cot=1
0 5cot=1 as a simplification.
simplification
Assuming the section is uncracked, the strain at dv/2 is:
3588k in
+ 138k 3.06in 2 (189ksi )
29.6
in
x =
= 82 x106 0.08 x103
2
2
2 28500ksi 3.06in + 5072ksi 366.5in
Negative means uncracked, so the assumption of

uncracked is correct.
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
54

5.3.1.2 Finding vu
vu =
Vu V p
((5.8.2.9))
bv d v
Where:
vu = Shear stress in concrete

Ksi
bv = Effective web width of the beam = 5.5
in
Vp = Component of the effective prestressing
kips
force in the direction of the applied shear = 0
vu =
138
= 0.469ksi < 0.18 f c ' = 1.26ksi
0.9(2)(5.5)(29.6)
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate

5.3.1.3 and
From LRFD Table 5.8.3.4.2-1:
vu 0.469
= 0.067
'=
f
7.0
c
x = 0.08 x103
= 21.0
= 4.10
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
55

5.3.1.3 and
x * 1,000
v/f'c
v/f
c
<0.075
<0.1
<0.125
<0.15
<0.175
<0.2
<0.225
<0.25
<-0.2
<-0.1
<-0.05
<0
<0.125
<0.25
<0.5
<0.75
<1
<1.5
<2
22.3
6.32
18.1
3.79
19.9
3.18
21.6
2.88
23.2
2.73
24.7
2.63
26.1
2.53
27.5
2.39
20.4
4.75
20.4
3.38
21.9
2.99
23.3
2.79
24.7
2.66
26.1
2.59
27.3
2.45
28.6
2.39
21.0
4.10
21.4
3.24
22.8
2.94
24.2
2.78
25.5
2.65
26.7
2.52
27.9
2.42
29.1
2.33
21.8
3.75
22.5
3.14
23.7
2.87
25.0
2.72
26.2
2.60
27.4
2.51
28.5
2.40
29.7
2.33
24.3
3.24
24.9
2.91
25.9
2.74
26.9
2.60
28.0
2.52
29.0
2.43
30.0
2.34
30.6
2.12
26.6
2.94
27.1
2.75
27.9
2.62
28.8
2.52
29.7
2.44
30.6
2.37
30.8
2.14
31.3
1.93
30.5
2.59
30.8
2.50
31.4
2.42
32.1
2.36
32.7
2.28
32.8
2.14
32.3
1.86
32.8
1.70
33.7
2.38
34.0
2.32
34.4
2.26
34.9
2.21
35.2
2.14
34.5
1.94
34.0
1.73
34.3
1.58
36.4
2.23
36.7
2.18
37.0
2.13
37.3
2.08
36.8
1.96
36.1
1.79
35.7
1.64
35.8
1.50
40.8
1.95
40.8
1.93
41.0
1.90
40.5
1.82
39.7
1.71
39.2
1.61
38.8
1.51
38.6
1.38
43.9
1.67
43.1
1.69
43.2
1.67
42.8
1.61
42.2
1.54
41.7
1.47
41.4
1.39
41.2
1.29
July 2007
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
Do Not Duplicate

5.3.2 Shear Strength of Concrete
The contribution of the concrete to the nominal shear

resistance is:
Vc = 0.0316
f c' bv d v
(5.8.3.3-3)
Vc = 0.0316 ( 4.1) 7ksi (11in )( 29.6in ) = 111.6k

Since Vu = 138k > Vc = 0.9(111.6k) = 100 k; at least
minimum stirrups are needed for strength.
The equations for and assumed minimum stirrups.
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
56

5.3.3 Minimum Stirrups
v u = 0.469ksi < 0.125f c ' = 0.125 ( 7ksi ) = 0.875ksi
(5.8.2.7)
s max = 0.8d v = 0.8 ( 29.6in ) = 23.7in < 24in
(5.8.2.5)
smax = 23.7 in.

Calculate minimum area of steel using a 12 inch
spacing to get area of steel per foot:
A v 0.0316 f c '
(11in )(12in ) = 0.184in 2

b vs
= 0.0316 7ksi
fy
60ksi
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate

5.3.3 Minimum Stirrups
ODOT uses #4 bars with 2 legs as standard (Av = 2(0.2

in2) = 0.4 in2) @ 12 inch o.c.
This is adequate to meet minimum.
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
57

5.3.4 Shear Strength of the Girder
Vs =
A v f y d v ( cot + cot ) sin
(5.8.3.3-4)
The stirrups are perpendicular to the main steel so = 90o;

cot = 0, sin=1; = 21o
Vs =
Vs =
A v f yd v ( cot + cot ) sin
s
0 4in 2 ) ( 60ksi )( 29.6
29 6 ) cot ( 21) + 0 (1)
( 0.4in
12in
Vs = 154.2k
July 2007
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
Do Not Duplicate

5.3.4 Shear Strength of the Girder
Vn = Vc + Vs + Vp = 111.6k + 154.2k + 0 = 265.8k

Vu = 138k < Vn = 0.9 ( 265.8k ) = 239.2k
#4 @ 12 inches is OK. Girder is OK in shear.
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
58

5.3.5 Maximum Nominal Shear Resistance
The upper limit of Vn, given by following equation,

is intended to ensure that the concrete in the web
of the beam will not crush prior to yield of the
transverse reinforcement.
Vn 0.25 f c'bv d v + V p
(5.8.3.3-2)
With Vp=0:
Vc + Vs 0.25 f c'bv d v
111.6 + 154.2 0.25(7)(11)(29.6)
265.8 569.8 OK
July 2007
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
Do Not Duplicate

5.4 Simplified Shear
In the 2007 LRFD Specification, the simplified shear

method is introduced.
This method brings back Vci and Vcw from the Standard
Specification.
Vcw (web shear) usually controls near the support, so

Vcw will be checked at the critical section.
Vci (flexural shear) doesnt control near the support,
so for this example, Vc will be calculated at 0.2L.
However, in practice Vc and Vcw must be checked at
all appropriate sections.
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
59

5.4.1 Vcw
Vcw = 0.06 f c ' + 0.3f pc b v d v + Vp
(5.8.3.4.3-3)
Where:
fpc = compressive stress in concrete (after allowance for
all prestress loses) at centroid of cross section
resisting externally applied loads or at the junction
of the web and the flange when the centroid lies
within the flange (ksi)
(ksi).
For a composite section, this is the compressive stress in the
non-composite section at the composite centroid. For a noncomposite section, it is the stress at the centroid.
July 2007
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
Do Not Duplicate

5.4.1 Vcw
Since this is a non-composite section, the only stress at

the centroid is the compressive stress due to the axial
component of prestressing:
f pc =
Pe
537k
=
= 0.732ksi
2
A 733.5in
Vcw = 0.06 7ksi + 0.3 ( 0.732ksi ) (11in )( 29.6in ) = 123.2kips
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
60

5.4.1 Vcw
The critical section is 29.6 inches from the face of the

support. Assuming a 1 ft bearing pad, the critical section is
approximately 3.5 feet from the end of the beam. The
transfer length is 60 bar diameters = 30 inches. Thus, the
critical section is past the transfer length, so fpc does not
have to be reduced for lack of bond.
If the critical section is within the transfer length
length, fpc is
reduced linearly.
July 2007
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
Do Not Duplicate

5.4.1 Vcw
One difference between LRFD and Standard Specifications

is that LRFD uses cot in the Vs calculation.
calculation For Vcw, the
term cot must be calculated:
cot = 1.0 + 3
cot = 1.0 + 3
f pc
fc '
1.8
(5.8.3.4.3-4)
0.732ksi
= 1.83 > 1.8; so use 1.8
7ksi
= 29o
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
61

5.4.1 Vcw
The minimum stirrup area and maximum spacing

calculated in the Sectional Model still apply here.
Assuming #4 stirrups @ 12 in:
0.4in ) ( 60ksi )( 29.6in )(1.8 )

(
V =
= 106.5k
2
12in
Vu = 138k < 0.9 (123.2k + 106.5k ) = 207k

July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate

5.4.2 Vci
Vci does not control near supports of simply supported

beams. It will be calculated at 0.2L = 13 ft from the
center of the support.
DC:
Beam Self-weight:
Vg = w ( 0.5L
0 5L x ) = 00.764klf
764klf ( 00.55 ( 65ft ) 13ft ) = 14.9k
14 9k
M g = 0.5wx ( L x ) = 0.5 ( 0.764klf )(13ft )( 65ft 13ft ) = 258k ft
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
62

5.4.2.1 Unfactored Dead Loads
DC:
For the diaphragm: V = 11.75
75 k (shear is constant),
constant)
M = 1.75(13) =22.8 k-ft
For the wearing surface:
Vws = 0.140klf ( 0.5 ( 65ft ) 13ft ) = 2.73k
M ws = 0.5 ( 0.140klf )(13ft )( 65ft 13ft ) = 47.3k ft
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate

5.4.2.1 Unfactored Dead Loads
DW:
Vfws = 0.240klf
0 240klf ( 0.5
0 5 ( 65ft ) 13ft ) = 4.68k
4 68k
The total UNFACTORED dead load shears and

moments are:
Vd = 14.9k + 1.75k + 2.73k + 4.68k = 24.1k
Md = 258.0k-ft + 22.8k-ft +47.3k-ft + 81.1k-ft
= 409.2 k-ft = 4910 k-in
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
63

5.4.2.1 Factored Dead Loads
The FACTORED shears and moments are:

Vud = 1.25(14.9 k + 1.75 k + 2.73 k) + 1.50(4.68 k) = 31.3 k
Mud = 1.25(258.0k-ft + 22.8k-ft +47.3k-ft) + 1.5(81.1k-ft)
= 531.8
531 8 kk-ft
ft = 6381 kk-in
i
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate

5.4.2.2 Live Load
This method requires two sets of shears and moments for

Live Load. The first is the loading where the shear is
maximum and the second is where the moment is
maximum.
For the lane load, the shear is maximum when the lane
load is on the right 52 ft. of the girder (see the influence line
from the sectional model):
VLane1 = 13.3k and MLane1 = 173 k-ft = 2076 k-in
The maximum moment occurs when the lane load is on the
entire girder:
VLane2 = 12.5k and MLane2 = 216.3 k-ft = 2596 k-in
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
64

5.4.2.2 Live Load
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate

5.4.2.2 Live Load
Clearly, the moment is maximum when the lane load is placed along the entire
beam. The truck load is less certain. The moment at X is the value of the
point load times the ordinate of the influence line. Unfortunately, it is not clear
where this product will be maximum!
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
65

5.4.2.2 Live Load
For the truck, it is again necessary to consider two

p
placements:
Placed for maximum shear
Placed for maximum moment
In this case, it just happens that both are the same the
rear axle placed at 0.2L as shown in the previous slide.
However, this is not always the case. It just happened that
way in this example.
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate

5.4.2.2 Live Load
For the truck load, the maximum shear at the section and
the maximum moment at the section happen to occur
under the same loading the rear wheel of the truck 13 ft.
from the support. In this case, the maximum shear loading
and the maximum moment loading are the same, but that is
NOT always the case. Be sure to carefully check all
reasonable load conditions.
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
66

5.4.2.2 Live Load
VTruck = 47.2 k
and MTruck = 613 k-ft = 7356 k-in
Vu,LL = 1.75[Vtruck(1+IM) + VLane](DFV)

Vu,LL = 1.75[47.2k(1.33) + 13.3k]( 0.456) = 60.7k
Note that the skew factor is NOT applied. The
skew factor is applied only at the obtuse corner
and at 0.2L
0 2L, the section is not at the obtuse corner
corner.
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate

5.4.2.2 Live Load
Mu,LL = 1.75[Mtruck(1+IM) + MLane](DFM)(skew factor)

Mu,LL
1 75[613 kk-ft(1
ft(1.33)
33) + 216.3
216 3 kk-ft](0
ft](0.336)(0.905)
336)(0 905)
LL = 1.75[613
= 549.0 k-ft = Mmax
Note that the Skew Factor IS Applied to moment
The shear associated with maximum moment is:
Vi = 1.75[47.2k(1.33) + 12.5k]( 0.456) = 60.0 k
Why isnt Vi = Vu? Vi is the shear associated with maximum moment. For the
truck, the same position produced both maximum moment and shear, so Vi for
the truck is the same. For the lane, maximum shear occurs with the beam
partially loaded, but maximum moment occurs when the beam is fully loaded.
Thus, Vi is different for the lane load.
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
67

5.4.2.3 Determination of Cracking Load for Shear
First, find the modulus of rupture:
f r = 00.2
2 f c ' = 00.2
2 7k
7ksii = 00.529ksi
529k i
(5 4 2 6)
(5.4.2.6)
Note that LRFD has 3 different MORs be sure to use the

correct one!
Next, determine the stress at the bottom of the box due to
effective prestressing force:
f cpe =
537kips 537k (14.61in )

+
= 1.94ksi
733.5in 2
6511in 3
July 2007
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
Do Not Duplicate

12M dnc
Snc
((5.8.3.4.3-2))
Where:
Mdnc Unfactored moment due to dead load on the non= composite or monolithic section = 409.2 k-ft
(note in k-ft; 12 in numerator converts to inches)
Snc = non-composite section modulus
Sc = composite section modulus = Snc since this is a noncomposite structure
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
68

12 ( 409.2k ft )
M cre = ( 6511in 3 ) 0.529ksi + 1.94ksi
6511in 3
M cre = 11165k in = 930.5k ft
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate

5.4.2.4 Vci
Vcii = 0.02 f c 'b

b v d v + Vd +
Vi M cre
0.06 f c 'b
bvd v
M max
(5.8.3.4.3-1)
Vci = 0.02 7ksi (11in )( 29.6in ) + 24.1k +
( 60.0k )( 930.5k ft ) = 143.0k >

549k ft
0.06 7ksi (11in )( 29.6in ) = 51.7k
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
69

5.4.2.5 Check Shear Strength
Vu = 31.3k + 60.7k = 92k

Assuming #4 @ 12; It is stated that cot=1 for Vci
( 0.4in ) ( 60ksi )( 29.6in )(1.0 ) = 59.2k

=
2
Vs
(5.8.3.4.3)
12in
Vu = 92.0k < Vn = 0.9 (143.0k + 59.2k ) = 182.0k

The section is adequate in shear.
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate

5.4.2.5 Check Shear Strength
If s=18
Vs = 39.5kips
Vu = 92.0k < Vn = 0.9 (143.0k + 39.5k ) = 164k
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
70

Shear Strength
Why are there different values for Vs ?

Sectional Model: Vs = 154.2k
154 2k
Simplified Model for Vcw ; Vs = 105k
Simplified Model for Vci ; Vs = 59.2k
The answer is the angle. For sectional model, =21o. For
Vcw, =29o and for Vci, =45o. This affects the number of
p which cross the shear crack. The smaller the angle,
g ,
stirrups
the more stirrups which cross the crack and the higher Vs.
July 2007
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
Do Not Duplicate

5.6 Minimum Longitudinal Steel
At each section:
A ps f ps + As f y
Mu
d v
00.5N
5N u Vu
+
Vp 0.5Vs cot
(5.8.3.5-1)
For this example, the minimum longitudinal steel will be

checked at the critical section. The critical section 29.6
inches from the face of the support. Allowing for a 1 ft.
bearing pad and one foot from center of bearing to the end
of the girder, the critical section is 47.6 inches from the end
of the girder. However, it is necessary to see if the strand
stress is reduced by lack of development.
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
71

The development length equation is unchanged for strand

from Standard Specifications, except that a factor, is
added.
dd d Thi
This ffactor
t iis th
the resultlt off an O
October,
t b 1988 FHWA
memorandum suggesting the need for this conservative
multiplier because of strand/bond problems:
2
2
l d = f ps f pe d b = 1.6 260 (175.4 ) ( 0.5 ) = 114.5in

3
3
((5.11.4.2))
The terms fps (steel stress at strength limit) and fpe (effective
prestressing stress after losses) were calculated previously.
= 1.6 for member over 24 inches deep (5.11.4.2).
July 2007
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
Do Not Duplicate

The critical section occurs at 47.6 inches from the end of

the beam, but the development length is 114.5 inches.
Thus, the steel stress MUST be reduced to account for
lack of development.
f px = f pe +
l px 60d b
l d 60d b
(f
ps
f pe )
(5.11.4.2-4)
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
72

f px = f pe +
f px = 174.5ksi +
l ppx 60d b
l d 60d b
ps
f pe )
47.6in 30in
( 260.0ksi 174.5ksi ) = 192.0ksi
114.5in 30in
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
(f
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate

The following values were previously calculated or

determined:
Aps = (0.153in
(0 153in2)(20)(260ksi)= 3.06
3 06 in2
Mu = 3588 k-in
Vu = 138 k
= 21o (Sectional Design Model)
Vs = 153 k (Sectional Design Model)
Nu = Vp = 0
= 1 for moment; 0.9 for shear
Asfy = assumed 0 (ignore any mild steel)
fpe = 175.4 ksi
fps = 260.0 ksi
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
73

A ps f ps + A s f y
Mu
d v
0.5N u Vu
+
Vp 0.5Vs cot
3.06in 2 (192.0ksi ) = 588k

>
3588k in 138k
+
0.5( 153k ) cot ( 21) = 321k
1.0 ( 29.6in ) 0.9
OK
Note that before the 2005/06 interim, the steel stress was assumed linear with
development length, not bilinear. If the stress were assumed linear here, mild
steel would need to be added. Also note that Vs < Vu/ = 153k
July 2007
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
Do Not Duplicate

Check the inside face of the bearing pad. Assuming a 12 in

pad and one foot from center of bearing to the end, the
i id off th
inside
the pad
d iis 12
12+6
6 = 18 inches
i h ffrom th
the end
d off th
the
girder. This is inside the transfer length:
18in
f px = 174.5ksi
= 104.7 ksi
30in
Ap f pps
Vu
0.5Vs cot
138k
3.06in 2 (104.7 ksi ) = 320k >

0.5( 153k ) cot ( 21) = 199k
0.9
OK
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
74

If the stirrup spacing is increased to 18, Vs = 103 k

Ap f ps
Vu
0.5Vs cot
138k
3.06in 2 (104.7 ksi ) = 320k >

0.5( 103k ) cot ( 21) = 265k
0.9
OK
July 2007
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
Do Not Duplicate

5.7 Anchorage Zone Bursting Stirrups
As in the Standard Specification, LRFD requires

bursting
g stirrups
p which can resist at least 4% of the
initial prestressing force, with a stress of no more
than 20ksi:
Pr = 20(0.153)(202.5)(0.04) = 24.8
24.8
As =
= 1.24
20
This steel must be distributed over h/4 from the end. For this girder,
h/4=33/4=8.25 inches. Four #4 double leg stirrups @ 3 provides 1.60
in2 over 8 inches.
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
75

6.1 Exterior Girder - Moment
The exterior girder takes the railing load (DC):

Mb =
0.090klf ( 65 ft )
8
= 47.5k ft = 570k in
Note: Article 4.6.2.2.1 allows the rail load to be equally

distributed to all the girders. However, it does not have to
be and, in this case, it is probably more correct to assign the
g to the exterior g
girder.
railing
July 2007
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
Do Not Duplicate

The live load moments must be multiplied by the exterior

girder factor.
g ext = eg int
d
e = 1.04 + e > 1
25
(Table 4.6.2.2.2d-1)
Since the rail is right at the edge of the box

box, de = half the
web width = 2.75 inches = 0.23 ft.
e = 1.04 +
0.23
= 1.049
25
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
76

One lane loaded:

g ext = eg int
(Table 4.6.2.2.2d-1)
4 6 2 2 2d-1)
d
e = 1.125 + e > 1
30
e = 1.125 +
0.23
= 1.133
30
Controls
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate

M u = 1.25 ( 515.3 + 47.5 ) + 1.50 (126.8 ) + 1.75 ( 362.3 + 102.7 )(1.133)

M u = 1815k ft = 21790k in
For the interior box with 20 strands, Mn = 23550 k-in so

OK for Mu.
Note that there is only one DFM, so the one lane e is multiplied by the
DFM. In tthe
e equation
equat o abo
above,
e, tthe
e ttruck
uc load
oad (36
(362.3
3 k-ft)
t) iss already
a eady
multiplied by the interior DFM and the impact factor; the lane load
(102.7 k-ft) is multiplied by the DFM (no impact on lane load). Thus, it
is only necessary to multiply by the increasing factor.
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
77

Stresses at transfer do not need to be checked as

these stress occur during fabrication are independent
of the railing load and the live load.
The check performed on the interior girders is
sufficient.
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate

Service load stresses should be checked. It is clear by

inspection that service load compression stresses are OK
(see Section 2.3.3). Check Service III:
M = ( 515.3 + 47.5 ) + (126.8 ) + 0.8 ( 362.3 + 102.7 )(1.133) = 1111k ft = 13330k in
fbottom =
13330k in
= 2.05ksi
6511in3
fpb = 1.94 ksi compression (previously calculated)

fbottom = 1.94 ksi 2.05 ksi = -0.110 ksi = 0.110 tension <
0.503 ksi tension OK
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
78

6.1 Exterior Girder - Shear
This check must be performed at all sections. Only the

critical section is shown here. The check is also made
using Sectional Model.
At the critical section:
Vr = w ( 0.5L x ) = 0.090klf ( 0.5 ( 65ft ) 3ft ) = 2.65k
M r = 0.5wx ( L x ) = 0.5 ( 0.090klf )( 3ft )( 65ft 3ft ) = 8.37k ft
July 2007
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
Do Not Duplicate


g ext
48
= eg int
b
d e + 12 2
e = 1+
40
0.5
48
0.23 + 12 2
e = 1+
40
05
0.5
= 1.234
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
(Table 4.6.2.2.3b-1)
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
79

One Lane Loaded:
(Table 4.6.2.2.3b-1)
g ext = eg int
i
de
1
20
0.23
e = 1.125 +
= 1.137
20
e = 1.125 +
Check:
Two or more lanes: e*DFV
*DFV = 1.234(0.456)
1 234(0 456) = 00.562
562 controls
One Lane: e*DFV = 1.137(0.445) = 0.506
Because there are two DFV, each must be checked!
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate

Vu,LL = 0.562(1.2)[58.33(1.33) + 18.92] = 65.08k

VLL,truck = 58.33k
VLL,lane = 18.92k
IM = 0.33
Skew Factor = 1.2
Vu = 1.25(22.54k + 1.75k + 4.13 k+2.65)
+ 1.50 (7.08 k) + 1.75(65.08k)= 163.3 k
Using the Sectional Design Model, Mu = 3714k-in, = 3.24,
=21.4o, Vn = 215 k, so OK.
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
80

6.1 Exterior Girder
What about the minimum exterior girder distribution

N
factor?
L
DFExt ,Min =
NL
+
Nb
X Ext e
Nb
This DOES NOT apply to

adjacent box girder bridges. It
only applies to slab/beam
bridges (Types a, e and k) with
diaphragms or cross braces.
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate

2.5.2.6.2 Deflection
ODOT invokes Article 2.5.2.6.2,which limits Live Load

d fl ti tto L/800 ffor precast,
deflection
t simple
i l span girders.
id
Camber calculations are not directly addressed in LRFD
(They were not directly addressed in the Standard
Specifications, either).
The same methods used for finding camber and deflection
used for Standard Specifications apply for LRFD Designs.
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
81

Since this is a limit on FLEXURAL deflection, it is

appropriate to use the MDF.
MDF = 0.336(0.905) = 0.304

Lane Load = 0.640(0.304) = 0.194klf
Axle Load (rear) = 32k(1.33)(0.304)=12.9k (includes impact)
Axle Load (front) = 8k(1.33)(0.304) = 3.22k (includes impact)
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate

Here are the live loads positioned for maximum deflection.

Using analysis software: = 0.654in <
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
65ft (12 )
800
= 0.975in
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
82
AASHTO LRFD Bridge Design Specifications

Design Example 2
2 Span Continuous Prestressed I-Girder Bridge
RICHARD MILLER
Design Example - Continuous Two-Span I-Girder Bridge

98-0
CL to CL of Bearings
96-3
98-0
1-9
CL to CL of Bearings
96-3
This design example demonstrates the design of a two-span (98 ft. each)
AASHTO Type
T pe IV I girder with
ith no ske
skew, as sho
shown.
n This e
example
ample ill
illustrates
strates the
design of typical interior beam at the critical sections for positive flexure, negative
flexure, shear, and the continuity connection.
References:
Precast Prestressed Concrete Bridge Design Manual, Published by Precast/Prestressed concrete Institute
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate

34-0
8.5 structural+ 1.0
wearing
Type IV
2.5
4 Spaces @ 8-0 = 32-0
2.5
37-0
Actual thickness, ts = 9.5 in
Structural thickness = 8.5 in.
Concrete unit weight, wc=0.150 kcf
Note that 1.0 in wearing surface is considered to be an integral part of the 8.5 in deck.
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate

1-8
Precast Beams
8
AASHTO Type IV girder shown

fci = 4.5 ksi
The ODOT Bridge Design
Manual (BDM) gives a range of
strengths for the precast.
These strengths are chosen
from that range
range. The BDM
also gives the deck strength
(302.5.2.8).
6
6
8
1-11
4-6
9
9
2-2
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate

Prestressing Strand
in diameter, low-relaxation
Ultimate strength,
g , fpu = 270.0 ksi
The ODOT BDM allows inch, inch special or 0.6 inch diameter strand
(302.5.2.2a). For this girder, inch diameter is chosen.
Reinforcing Bars
Yield strength, fy = 60 ksi
(BDM 302.5.2.9)
Loads
Future wearing surface:
Barriers:
Truck:

0.640 k/ft each
July 2007
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
Do Not Duplicate

Non-Composite Section Properties
Area in2
789
Weight (lb/ft)
822
h (in)
54
yb (in)
24.73
yt (in)
29.27
(in4)
260,741
Sb (in3)
10,542
St
(in3)
LRFD uses ksi

units.
8,909
EC = 33, 000 K1wC1.5 f c '
(5.4.2.4-1)
EC = 33, 000 1.0 0.1501.5 4.5 = 4, 067 ksi At Transfer

EC = 33, 000 1.0 0.1501.5 7.0 = 5, 072 ksi At Service Loads
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate

Effective Flange Width
(1/4) Span = (96.25 ft)(12in/ft)/4 = 289 in

12ts p
plus the g
greater of the web thickness or the beam
top flange width:
ts = 8.5 in (slab thickness - use structural thickness
only)
web thickness = 8 in
top flange = 0.5(20 in) = 10 in (Greatest)
12(8.5 in) + 10 in = 112 in
Average spacing between beams = 8 ft = 96 in
(CONTROLS)
(4.6.2.6)
EFFECTIVE FLANGE WIDTH = 96 in Interior Girder
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate

Transformed Section Properties
96
Transformed flange width =

n(effective flange width) =
(0.8019)(96) = 76.98 in
76.98
8.5
Transformed flange area =

n(effective flange width)(ts) =
(0.8019)(96)(8.5) = 654.35 in2
54
26
Note that only the structural thickness of the deck, 8.5 in, is considered.
A 2 haunch is assumed for calculating weight but not for finding
composite properties (ODOT BDM 302.5.2.3).
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate

Properties of Composite Section
Ac = Total area of composite section
1,443 in2
hc = Overall depth of the composite section
62.5 in
Ic = Moment of inertia of the composite section
666,579 in4
ybc = Distance from the centroid of the composite section to the

extreme bottom fiber of the precast beam
39.93 in
ytg = Distance from the centroid of the composite section to the

extreme top fiber of the precast beam
14.07 in
ytc = Distance from the centroid of the composite section to the

extreme top fiber of the slab
22.57 in.
Sbc
b = Composite section modulus for the extreme bottom fiber of the
precast beam
16,694 in3
Stg = Composite section modulus for the top fiber of the precast beam
47,376 in3
Stc = Composite section modulus for extreme top fiber of the deck slab
29,534 in3
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate

Dead Loads
DC = Dead load of structural components and nonstructural attachments

2 2
Slab: (96 in)(9.5 in)(0.150 kcf)/(144 in /ft ) = 0.95 klf
2 2
Haunch: (2 in)(20 in)(0.150 kcf)/(144 in /ft ) = 0.042 klf
[ODOT BDM 302.5.2.3]
Note: The actual slab thickness of 9.5 is used in

calculating dead loads. The 2 haunch thickness is also
used in calculating dead loads.
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate

Dead Loads
The intermediate diaphragms are assumed as steel X

braces These are ignored in these dead load
braces.
calculations. The weight of each brace is less than 0.3
kips. The moment caused by these braces is << 1% of
the total DL moment.
July 2007
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
Do Not Duplicate

Dead Loads
DC Dead Loads carried by the continuous structure, composite section:
According to LRFD Article 4.6.2.2.1 permanent loads may be
distributed uniformly amount all beams if the following conditions are
met:

de = 2.5 ft 1.5 ft = 1.0 ft
Curvature in plan < Specified in Article 4.6.1.2
Cross Section listed in Table 4
4.6.2.2.1
6 2 2 1-1
1
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
The section meets the criteria, so the loads may be uniformly

distributed to the girders.
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate

Dead Loads
Partial of Table 4.6.2.2.1-1 - This example is a Type k

Future Wearing Surface = 0.060 ksf
(0.060 ksf)(34 ft)/5 beams = 0.408 kips/ft/girder
ODOT Std. Drawings
Barrier = 0.640 klf
2 each (0.640)/5 girders = 0.256 kips/ft/girder
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate

Dead Loads
LRFD Article 4.6.2.2.1 allows the slab weight to be evenly

distributed to the girders in the same manner as the wearing
surface and the barriers. In this case, the decision has been
made to use tributary areas to distribute the slab weight to the
girders. Either method is allowable.
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate

DL-Unfactored Shear Forces & Bending Moments
Beam Weight
[Simple Span]
Location
x ft.
x/L
Shear
Sh
kips
M g,
kip-ft
Deck plus
Haunch
[Simple Span]
Shear
Sh
kips
Barrier Weight
[Continuous Span]
Ms,
kip-ft
Shear
Sh
kips
Future Wearing
Surface
[Continuous Span]
M b,
kip-ft
Shear
Sh
kips
Mws,
kip-ft
0.00
0.00
39.6
47.7
9.2
7.7
14.7
12.4
9.26
0.10
31.9
331
38.5
399.3
6.8
81.8
10.9
130.5
18.97
0.20
24
602.6
28.9
727
4.3
136
6.9
217
28.69
0.30
16
796.5
19.3
961.1
1.8
166
2.9
264.9
38.41
0.40
912.9
9.6
1101.5
-0.6
171.9
-1
274.2
48.13
0.50
951.9
1148.4
-3.1
153.6
-5
245.1
57.84
0.60
-8
912.9
-9.6
1101.5
-5.6
111.2
-8.9
177.5
67.56
0.70
-16
796.5
-19.3
961.1
-8.1
44.7
-12.9
71.3
77.28
0.80
-24
602.6
-28.9
727
-10.6
-46
-16.9
-73.4
86.99
0.90
-31.9
331
-38.5
399.3
-13.1
-160.8
-20.8
-256.7
96.25
Brg.
-39.6
-47.7
-15.4
-292.7
-24.6
-467.1
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate

Live Loads
According to LRFD Article 4.6.1.2.1 vehicular live loading on

the roadways of bridges or incidental structures, designated
HL-93,, shall consists of a combination of the:
Design truck or design tandem with dynamic allowance.

The design truck shall consists of an 8.0 kip front axle and
a pair of 32.0 kip back axles. The first and second axle are
spaced 14-0 apart. The space between the rear axles
shall be varied between 14.0 and 30.0 to produce extreme
g tandem shall consist of a p
pair of
force effects. The design
25.0 kip axles spaced 4.0 apart. [LRFD Article 3.6.1.2.2
and 3.6.1.2.3]
Design lane load shall consist of a load of 0.64 kip/ft
uniformly distributed in the longitudinal direction. [LRFD
Article 3.6.1.2.4]
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate

Live Loads
For negative moment between inflection points,

90% of the effect of two design trucks (HL-93
(HL 93
with 14 ft. axle spacing) spaced at a minimum of
50 ft. combined with 90% of the design lane
load.
Inflection points are determined by loading all
spans with a uniform load.
Note: See the Loads Module for a complete

explanation of how this is applied.
July 2007
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
Do Not Duplicate

Distribution Factors
The live load bending moments and shear forces are

determined by using the simplified distribution factor
formulas [LRFD 4.6.2.2].
4 6 2 2] To use the simplified live load
distribution factor formulas, the following conditions must
be met [LRFD 4.6.2.2.1]

de = 2.5 ft 1.5 ft = 1.0 ft
Curvature in plan
< Specified in Article 4.6.1.2
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
For a precast concrete I-girder with cast in place deck,

the bridge type is (k).
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate

Distribution Factors
The
number of design lanes should be determined by

taking the integer part of the ratio w/12, where w is the
clear roadway width in ft between curbs and/or barriers.
w = 34 feet
Number of design lanes = integer part of (34/12) =
2
(3.6.1.1.1)
N t It could
Note:
ld be
b argued
d that
th t this
thi should
h ld b
be d
designed
i
d as a th
three llane
bridge because 3 11 ft lanes would fit and the minimum lane width is
10ft. However, the distribution factor is for 2 or more lanes loaded and
the number of lanes isnt in the equation so it doesnt matter.
July 2007
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
Do Not Duplicate

Distribution Factors for Bending Moment
For all limit states except for fatigue limit state.
0.6
0.2
S S Kg
DFM = 0.075 +

3
9.5 L 12 Lts
0.1
(Table 4.6.2.2.2b-1)
Where DFM = distribution factor for moment for interior beam. Provided:
3.5 < S < 16.0
S=8
OK
S = Spacing, ft
4.5 < ts < 12.0
ts = 8.5
OK
ts = slab thickness, in
20 < L < 240
L = 98
OK
L = beam span, ft
Nb > 4
Nb = 5
OK
10,000 < Kg <

7,000,000
Kg = See next
slide
Kg = longitudinal stiffness
parameter, in4
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
10

K g = n I + Aeg2
(4.6.2.2.1-1)
Where:
n = modular ratio between beam and deck materials
Ec (beam) 5, 072
=
= 1.247
Ec ( slab) 4, 067
A = cross-section area of the beam (non-composite), in2

= 789
I = moment of inertia of the beam (non-composite), in4
= 260,741
eg= Distance between the c.g. of beam and slab, in
= (8.5/2+2.0+29.27) = 35.52
July 2007
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
Do Not Duplicate

K g = 1.247
1 247 260
260, 741 + 789 ( 35.52
35 52 )
K g = 1,566, 480 in 4
10,000 < Kg < 7,000,000 OK
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
11


0.6
0.2
8 8 1,566, 480
DFM = 0.075 +

3
9.5 98 12*98*8.5
DFM = 0.665
July 2007
0.1
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
Do Not Duplicate


0.4
0.3
S S Kg
DFM = 0.06 +
3
14 L 12 Lt s
0.4
0.3
0.1
8 8 1,566, 480
DFM = 0.06 +
3
14 98 12*98*8.5
DFM = 0.467
0.1
The case of two or more design lanes loaded controls,

DFM = 0.665 lanes/beam
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
12

Distribution Factors for Shear Force
S S
DFV = 0.2 +
12 35
(4.6.2.2.1-1)
Where DFV = distribution factor for moment for interior beam.

Provided:
3.5 < S < 16.0
4.5 < ts < 12.0
20 < L < 240
Nb > 4
S=8
ts = 8.5
L = 98
Nb = 5
OK
OK
OK
OK
S = Spacing,
p
g, ft
L = beam span, ft
July 2007
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
Do Not Duplicate

8 8
DFV = 0.2 +
12 35
DFV = 0.814
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
13

S
DFV = 0.36 +
25
8
DFV = 0.36 +
25
DFV = 0.68
The case of two or more design lanes loaded controls,
DFV = 0.814 lanes/beam
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate

Dynamic Allowance
IM = 33%
Where: IM = dynamic load allowance
allowance, applied only to truck
load
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
14

Unfactored Shear Force and Bending Moments
Unfactored shear forces and bending moment due to HL93 truck, per beam:
VLT = (shear force per lane)(DFV)(1+IM)
= (shear force per lane)(0.814)(1.33)
= (shear force per lane)(1.083) kips
MLT= (bending moment per lane)(DFM)(1+IM)
= (bending moment per lane)(0.884) kips-ft
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate

Unfactored shear forces and bending moment due to HL93 lane load, per beam:
VLANE = (shear force per lane)(DFV)
= (shear force per lane)(0.814) kips
MLANE= (bending moment per lane)(DFM)

= (bending moment per lane)(0.665) kip-ft
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
15

Location
Distance
Di
t
S ti
Section
x ft.
x/L
HL-93 Live Load

Max
Shear
Sh
kips
Max. Positive
M
Moment
t
MLL+I, kip-ft
Max. Negative
M
Moment
t
MLL+I, kip-ft
0.00
0.00
89.4
48.5
-5.6
9.26
0.10
76.3
624.6
-83.3
18.97
0.20
62.7
1049.3
-163.4
28.69
0.30
50.1
1300.5
-243.6
38.41
0.40
39.9
1412.4
-323.7
48.13
0.50
-48.3
1386.2
-403.9
57.84
0.60
-60.3
1239.1
-484
67.56
0.70
-72.2
961.1
-564.2
77.28
0.80
-83.8
577.5
-776.2
86.99
0.90
-95
215.9
-877.6
96.25
Brg.
-104.6
14.8
-1380.7
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate

Shown in the preceding table are maximum values of

shear positive moment
shear,
moment, and negative moment
moment. The
maximum values at a given location are not necessarily
from the same load case.
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
16

Load Combinations

Service I:
(3.4.1)
Q = 1.00(DC + DW) + 1.00 (LL + IM)

Service III:
Q = 1.00(DC + DW) + 0.80(LL + IM)

Strength I:
Maximum Q = 1
1.25(DC)
25(DC) + 1
1.50(DW)
50(DW) + 1
1.75(LL
75(LL + IM)
Minimum Q = 0.90(DC) + 0.65(DW) + 1.75(LL + IM)
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate

Load Combinations
A reminder:
This is a continuous bridge
bridge, so both maximum and minimum load
combinations must be considered.
Remember, in some cases loads mitigate load effects in other
spans, but it is not appropriate to use different load factors for the
same analysis. For example, the DC in one span mitigates the
positive moment in the other span; but it is not appropriate to use
different load factors in this case!
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
17

Load Combinations
The required number of strands is usually governed by Service III load
combination at the section of maximum moment or harp points.
In a continuous for live load structure, the maximum moments do not
occur at the same place for each load. The point of maximum moment
depends on whether the load was applied to the continuous or simple
structure. Thus, each point must be checked for the combinations of
loads.
In this structure, the maximum flexural stresses occur at Midspan (48.13)
feet for Service I and Service III (although this is NOT where the
continuous load moments are maximum). The Strength I maximum is at
0.4L. It is inappropriate to simply take maximum moments without regard
to location along the length of the girder.
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate

Load Combinations
Service 1
Service 3
Strength 1
V
M
V
M
V
M
k
k-ft
k
k-ft
k
k-ft
200 6
200.6
68 6
68.6
182 72
182.72
58 9 299.125
58.9
299 125
113 1
113.1
192.6
431.7
175.3
393.72
287.45 644.925
189.8
549.9
172.7
502.76 283.375 817.925
164.4
1567.2
149.14 1442.28 246.375 2303.925
126.8
2731.9
114.26 2522.04 191.575 3993.775
90.1
3489
80.08
3228.9
138.4 5077.725
55.9
3872.9
47.92 3590.42
89.575 5615.875
-56.4
3885
-46.74 3607.76
-95.9 5610.625
-92.4
3542.2
-80.34 3294.38 -147.875 5091.675
-128.5
128 5
2834 7
2834.7
-114.06
114 06 2642.48
2642 48
-199.95
199 95 4041.75
4041 75
-164.2
434
-147.44
589.24 -251.375
-329.31
-199.3
-564.8
-180.3
-389.28 -301.825 -1464.58
-222.3
-1614.4
-201.94
-1375.8
-334.65 -2795.88
-224.8
-1742.2
-204.3 -1494.76
-338.2 -2961.82
-231.9
-2140.5
-210.98 -1864.36 -348.325 -3482.75
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
Length
ft.
Bearing
Trans.
H/2
0.10L
0.20L
0.30L
0.40L
MidSpan
0.60L
0 70L
0.70L
0.80L
0.90L
H/2
Trans.
Bearing
0
2.04
2.73
9.26
18.97
28.69
38.41
48.13
57.84
67 56
67.56
77.28
86.99
93.52
94.21
96.25
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
18

Determining Number of Strands from Service Load Stresses at
Midspan
At this point,
point it is necessary to determine the needed
number of strands. Box girders tend to be controlled by the
Strength Limit State, but I girders (this example) tend to be
controlled by service load tensions.
The initial estimate of number of strands will be found from
the Service III combination. Recall that Service III ONLY
applies to tension in prestressed sections.
July 2007
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
Do Not Duplicate

Service Load Stresses at Midspan
Bottom tensile stress due to applied dead and live loads using load
combination Service III:
fb =
Mg + Ms
Sb
M b + M ws + (0.8)( M LL + I )
Sbc
Where:
ksi
Mg = Unfactored bending moment due to beam self-weight,
kip-ft
Ms = Unfactored bending moment due to slab and haunch

weights,
i ht
kip-ft
Mb = Unfactored bending moment due to due to barrier weights,
kip-ft
Mws = Unfactored bending moment due to future wearing surface, kip-ft

July 2007
ODOT Short Course
kip-ft
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
19

Service Load Stresses at Midspan
(951.9 + 1,148.4)(12) [153.6 + 245.1 + (0.8)(1,386.2)] (12)

+
10 542
10,542
16
16, 694
fb = 2.39 + 1.08
fb =
fb = 3.47 ksi
Stress Limits for Concrete
= 0.19 f c'
(Table 5.9.4.2.2-1)
= 0.19 7.0 = 0.503ksi

Required Compressive Stress From Strands
f pb = (3.47 0.503) = 2.97 ksi

July 2007
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
Do Not Duplicate

Required Number of Strands
Assume a strand center of gravity at midspan as 8% of the

height
g of the g
girder.
ybs = 0.08(54) = 4.32in

So the strand eccentricity at the midspan is:
ec = ( yb ybs
(24 73 44.32)
32) = 20.41
20 41in
b ) = (24.73
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
20

If Ppe is the total prestressing force, the stress at the bottom

fiber due to p
prestress is:
f pb =
Ppe
A
Ppe ec
Sb
Now plug in the required recompression stress, fpb and

solve form Ppe:
2.97 =
Ppe
Ppe (20.41)
(
)
789
10,542
Ppe = 927kips
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate

The required prestressing force after all

losses is 927 kips
kips. This is after an assumed
25% loss. That means the initial prestressing
force will be approximately 1240 kips. Check
with your local precast producer to ensure the
capacity prestressing beds can withstand this
force
force.
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
21

Final prestress force per strand

= (area of strand)(fpi)(1-losses, %)
where
h
fpi = initial
i iti l prestressing
t
i stress
t
before
b f
ttransfer,
f kksii
= 0.75fpu = 202.5 ksi
Assuming 25% loss of prestress the final prestressing force
per strand after losses is:
F = (0.153)(202.5)(1 0.25) = 23.2kips / strand

Number of strands required =
927
= 39.9 strands
23.2
Try (40) in diameter, 270 ksi, low-lax strands.

July 2007
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
Do Not Duplicate

Strand Pattern
At midspan:
No.
Strands
Distance from
bottom (in)
11
11
11
10 Spa.
@ 2
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
2
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
22

Strand Pattern
The distance between the center of gravity of strands and

the bottom concrete fiber of the beam is, ybs, is:
ybs =
[(11)2 + (11)4 + (11)6 + (7)8]

= 4.70in
40
Strand eccentricity at midspan:
ec = yb ybs = 24.73
24 73 4.70
4 70 = 20
20.0
0iin
July 2007
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
Do Not Duplicate

Prestress Losses
(5 9 5 1 1)
(5.9.5.1-1)
Where:
fpLT = loss due to long-term shrinkage and creep of
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
23

Elastic Shortening
f pES =
Ep
Ect
f cgp
(5.9.5.2.3a-1)
Where:
fcgp = The concrete stress at the center of gravity of prestressing

tendons due to the prestressing force immediately after the
transfer and the self-weight of the member at the section of
the maximum moment (ksi).
=
2
M g ec
Pi Pe
+ i c
A
I
I
Ep = Elastic Modulus of the prestressing steel (ksi).

Ect = Elastic Modulus of the concrete at the time of transfer or
time of load application (ksi).
July 2007
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
Do Not Duplicate

Elastic Shortening
According to the LRFD Commentary for pretensioned

members, the loss due to elastic shortening may be
determined by the following alternative equation (this is the
calculation of elastic shortening loss by transformed section):
f pES
=
AI E
Aps ( I g + em2 Ag ) + g g ct
Ep
(C5.9.5.2.3a-1)
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
24

Elastic Shortening
Aps = Area of prestressing steel, 40(0.153) = 6.12 in2

fpi = Prestressing steel stress immediately prior to transfer,
202.5 ksi
Ag = Gross area of section, 789 in2
Ect = Elastic Modulus of the concrete at transfer, 4,067 ksi
Ep = Elastic Modulus of the prestressing steel, 28,500 ksi
em = Average prestressing steel eccentricity at midspan,
20.0 in
Ig = Moment of inertia of the gross concrete section,
260,741 in4
Mg = Midspan moment due to member self-weight,
951.9(12) = 11,422.8 kip-in
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate

Elastic Shortening
6 12* 202
6.12*
202.5(260,
5(260 741 + 20.0
20 02 *789) 20.0*11,
20 0*11 422.8*789
422 8*789
789* 260, 741* 4, 067
6.12(260, 741 + 20.02 *789) +
28,500
= 16.24ksi
f pES =
f pES
Note: If the self weight moment is calculated using total beam length
rather than c/c bearing, the moment becomes 11641 k-in. The elastic
shortening loss becomes 16.13 ksi; < 1% different.
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
25

Long-Term Losses
For standard, precast, pretensioned members subject to

g and environmental conditions:
normal loading
f pLT = 10
f pi Aps
Ag
In which:
h = 1.7
1 7 0.01
0 01H
H
st =
5
1 + f ci '
(5.9.5.3-1)
(5 9 5 3-2)
(5.9.5.3-2)
(5.9.5.3-3)
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate

Long-Term Losses
Where:
h = Correction factor for relative humidity of the ambient air
hst = Correction factor for specified concrete strength at time
of Prestress transfer to the concrete member
fpR = An estimate of relaxation loss taken as 2
2.5
5 ksi for low
relaxation strand
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
26

Long-Term Losses
Assume H = 70%
h = 1.7
1 7 00.01*70
01*70 = 11.00
00
st =
5
= 0.91
1 + 4.5
So:
202.5*6.12
1.00*0.91 + 12*1.00*0.91 + 2.5
789
= 14.29 + 10.92 + 2.5
f pLT = 10
f pLT
f pLT = 27.71 ksi

July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate

Total Losses at Service Loads
(5.9.5.1-1)
f pT = 16.24 + 27.71
f pT = 43.95
f pe = 202.5 43.95 = 158.6
Losses are approximately 22% < 25% OK
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
27

Stresses at Transfer
Force per strand after initial losses:

Stress in tendons after transfer:
f pt = f pi f pi = 202.5 16.24 = 186.26ksi

Force per strand = fpt(strand area) = 186.26(0.153) = 28.50
kips
Therefore, the total prestressing force after transfer is, Pi =
1,140 kips
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate

In this example, Pi is determined by subtracting the elastic

shortening loss from the initial stress.
In the previous example, Pi was found by assuming the
stress after transfer was 0.9fpi.
Either method is acceptable. If 0.9fpi is used, Pi = 1115
kips. The difference is 2%
kips
2%.
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
28

Compression:
0.60fcii = 0.60(4.5) = +2.700
2.700 ksi
(5 9 4 1 1)
(5.9.4.1.1)
Tension:
1. In areas other than the precompressed tensile zone
and without bonded reinforcement
ft = 0.0948 f ci' 0.2ksi

ft = 0.0948 4.5 0.2ksi
((5.9.4.1.2))
0.201ksi 0.2ksi
Therefore, 0.200 ksi (CONTROLS)
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate

2. In areas with bonded reinforcement sufficient to

resist the tensile force in the concrete computed
assuming an uncracked section, where
reinforcement is proportioned using a stress of
0.5fy, not to exceed 30 ksi.
ft = 0.24 f ci' = 0.24 4.5 = 0.509ksi

(5.9.4.1.2)
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
29

Stresses At Transfer Length Section
Stresses at this location need only be checked at release

since this stage almost always governs. Also, losses with
time will reduce the concrete stresses making them less
critical.
Transfer length = 60(strand diameter)
= 60(0.5) = 30 in = 2.5 ft
(5.8.2.3)
The bending moment at a distance 2.5 ft from the end of

the beam due to beam self-weight is:
M g = (0.5)(0.822)(2.5)(97.167 2.5) = 97.3k ft

July 2007
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
Do Not Duplicate

Compute top stress at the top fiber of the beam:
ft =
M
Pi Pe
i + g
A St
St
1,140 1,140(20.0) 97.3(12)
+
789
8,909
8,909
f t = 1.44
1 44 22.56
56 + 00.13
13 = 00.99
99ksi
ft =
Tensile stress limit for concrete with bonded reinforcement:

0.509 ksi NG
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
30

Compute bottom stress at the bottom fiber of the beam:
ft =
M
Pi Pe
+ i g
A Sb
Sb
1,140 1,140(20.0) 97.3(12)

+
789
10,542
10,542
ft = 1.44
1 44 + 2.16
2 16 0.11
0 11 = +3.49
3 49ksi
ft =
Compressive stress limit for concrete:

+2.700 ksi NG
July 2007
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
Do Not Duplicate

Harp 9 strands at the 0.35L points as shown.
At ends
At Midspan
No.
Strands
Distance from
bottom (in)
No.
Strands
Distance from
bottom (in)
52
11
50
11
48
11
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
11
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
31

4
9 Strands
50
2-6
31 Strands
34-0
14-7
48-7
July 2007
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
Do Not Duplicate

The distance between the center of gravity of the 9 harped strands at
the end of the beam and the top fiber of the precast beam is:
3(2) + 3(4) + 3(6)
= 4.00 in
9
The distance between the center of gravity of the 9 harped strands at

the harp point and the bottom fiber of the precast beam is:
3(4) + 3(6) + 3(8)
= 6.00 in
9
The distance between the center of gravity of the 9 harped strands and
the top fiber of the beam at the transfer length section is:
(54 6 4)
4.00 +
(2.5) = 7.25in
34
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
32

The distance between the center of gravity of the 31 straight bottom
strands and the extreme bottom fiber of the beam is:
11(2) + 8(4) + 8(6) + 4(8)
= 4.32 in
31
The distance between the center of gravity of the total number of the
strands and the bottom fiber of the precast beam at the transfer length
is:
9(54 7.25) + 31(4.32)

= 13.87in
40
Eccentricity of the strand group at transfer length is:
24.73 13.87 = 10.86 in
July 2007
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
Do Not Duplicate

The distance between the center of gravity of the total number of the
strands and the bottom fiber of the precast beam at the end of the
beam is:
9(54 4) + 31(4.32)
= 14.60 in
40
The eccentricity at the end of the beam is:
24.73 14.60 = 10.13 in
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
33

Recompute top and bottom stresses at the transfer length

section using the harped pattern. Concrete stress at the top
fiber of the beam:
1,140 1,140(10.86) 97.3(12)
+
789
8,909
8,909
f t = 1.44 1.39 + 0.13 = +0.18ksi
ft =
Compressive stress limit for concrete: +2.700 ksi OK
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate

At the bottom:
1,140 1,140(10.86) 97.3(12)

+
789
10,542
10,542
f b = 1.44 + 1.17 0.11 = +2.50ksi
fb =
Compressive stress limit for concrete: +2

+2.700
700 ksi OK
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
34

Stresses at Harp Points
The strand eccentricity at the harp points is the same as at

the midspan,
ec = 20.0 in
The bending moment due to beam self-weight at a distance
34.00 from the end of the beam is:
M g = (0.5)(0.822)(34.00)(97.17 34.00) = 882.7 k ft
July 2007
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
Do Not Duplicate

Concrete stress at the top fiber of the beam:
ft =
Mg
Pi Pe
i +
A St
St
1,140 1,140(20.0) 882.7 *12
+
789
8,909
8,909
ft = 1.44 2.56 + 1.19 = +0.07
ft =
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
35

fb =
M
Pi Pe
+ i g
A Sb
Sb
1,140 1,140(20.0) 882.7 *12

+
789
10,542
10,542
f b = 1.44
1 44 + 22.16
16 1.00
1 00 = +2.60
2 60
fb =

July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate

Stresses at Midspan
The bending moment due to beam self-weight at a distance

48-7 (midspan) from the end of the beam is:
M g = (0.5)(0.822)(48.58)(97.17 48.58) = 970.1k ft

P Pe M g
ft = i i +
A St
St
ft =
1,140 1,140(20.0) 970.1*12
+
= 1.44 2.56 + 1.31 = +0.19
789
8,909
8,909

July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
36

Stresses at Midspan

fb =
Pi P
Pe M g
+ i
A Sb
Sb
fb =
1,140 1,140(20.0) 970.1*12

+
= 1.44 + 2.16 1.10 = +2.50

789
10,542
10,542
Compressive stress limit for concrete: +2

+2.700
700 ksi OK
July 2007
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
Do Not Duplicate

Hold-Down Forces
Assume that the stress in the strand at the time of

prestressing, before any losses, is:
0.75 f pu = 0.75(270) = 202.5ksi

Then, the Prestress force per strand before any losses is:
Pi ' = 0.153(202.5) = 31.0k / strand

Harp angle:
54 4 6
o
= 6.2
34(12)
= tan 1
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
37

Hold-Down Forces
Therefore, hold-down force per strand

= 1.05
1 05 (force per strand)(sin )
=1.05(31.0) sin 6.2 = 3.5 kips per strand
Note that the factor, 1.05, is applied to account for friction.
Total hold down force = 9 strands(3.5) = 31.6 kips
July 2007
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
Do Not Duplicate

Hold-Down Forces
ODOT BDM States that the following limits are not to

be exceeded:
No. of Draped
Strands per Row
1
2
3
PU/Strand
(lb)
6,000
4,000
4,000
So hold-down force per strand = 3.5 kips per strand OK

July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
38

At transfer, stresses at the end of girder tend to exceed allowables if
the strand is straight.
Stresses can be brought within the allowable stress range either by
harping or debonding the strand. The question arises as to which is
better, harping or debonding?
Boxes tend to use debonding because harping isnt practical as the
strand would go through the void. I and Bulb T girders tend to use
harping
harping.
However, not all fabricators have the ability to harp (the bed wont take
the hold down force). Therefore, before deciding to harp, contact
probable fabricators or the local PCI section for assistance and advice.
July 2007
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
Do Not Duplicate

Summary of Stresses at Transfer
Top Stresses
ft (ksi)
At transfer length
section
At harp points
At midspan
+0.27
+0.07
+0.19
Bottom
stresses
fb (ksi)
+2.43
+2.60
+2.50
Note that the bottom stresses at the harp points are more
critical than the ones at midspan.
No Tension! The entire beam is in compression.
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
39

Top Stress
0.3
0.25
Stress (ksi)
0.2
0.15
Transfer
g
Length
0.1
MidSpan
Harp
Point
0.05
0
0
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
Length (ft)
July 2007
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
Do Not Duplicate

Bottom Stress
3
2.5
Stress (ksi)
1.5
Transfer
Length
Harp
Point
0.5
MidSpan
0
0
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
Length (ft)
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
40

Stresses at Service Loads
Total loss of prestress at service loads is
f pT = 43.95ksi
Stress in tendon after all losses
f pe = f pi f pT = 202.5 43.95 = 158.55ksi

July 2007
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
Do Not Duplicate

Stresses at Service Loads
Force per strand = (fppe)(strand area)

= (158.55)(0.153) = 24.3 kips
The total prestressing force after all losses
Ppe = 24.3(40) = 972.0 kips
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
41

Compression:
(5.9.4.2.1)
Due to permanent loads, for service limit states:

For the precast beam: 0.45fc = 0.45(7.0) = +3.150 ksi
For the deck: 0.45fc = 0.45(4.5) = +2.025 ksi
Due to one half the permanent loads and live load:
For the precast beam:0.40fc = 0.40(7.0) = +2.800 ksi
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate

Compression (cont):
(5.9.4.2.1)
Due to permanent and transient loads for service limit states:
For the precast beam: 0.60w fc = 0.60(1.0)(7.0)

= +4.200 ksi
F the
For
th deck:
d k 0.60
0 60w fc = 0.60(1.0)(4.5)
0 60(1 0)(4 5) = +2.700
2 700 ksi
k i
Note: w is a factor for slender webs/flanges. It is not really meant for
I girders. If the calculations required for w are done, w=1.
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
42

Tension:
For components
p
with bonded p
prestressing
g tendons:
For the precast beam:
0.19 f c' = 0.19(7.0) = 0.503ksi
July 2007
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
Do Not Duplicate

Stresses at Midspan
Concrete stress at the top fiber of the beam, three cases:

1 Under permanent loads
1.
loads, Service I:
ftg1 =
Ppe
A
Ppe ec
St
(M g + M s )
St
( M ws + M b )
Stg
972 972(20.0) (951.9 + 1,148.4) *12 (153.6 + 245.1) *12
+
+
789
8,909
8,909
47,376
ftg1 = 1.23
1 23 22.18
18 + 22.83
83 + 00.10
10 = +11.98
98
ftg1 =

July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
43

Stresses at Midspan
2. One-half permanent loads plus live loads:
ftg 2 = 0.5 ftg1 +
( M LL + I )
Stg
1,386.2*12
47,376
= 0.99 + 0.35 = +1.34
ftg 2 = 0.5(1.98) +
ftg 2
July 2007
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
Do Not Duplicate

Stresses at Midspan
3. Under permanent and transient loads:
f tg 3 = f tg +
( M LL + I )
Stg
1,386.2*12
47,376
= 1.98 + 0.35 = +2.33
f tg 3 = 1.98 +
f tg 3
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
44

Stresses at Midspan
Concrete stress at the top fiber of the deck, three cases:

1. Under permanent loads:
ftc =
( M ws + M b )
Stc
(245.1 + 153.6) *12

29,534
ftc = +0.162
ftc = +

Note that deck stresses under service loads are almost always well
below allowable for continuous for LL bridges; but they still must be
checked.
July 2007
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
Do Not Duplicate

Stresses at Midspan
f tc 2 = ftc1 +
( M LL + I )
Stc
1,386.2*12
29,534
= 0.08 + 0.563 = +0.64
f tc 2 = 0.5(0.162) +
f tc 2
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
45

Stresses at Midspan
f tc =
( M ws + M b + M LL + I )
Stc
(245.1 + 153.6 + 1,386.2) *12

29,534
f tc = +0.73
f tc =
July 2007
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
Do Not Duplicate

Stresses at Midspan
Tension stress at the bottom fiber of the beam, Service III:
fb =
Ppe
A
Ppe ec
Sb
(M g + M s )
Sb
( M ws + M b ) + 0.8M LL + I
Sbc
972 972(20.0) (951.9 + 1,148.4) *12 [ (245.1 + 153.6) + (0.8*1,386.2) ] *12

+
789
10,542
10,542
16, 694
fb = 1.23 + 1.84 2.39 1.08 = 0.40
fb =
Tensile stress limit for concrete: -0.503 ksi OK

Service III has the 0.8LL factor!
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
46

Positive Moment Section
Total Ultimate bending moment for Strength I is:
M u = 1.25( DC ) + 1.5( DW ) + 1.75( LL + IM )

(Tables 3.4.1-1&2)
At point of maximum moment 0.4L:
M u = 1.25( DC ) + 1.5( DW ) + 1.75( LL + IM )

M u = 1.25(912.9
1 2 (912 9 + 11,101.5
101 + 1171.9)
1 9) + 11.5(274.2)
(2 4 2) + 11.75(1,
(1 412.4)
412 4)
M u = 5, 615k ft
July 2007
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
Do Not Duplicate

Average stress in prestressing steel:
c
f ps = f pu 1 k
dp
(5.7.3.1.1)
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
47

ksi
f py
2 1.04
=
f pu
(Table C5.7.3.1.1-1)
dp = Distance from extreme compression fiber to

= the
th centroid
t id off the
th prestressing
t
i tendons
t d
h - ybs = 62.5 4.70 = 57.80
in.

compressive face
in.
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate


c=
f
0.85 f c' b + kAps pu
dp
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
(5.7.3.1.1-4)
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
48

Aps = Area of prestressing steel = 40 * 0.153 = 6.12
in2
fpu = Specified tensile strength of prestressing steel = 270
ksi
As = Area of mild steel tension reinforcement = 0.0
in2
fy = Yield strength of tension reinforcement = 60.0
ksi
As = Area of compression reinforcement = 0.0
in2
fy = Yield strength of compression reinforcement = 60.0
ksi
fc = Compressive strength of deck concrete = 4.5
ksi
1 = Stress block factor specified in LRFD 5.7.2.2 = 0.83

b = Effective width of compression flange = 96
in.
July 2007
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
Do Not Duplicate

6.12(270) + 0.0 0.0
c=
0.85(4.5)(0.83)(96) + 0.28(6.12)
270
57.8
c = 5.28
a = depth of the equivalent stress block = 1c
a = 0.83(5.28) = 4.39in < t s = 8.5in
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
49

Therefore, the assumption of rectangular section behavior is

valid and the average stress in prestressing steel is:
5.28
f ps = 270 1 0.28
= 263.3ksi
57.8
Nominal flexural resistance:
4.39
6 12(263 3) 57
6.12(263.3)
57.80
80
a
2
M n = Aps f ps d p =
2
12
M n = 7, 467k ft
July 2007
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
Do Not Duplicate

Factored flexural resistance:
Mr = Mn
Where = resistance factor = 1.0 for flexure and
tension of prestressed concrete
M n = 7,
7 467k ft > M u = 5,
5 615k ft
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
50

Maximum Reinforcement-Positive Moment Section
The old max requirement has been deleted. The LRFD

Specifications now require that be determined based on
whether the section is tension controlled
controlled, compression
controlled or a transition section. In the calculation of Mr,
tension control was assumed.
Check the strain in the extreme tensile steel:
d t = 54.0 + 8.5 2 = 60.5

d c
60.5 5.28
t = 0.003 t
= 0.003
= 0.032 > 0.005
5.28
c
(5.7.2.1 & 5.5.4.2)
This is a tension controlled section, so = 1.0
July 2007
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
Do Not Duplicate

Minimum Reinforcement Positive Moment Section
At any section, the amount of prestressed and

nonprestressed
p
tensile reinforcement shall be adequate
q
to
develop a factored flexural resistance, Mr, at least equal to
the lesser of:
1.2 times the cracking moment, Mcr, determined on

the basis of elastic stress distribution and the modulus
of rupture, fr,
1.33 times the factored moment required by the
applicable strength load combinations
(5.7.3.3.2)
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
51

Minimum Reinforcement - Positive Moment Section
Snc
(5.7.3.3.2-1)
Where:
fr = Modulus of rupture = 0.37 fc' = 0.37 7.0 = 0.979 (5.4.2.6) ksi

fcpe Compressive stress in concrete due to effective
ksi
= prestresss forces only (after allowance for all
Prestress losses) at extreme fiber of section where
tensile stress is caused by externally applied loads
Ppe
A
Ppe ec
Sb
972 972(20.0)
+
= 1.23 + 1.84 = 3.07
789
10,542
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate

Mdnc= Total unfactored dead load moment acting on kip-ft

the non-composite
non composite section =
Mg+Ms = 951.9+1,148.4 = 2,100.3
Sc= Section modulus for the extreme fiber of the
composite section where tensile stress is
caused by externally applied loads = 16,694
in3
Snc= Section modulus for the extreme fiber of the

noncomposite section where tensile stress is
caused by externally applied loads = 10,542
in3
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
52

M cr =
16, 694
16, 694 16, 694
(0.98 + 3.07) 2,100.3
(0.979)
1
12
12
10,542
ki ft
M cr = 4,
4 400 1,362
1 362 kip-ft
1.2 M cr = 5, 290 kip-ft
At midspan, the factored moment required by the Strength I load

combination is: Mu = 5,610 kip-ft
Therefore, 1.33M u = 7, 461 kip-ft
Since 1.2
1 2M
M cr Controls
1 2M cr < 11.33
33M u , 1.2
M r = 7, 467 > 1.2 M crOK

Note: The LRFD Specifications states that this requirement be met at every section.
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate

Design of the Negative Moment Section

M u = 1.25(
1 25( DC ) + 11.5(
5( DW ) + 11.75(
75( LL + IM ) (3.4.1-1&2)
(3 4 1-1&2)
At the pier section:
M u = 1.25(292.7) + 1.5(467.1) + 1.75(1,380.7) = 3, 483 kip-ft
Notes:
1. At the negative moment section, the compression
face is the bottom flange of the beam and is 26 in
wide.
2. This section is a nonprestressed reinforced concrete
section, thus = 0.9 for flexure.
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
53

Assume the deck reinforcement is at the mid-height of the

deck.
As f y
(5.14.1.2.7j)
M u = As f y d
1.7 f c'b

= 60.0
in2
ksi
fc = Compressive
p
strength
g of g
girder = 7.0
in
d = Effective depth to negative moment

reinforcement from bottom of girder =
54 + 0.5(8.5) = 58.25
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate

As (60)
3 483(12) = 00.90
3,
90 As (60) 58.25
58 25
1.7(7.0)(26)
0 = 10.47 As2 3145 As + 41, 796

As = 13.94in 2
This is the required amount of mild steel reinforcement
required in the slab to resist the negative moment and it is
equal to 18 #5 bars and 19 #6 bars.
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
54

Longitudinal Deck Reinforcement
The longitudinal reinforcement in the deck includes

distribution reinforcement and other minimum reinforcement
reinforcement.
As ( provided ) = 5.58in 2
July 2007
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
Do Not Duplicate

Negative Moment Deck Reinforcement
The additional area of deck reinforcement required:
As , Add 'l = 13.93 5.58 = 8.35in 2
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
55

Typical longitudinal deck reinforcement
No. 5 @ 12 Top No. 5 @ 8 Btm.
Totall Area
T
A
off longitudinal
l
i di l reinforcement
i f
provided
5 58 iin2
5.58
Factored negative design moment
-3,483 kip-ft
Total area required to resist negative

moment
13.93 in2
Additional area of deck reinforcement

required
8.35 in2
Addi i
Additional
l reinforcement
i f
provided
id d
19 N
No. 6 B
Bars
Additional area of deck reinforcement

provided
8.36 in2
Total As provided
13.94 in2 > 13.93 in2

OK
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate

Location of steel:
Top 8 #5 + 8 #6 with 2
2 clear
Btm 10 #5 + 11 #6 with 2 5/8 clear.
As = 18(0.31) + 19(0.44) = 13.94 in2
Note: Epoxy coated

steel assumed. Min.
cover is 1.5 in.
(5.12.4)
8(0.31)(2.3125) + 8(0.44)(2.375) + 10(0.31)(8.5 2.9375) + 11(0.44)(8.5 3)

13.94
57.96
x=
4 16
= 4.16
13.94
x=
We assumed 4.25 from top OK

d = 58.34 in
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
56

Now check Mn:
a=
c=
Asf y
0.85f c ' b
(13.94 )( 60 ) = 5.41in
0.85 ( 7 )( 26 )
a 5.41
=
= 7.72
1 0.7
5.41
41
M r = M n = ( 0.9 )(13.94 )( 60 ) 58.34
M r = 41,880k in = 3, 490k ft > M u = 3, 483k ft

July 2007
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
Do Not Duplicate

Effective Tension Flange Width
The effective tension flange width is the lesser of:

The effective flange width = 96 in CONTROLS
(5.7.3.4)
A width equal to 1/10 of the average of adjacent spans
between bearings =
0 10(96 25)(12) = 115

0.10(96.25)(12)
115.5in
5in
(4.6.2.6)
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
57

Control of Cracking by Distribution Reinforcement
According to LRFD 5.7.3.4 the spacing of the mild steel
reinforcement in the layer closest to the tension face shall satisfy
equation 5.7.3.4-1.
700 e
2d c
s fs
The tensile stress in mild reinforcement is computed to be:
fs =
M sl
As jd
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate

fy = Yield strength of reinforcement = 60.0
ksi
Msl = (292.7)+(467.1)+(1,380.7)= 2,140.5
kip-ft
As = Area of negative moment reinforcement =

13.94
in2

girder =
reinforcement from bottom of g
62.5-4.16 = 58.34
j = 1-(k/3) = 1-(0.275/3) = 0.908
in
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
58

Where:
k = 2 n + ( n) 2 n
k = 2(0.00919)(5.718) + (0.00919 * 5.718) 2 0.00919 * 5.718

k = 0.275
Where:
=
As
13.94
=
= 0.00919
bd (26)(58.34)
n = Modular
M d l R
Ratio
i =
fs =
So:
Esteel
29,, 000
=
= 5.718
5 718
Egirder
5, 072
2,140.5(12)
= 34.8ksi
13.94(0.908)(58.34)
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate

The previous calculation made the simplifying assumption

th t the
that
th section
ti was rectangular.
t
l
If this assumption is NOT made, the neutral axis, calculated
using working stress concepts, can be calculated as 16.45
inches from the bottom of the beam. The cracked,
transformed moment of inertia is 177200 in4. The steel stress
is found to be 34
34.6
6 ksi which compares to 34
34.8
8 ksi using the
rectangular assumption.
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
59

A quick review of working stress:
n=
Es
Ec
1)
2)
3)
4)
The cracked, transformed section is used.

Th neutral
The
t l axis
i iis att th
the geometric
t i centroid.
t id
Concrete stress is assumed linear.
Steel is converted to an equivalent area of concrete by multiplying
by n.
5) Tension in concrete is ignored
July 2007
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
Do Not Duplicate

The maximum concrete stress is:
fc =
M sl c
I tr
The steel stress is:
fs = n
M sl ( d c )
I tr
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
The term M(d-c)/I gives

the equivalent concrete
stress. It is converted to
steel stress by
multiplying by n.
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
60

This is the assumed cracked, transformed section. Note

that it is a negative moment section. Based on a previous
iteration, the neutral axis, x, is within the tapered section of
the Type IV flange.
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate

To determine x, the position of
the neutral axis, the first moment
of inertia of the area about the
neutral axis must be = 0. Define
the downward direction as
positive.
It can be shown that b = 42-2x
( 26 ( 42 2x ) ) (8)( x 4 ) + 2 12 ( x 8)( x 8) x 8 x 3 8

x
+ x ( 42 2x ) 79.5 ( 58.34 x ) = 0
2
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
61

The equation reduces to:
0.33x 3 + 21x 2 + 15.5x 4467.3 = 0

The roots are -13.55, 16.45 and 60.75.
The only root which makes any sense is
x = 16.45 in. Thus, b = 9.10 inches and
x-8 = 8.45 in.
I=
1
1
3
2
( 9.10 )(16.45) + 2 (8.45) 83 + 8.45 ( 8)(16.45 4 )
3
12
2
1
1
8.45
3
+2 ( 8.45 )( 8.45 ) + ( 8.45 )( 8.45 ) 16.45 8

2
3
36
+79.5 ( 58.34 16.45 ) = 177200in 4

2
July 2007
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
Do Not Duplicate

fs = n
M sl ( d c )
I tr
f s = ( 5.7 )
2140.5 (12 )( 58.34 16.45 )

= 34.6ksi
177200
This is lower than the stress found by assuming a

rectangular section.
section Since the steel stress in the
denominator of the spacing equation, using the
rectangular assumption is conservative (requires a closer
spacing) in this case.
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
62

The spacing of mild steel reinforcement in the layer closest

to the tension face shall satisfy the following:
700 e
s
2d c
(5.7.3.4-1)
s fs
Where:
e = Exposure factor = 0.75 for Class 2 exposure
condition
fs = Tensile stress in steel reinforcement at the
service limit state
dc
s = 1 +
ksi
0.7( h d c )
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate

Where:
dc = Thickness of concrete cover measured

in
from extreme tension fiber to center of
the flexural reinforcement located closest
therto = 2.00+5/8(0.5) = 2.31
h = Overall height on the composite section
in
= 62.5
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
63

s = 1 +
s
2.31
= 1.055
0 7(62 5 2.31)
0.7(62.5
2 31)
700 0.75
2(2.31) = 9.67in
1.055 34.8
6.0in 9.67in
OK
For this example the tensile stress in the mild
reinforcement is less than its allowable. Thus, the
distribution of reinforcement for control of cracking is
adequate.
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate

Maximum Reinforcement Negative Moment Section
As before, check the strain in the extreme tensile steel:
d c
59.9 7.72
t = 0.003 t
= 0.003
= 0.020 > 0.005
7.72
c

(5.7.2.1 & 5.5.4.2)
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
64

Minimum Reinforcement Negative Moment Section
At any section, the amount of prestressed and

p
tensile reinforcement shall be adequate
q
to
nonprestressed
develop a factored flexural resistance, Mr, at least equal to
the lesser of:
1.2 times the cracking moment, Mcr, determined on
the basis of elastic stress distribution and the modulus
of rupture, fr,
1.33 times the factored moment required by the

applicable strength load combinations
(5.7.3.3.2)
July 2007
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
Do Not Duplicate

Snc
(5.7.3.3.2-1)
Where:
fr = 0.37 f c' = 0.37 4.5 = 0.785

fcpe = 0.0
Mdnc= M g + M s = 0
Sc= 29,534
29 534
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
ksi
ksi
kip-ft
in3
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
65

29,534
(0.785)
12
M cr = 1,932k ft
M cr =
1.2 M cr = 2,318k ft
At bearing, the factored moment required by the Strength I load
combination is: Mu = -3,483 kip-ft
Since 1.2 M cr < 1.33M u , 1.2 M cr Controls
M r = 3, 490 > 1.2M cr = 2,318
OK
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate

Positive Moment Connection
Continuous for live load bridges are covered in Article

5.14.1.4.4. Much of this article is new in 2007 (4th Ed.).
One requirement of this article is for a positive moment
connection. These positive moments are caused by the upward
camber of the prestressed girders due to creep and shrinkage.
The positive moment connection is needed to provided continuity
at the pier.
The connection
Th
ti can be
b made
d either
ith by
b extending
t di mild
ild steel
t l outt
of the end of the girder into the diaphragm or by leaving strand
extend out of the end of the girder into the diaphragm. This
example illustrates bent strand connections.
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
66

Positive Moment Connection
Positive moments develop at the connection

between girders at in interior supports due to live
liveload effects (if more than two spans) and restraint
caused by temperature, creep, and shrinkage.
According to LRFD 5.14.1.4.4, these restraint
moments are negligible when continuity is
established after 90 days.
y
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate

Development of Extended Strands
The strands are bent up 90 into the diaphragm so that the hook
extends 8 inches from the end of the girder. The ends of the girders
are placed 10 inches apart
apart. With the 8 inch projection this leaves 2
inches of clear allowing for construction tolerances. Typically mild steel
is placed in the corner of the hooks to enhance the development length
of the hooks. These bars should be at least #5.
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
67

Required Area of Strand
The design moment used for the working stress check is

Mcr while the design moment for the strength check is
1 2Mcr. According to LRFD 5
1.2M
5.14.1.4.9c
14 1 4 9c the stress in the
strands used for design as a function of the total length of
the strand shall not exceed:
(l 8)
(l 8)
f pul = dsh
150ksi
f psl = dsh
0.163
0.288
(5.14.1.4.9c-1)
(5.14.1.4.9c-2)
where:
dsh = total length of extended strand
in
fpsl = stress in the strand at the service limit state ksi
Cracked section shall be assumed
fpul = stress in the strand at the strength limit state ksi
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate

The design moments, parameters, and results for

the design of the positive moment connection
using bent strand are found in following table.
The cracking moment is found using the gross,
composite cross section, but assuming that
cracking occurs at the diaphragm. Thus the
diaphragm
p g concrete strength
g is used. For these
calculations the effective width of 96 inches, 0.5
inch strand, and concrete strength of 4.5 ksi were
used.
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
68

When using working stress design the number of strands is

assumed to calculate the length
g of the strand. When using
g
the strength design method, the length of strand is
assumed to calculate the number of strands required.
Design iterations are performed to determine the most
efficient combination of strand and length.
M cr = 0.24 f c ' Scb = 0.24 4.5 (16694 ) = 8500k in = 708k ft
1 2M cr = 850k fft
1.2M
Le = l dsh 8
July 2007
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
Do Not Duplicate

Working Stress Design
No of Strand
No.
10
12
16
ldsh
42.29
33.78
29.36
25.83
21.42
As.
0.92
1.22
1.53
1.84
2.45
708.00
708.00
708.00
708.00
Moment 708.00
n
7.00
7.00
7.00
7.00
7.00
62.50
62.50
60.50
60.50
60.50
45E-6
52E-6
263E-6
317E-6
422E-6
0.05
0.05
0.06
0.07
0.08
0.98
0.98
0.98
0.98
0.97
fs
150
113.07
93.68
78.22
58.87
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
69

Strength Design
No. of Strand
5.18
6.52
8.00
9.27
13.13
ldsh
42.00
35.00
30.00
27.00
22.00
As
0.79
1.00
1.22
1.42
2.01
Moment
849.70
849.70
849.70
849.70
849.70
62.50
62.50
62.50
60.50
60.50
0.45
0.45
0.45
0.45
0.47
fpul
209
166
135
117
86
* Back calculated based on strand length
July 2007
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
Do Not Duplicate

In this example working stress design governs. Multiple

iterations are performed to determine the least length of
extension of the strand required.
If the results indicate an odd number of strands they are rounded

up to an even number to provide symmetry in the connection.
It may be more desirable to have a larger number of shorter
strands as opposed to fewer longer strands. Girder fabrication
may be more difficult with longer strand extensions as this may
require excessive space between girders in the bed
bed. In addition
addition,
if a larger number of shorter strands are used the stress can be
distributed throughout a larger area.
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
70

The designer chooses from the previous tables. A

reasonable design would be 12 strands extended 26
inches. That would be an 8 inch horizontal extension from
the face of the beam and an 18 inch vertical tail to the
hook. Any 12 strands could be extended, but spacing
them out and using different rows makes construction
easier and limits stress concentrations.
Also note that, consistent with the design examples in
NCHRP Report 519, the haunch has been included.
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate

Shear Design
The area and spacing of shear reinforcement must be

determined at regular intervals along the entire length of
the beam. In this design example, transverse shear design
procedures are
demonstrated below by determining these
values at the critical section near the supports.
Transverse reinforcement shall be provided where:
Vu 0.5 (Vc + V p )
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
(5.8.2.4-1)
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
71

Shear Design
Vu = Total factored shear force
kips
Vc = Shear strength provided by concrete
kips
Vp = Component of the effective prestressing force kips

in the direction of the applied shear
= Resistance factor
(5.5.4.2.1)
July 2007
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
Do Not Duplicate

Critical Section
dv = Effective shear depth

Distance between resultants of tensile and
(5.8.2.9)
compressive forces, de a/2, but not less
than 0.9de or 0.72h.
de = The corresponding effective depth from
the extreme compression fiber to the
centroid of the tensile force in the tensile
reinforcement = 58.34
58 34
in
a = Equivalent depth of the compression

block = 5.41
h = Total height of section = 62.5
in
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
in
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
72

Effective Shear Depth
d v = d e 0.5(
0 5(a) = 58.34
58 34 0.5(5.41)
0 5(5 41) = 55.63
55 63in
0.9d e = 0.9(58.34) = 52.5in
0.72h = 0.72(62.5) = 45in
Therefore, dv = 55.63 in.
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate

Calculation of Critical Section
The critical section near the support is dv = 55.63 in

from the FACE of the support.
support
Note: Assume the length of the bearing pad is 10
inches.
Thus the critical section is:
55.63 in + 5 in = 60.63 inches.
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
73

Using values from previous tables (linearly interpolated),

g moment at the critical
the factored shear force and bending
section for shear, according to Strength I load
combinations.
Vu = 1.25(35.4 + 42.7 + 14.1) + 1.50(22.6) + 1.75(99.4) = 323.1kips
(All shear goes the same way!)

M u = 0.9(185.2 + 223.5) + 1.25(219.3) + 1.50(350.0) + 1.75(1, 080.9)
M u = 2,323k ft = 27880k in
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate

At this point, there are three choices:

1. Ignore the prestressing steel
Then, this is a reinforced section
=2
= 45
(This is VERY conservative)
2. Use Sectional Model for RC
3. Include PS Steel
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
74

Contribution of Concrete to Nominal Shear Resistance
1.
Ignore prestressing steel:

Vc = 0.0316 f c' bv dv = 0.0316(2) 7(8)(55.63) = 74.4k
Vs =
323.1
74.4 = 284.6kips
0.9
A
Assume
#4 h
hoops Av = 0.4
0 4 in
i 2 = 90 sin
i =11 cot =00
July 2007
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
Do Not Duplicate

s=
Av f y d v cot
Vs
0.4(60)(55.63)
0
4(60)(55 63) cot 45
= 4.7 in
284.6
Use #4@4 in
Vs = 334 kips
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
75

2. Use Sectional Model but for RC:

Mu = 27,880
27 880
kip in
kip-in
dv = 55.63
in.
Nu = Applied factored normal force at the specified section = 0
kips
Vu = 323.1
kips
As = Area of nonprestressed steel on the flexural tension side of the

member = 13.94
in2
Ap = 0
in2
Ep = 28,500
ksi
Es = 29,000
ksi
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate

Vp = Component of the effective prestressing force in the

direction of the applied shear
= (force per strand)(number of draped strands)(sin )
= 0
kips
fpo = 0
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
76

Assume 0.5 cot = 1.

27,880
+ 0.5(0) + (323.1) 0
55.63
x =
0.001
2(29, 000(13.94))
1.0 x103 0.001
July 2007
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
Do Not Duplicate

vu =
Vu V p
bv dv
Where:
kips
bv = Effective web width of the beam

= 8
in

= 0
kips
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
77

vu =
323.1 0.9(0)
= 0.81 ksi
0 9(8)(55 63)
0.9(8)(55.63)
vu 0.81
= 0.115
'=
f c 7.0
Use ((vu / fc)) < 0.125 and x < 1 from LRFD Table
5.8.3.4.2-1:
= 37
= 2.13
July 2007
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
Do Not Duplicate

Vc = 0.0316 f c' bv dv = 0.0316(2.13) 7(8)(55.63) = 79.3 kips
Vs =
323.1 0.9(79.3)
= 280.0
0.9
kips
Use #4 hoops Av = 0.4 in2 = 90 sin =1 cot =0

s=
Av f y d v cot
Vs
0.4(60)(55.63) cot 37.0

= 6.32
280.0
So #4 hoops at 6 in
Vs = 295.0 kips
Vr = 0.9(79.3 + 295.0 + 0) = 337 k > Vu

July 2007
ODOT Short Course
OK
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
78

3. Include Prestressing Steel:

Mu = 27,880
27 880
kip in
kip-in
dv = 53.6
in.
kips
Vu = 323.1
kips
As = Area of nonprestressed steel on the flexural tension side of the

member = 13.94
in2
Ap = 9(0.153)
9(0 153) = 1.38
1 38
in2
Ep = 28,500
ksi
Es = 29,000
ksi
Note, when the prestressing steel in included, de = 57 inches. The

term c = 9.76 in and a = 6.77in. Thus, dv = 53.6 in.
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate

If dv < 60db = 30 in, Vp and fpo must be reduced for lack of

bond. dv = 53.6 , so the critical section is 70.6 from the end
of the girder > 30 in so:
Vp
=
=
=
Component of the effective prestressing force in the

(force per strand)(number of draped strands)(sin )
24.3(9)(sin 6.2) = 23.6
kips
fppo = A parameter taken as modulus of elasticity of

prestressing tendons multiplied by the locked-in
difference in strain between the prestressing tendons
and the surrounding concrete
= .7 f pu = 0.7(270.0) = 189
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
ksi
[LRFD
5.8.3.4.2]
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
79

Assume 0.5 cot = 1.

27,880
+ 0.5(0) + (323.1 23.6) 1.38(189)
53.6
x =
0.001
2(29, 000(13.94) + 28,500(1.38))
0.63x103 0.001
July 2007
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
Do Not Duplicate

vu =
Vu V p
bv dv
Where:
kips
bv = Effective web width of the beam

= 8
in

= 23.6
kips
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
80

vu =
323.1 0.9(23.6)
= 0.782 ksi
0 9(8)(53 6)
0.9(8)(53.6)
vu 0.782
= 0.111
'=
7.0
fc
Use ((vu / fc)) < 0.125 and x < 0.75 from LRFD
Table 5.8.3.4.2-1:
= 34.4
= 2.26
July 2007
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
Do Not Duplicate

Vc = 0.0316 f c' bv dv = 0.0316(2.26) 7(8)(55.63) = 84.1
Vs =
kips
323.1 0.9(84.1 + 23.6)

= 251.3 kips
0.9

s=
Av f y d v cot
Vs
0.4(60)(53.6) cot 34.4

= 7.5
251.3
So #4 hoops at 6 in
Vs = 313 kips
Vr = 0.9(84.1 + 313.0 + 23.6) = 378.6 > Vu OK

July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
81

Minimum Reinforcement Requirement
(5.8.2.7)
Check which is true:
vu < 0.125 f c'
(5.8.2.7-1)
vu 0.125 f c'
(5.8.2.7-2)
or
0.125 f c' = 0.125(7.0) = 0.875 ksi

vu = 0.81 ksi
Since vu < 0.125 f c' , Then smax = 0.8d v = 0.8(55.63) = 44.5 24.0 in
24 in CONTROLS
July 2007
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
Do Not Duplicate

Calculate minimum area of steel using a 6 inch spacing to

get area of steel:
A v 0.0316 f c '
(8in )( 6in ) = 0.067in 2

b vs
= 0.0316 7ksi
<0.4 in2 OK
fy
60ksi
((5.8.2.5))
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
82

Critical Section Positive Moment
Critical Section near the supports is at dv.

Where:
(5.8.2.9)
Distance between resultants of tensile and compressive
forces, de a/2, but not less than 0.9de or 0.72h.
Where:
de = The corresponding effective depth from the
extreme compression fiber to the centroid of the
tensile force in the tensile reinforcement = 58.2
in
a = Equivalent depth of the compression block = 3.42
in
h = Total height of section = 62.5
in
July 2007
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
Do Not Duplicate

In this area, the positive moment properties are needed. However,
since this section is where the strand is harped, the positive moment
properties must be recalculated using 31 strands. Ap = 4.74 in2 and dp =
62.5 - 4.32 = 58.2 inches. The value of 4.32 inches as the centroid of 31
strands was calculated earlier in Section 1.7.2. Refer to Section 1.9.1
for the equations below:
c=
( 4.74 )( 270 )
( 0.85)( 4.5)( 0.83)( 96 ) + 0.28 ( 4.74 )
270
58.2
= 4.11 in
4.11
f ps = 270 1 0.28
= 264.8 ksi
58.2
a = ( 0.83)( 4.11) = 3.42 in

July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
83

d v = de 0.5(a) = 58.2 0.5(3.42) = 56.5in

0.9d e = 0.9(58.2) = 52.4in
0.72h = 0.72(62.5) = 45in
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate

The critical section near the support is dv = 56.5 in

from the FACE of the support.
support
Note: Assume the length of the bearing pad is 10
inches.
Thus the critical section is:
56.5 in + 5 in 62 inches.
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
84

Using values from previous tables, the factored shear force

g moment at the critical section for shear,
and bending
according to Strength I load combinations.
Vu = 1.25(35.4 + 42.7 + 7.9) + 1.50(12.6) + 1.75(82.2) = 250.0 k
M u = 1.25(185.2 + 223.5 + 49.6) + 1.50(79.1) + 1.75(373.9) = 1,346 k in
It is conservative to take the highest factored moment that

will occur at that section, rather than the moment
corresponding to maximum Vu. Therefore,
Therefore
(5.8.3.4.2)
Vu = 250.0 kips
M u = 1,346 kip-ft
July 2007
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
Do Not Duplicate


resistance is:
Vc = 0.0316 f c' bv dv
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
(5.8.3.3-3)
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
85

Strain in Flexural Tension Reinforcement
Strain in the reinforcement is (assuming uncracked):

Mu
(5 8 3 4 2 1)
(5.8.3.4.2-1)
dv
0.001
x =
Where:
kips
Vp = Component of the effective prestressing force in the direction of the

applied shear
= 24.3(9)(sin 6.2) = 23.6
kips
fpo = A parameter taken as modulus of elasticity of prestressing tendons

multiplied by the locked-in difference in strain between the
prestressing tendons and the surrounding concrete
= .7 f = 0.7(270.0) = 189
ksi
[LRFD
5.8.3.4.2]
pu
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate

Where (cont.):
Aps Area off prestressing steel on the flexural
f
tension
= side of the member, as shown in LRFD Figure
5.8.3.4.2-1.
= 31(0.153) = 4.74
As = Area of nonprestressed steel on the flexural
tension side of the member = 0
in2
in2
Ac= Area of concrete on the flexural tension half. This in2

term is calculated as the area on the tension side
(bottom in this case) from the tension fiber to h/2.
= 475
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
86

Note that either can be assumed OR 0.5 cot can be

assumed =1.
1. Assume 0.5 cot = 1:
1,346(12)
+ 0.5(0) + (250 23.6) 4.74(189)
56.5
x =
0.001
2 ( 28,500(4.74) + 5072 ( 475 ) )
0.07 x103 0.001
The negative value means the section is uncracked

July 2007
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
Do Not Duplicate

Shear Stress
vu =
Vu V p
bv d v
Where:
kips
bv = Effective web width of the beam = 8
in

= 23.6
kips
vu =
250 0.9(23.6)
= 0.562ksi
0.9(8)(56.5)
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
87

Values of &
vu 0.562
= 0.0803
0 0803
'=
7.0
fc
Use (vu / fc) < 0.1 and x < -0.05 from LRFD Table 5.8.3.4.2-1:
= 21.4
= 3.24
July 2007
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
Do Not Duplicate

Concrete Contribution

resistance is:
(5 8 3 3 3)
(5.8.3.3-3)
Vc = 0.0316 f c' bv dv
Vc = 0.0316(3.24) 7.0(8)(56.5) = 122.4 kips
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
88

Contribution of Reinforcement of Nominal Shear Resistance
Check if:
(5.8.2.4-1)
Vu = 250 kips > 0.5 (Vc + Vp ) = 0.5 ( 0.9 ) (122.4 + 23.6) = 65.7 kips
At least minimum stirrups are needed.
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate

(5.8.2.7)
vu < 0.125 f c'
(5.8.2.7-1)
vu 0.125 f c'
(5.8.2.7-2)
or
0.125 f c' = 0.125(7.0) = 0.875 ksi

vu = 0.562 ksi
'
Since vu < 0.125 f c , Then smax = 0.8d v 24.0 in : 24 in CONTROLS
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
89

Calculate minimum area of steel using a 12 inch spacing to

get area of steel per foot:
A v 0.0316 f c '
(8in )(12in ) = 0.134in 2

b vs
= 0.0316 7ksi
fy
60ksi
(5.8.2.5)
ODOT uses #4 bars with 2 legs as standard;

(Av = 2(0.2 in2) = 0.4 in2)
#4@ 24 inch o.c.= 0.2 in2/ft
July 2007
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
Do Not Duplicate

Maximum Nominal Shear Resistance
The upper limit of Vn, given by following equation, is

intended to ensure that the concrete in the web of the
beam will not crush prior to yield of the transverse
reinforcement.
(5.8.3.3-2)
Comparing this previous equation with equation LRFD

5.8.3.3.-1:
5
8 3 3 1:
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
90

Assume #4 @ 24:
Vs =
Av f y dv ( cot + cot ) sin

s
( 0.4in ) ( 60ksi )( 56.5) cot ( 21.4 ) + 0 (1)

2
Vs =
24in
Vs = 144.2k
(122.4 + 144.2 ) = 266.6 0.25(7.0)(8)(56.5) = 791 OK

July 2007
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
Do Not Duplicate

Vr = (Vc + Vs + V p )
Vr = 0.9 (122.4 + 144.2 + 23.6 ) = 261.2 kips
Vr > Vu = 250 kips
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
91

Factored Horizontal Shear
It will be assumed that the critical section is the same as for

vertical shear
shear. Using load combination Strength I:
Vu = 323.1 kips
d v = 55.6 in
Both of these values were found in the p

preceding
g section.
This is shear at the critical section near the pier.
July 2007
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
Do Not Duplicate

Required Interface Shear Reinforcement
Vri = Vni
(5.8.4.1-1)
The nominal shear resistance of the interface plane is:
Vni = cAcv + [ Avf f y + Pc ]
(5.8.4.1-3)
Where:
c = Cohesion factor
ksi
[LRFD 5.8.4.3]
= Friction factor
Acv = Area of concrete engaged in shear transfer = bviLvi
in2
Avf = Area
A
off shear
h
reinforcement
i f
t crossing
i the
th shear
h
plane
l
i 2
in
Pc = Permanent net compressive force normal to the shear plane
kips
fy = Shear reinforcement yield strength
ksi
bvi= Width of area of concrete engaged in shear transfer
in
Lvi = Length of area of concrete engaged in shear transfer
in
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
92

For a cast-in-place concrete placed against clean concrete

girder surfaces, free of laitance with surface intentionally
roughened to an amplitude of 0.25 in:
c = 0.28
= 1.0
(5.8.4.2)
July 2007
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
Do Not Duplicate

Begin by exploring what happens when the shear

reinforcement is the minimum used anywhere in the girder.
The shear reinforcement was previously calculated to be
#4 @ 24 inches minimum. The shear width is bvi = 20
inches as this is the width of the top of the girder. If Lvi = 24
inches:
Acv = 20 ( 24 ) = 480in 2
Vni = ( 0.28 )( 480 ) + 1.0 0.4 ( 60 ) + 0 = 158.4k
Vri = Vni = 0.9 (158.4 ) = 142.6k
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
93

Vui = vui Acv

vui ,max =
(5.8.4.2-2)
142.6
= 0.297 ksi
480
vui =
Vu1
(5.8.4.2-1)
bvi d v
Vu1,,max = 0.297 ( 20 )( 55.6 ) = 330kips

Therefore, #4 @ 24 is adequate anywhere that Vu < 330 kips. Note that
the critical section, the reinforcement is actually #4 @ 4 inches or #4 @
6; depending on the model used. Note that #4 @ 24 would be
adequate for horizontal shear, so it is NOT necessary to extend every
shear stirrup into the slab.
July 2007
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
Do Not Duplicate

Minimum Interface Shear Reinforcement
Minimum shear reinforcement,

Avf
00.05
05A
Acv
fy
(5.8.4.1-4)
A #4 double leg bar at 24 in spacing is provided

from the beam extending into the deck. Therefore,
Avf =0.4 in2 every 2 ft.
0.40
0.05(480)
= 0.40 OK
60
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
94

Minimum Interface Shear Reinforcement
Article 5.8.4.4 states that Avf need not exceed that

required to resist 1.33V
1 33Vui/.
/ The same article also
states that the minimum reinforcement provisions are
waived for girder slab interfaces with surfaces
roughened to an amplitude of 0.25 inches where the
factored interface shear, vui, found in equation 5.8.4.21 is less than 0.210 ksi and all of the vertical
(transverse) shear reinforcement required by Article
5.8.1.1 is extended and anchored into the slab.
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate

Vni must be less than:

(5 8 4 1 4)
K1 f c' Acv = 0.3(4.5)(480)
0 3(4 5)(480) = 648k (5.8.4.1-4)
K 2 Acv = 1.8(480) = 864k

Vni provided = 158.4 k
K1 f c' Acv
K 2 Acv
(5.8.4.1-5)
OK
K1 = 0.3 and K2 = 1.8 (for normal weight concrete) are found

in Article 5.8.4.3.
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
95

Minimum Longitudinal Reinforcement Requirement
At each section the tensile capacity of the longitudinal

reinforcement on the flexural tension side of the member
shall be proportioned to satisfy:
Aps f ps + As f y
Mu
dv
+ 0.5
+ u V p 0.5Vs cot

Nu
(5.8.3.5-1)
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate

According to Article 5.8.3.5, it is not necessary

to provide any steel beyond that to resist
moment if there is a compressive reaction on
the flexural compression face; in other words,
in a negative moment zone over a support, the
equation in this article does not need to be
satisfied. However, it makes an exception for a
continuous for live load bridge; saying that this
equation must be checked for a continuous for
live load bridge.
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
96

This provision will be checked at the simply supported end,

using positive moment properties. The check at the
continuous end is made in a similar manner.
The development length is:
2
2
l d = f ps f pe d b = 1.6 264.8 (158.6 ) ( 0.5 ) = 127.3in

3
3
(5.11.4.2)
July 2007
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
Do Not Duplicate

dv = dp
a
3.42
= ( 62
62.5
5 44.32
32 )
= 56
56.5in
5in
2
2
So the critical section is 56.5 inches from face of support.

Allowing for a 10 inch bearing pad and that the center of
bearing is 12 inches from the girder end, the critical section
is 56.5+10/2+12=73.5 inches from the end of the girder.
Since this is less than the development length, the stress in
the steel must be reduced for lack of development.
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
97

The stress in the undeveloped steel can be found from:
f px = f pe +
l px 60d b
l d 60d b
f px = 158.6ksi
158 6ksi +
(f
ps
f pe )
(5.11.4.2-4)
73.5in 30in
264 8ksi 158.6ksi
158 6ksi ) = 206ksi
( 264.8ksi
127.3in 30in
July 2007
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
Do Not Duplicate

Aps f ps + As f y
Mu
d v
+ 0.5
+ u V p 0.5Vs co
cot

Nu
( 4.74 )( 206 ) = 977k >
1346
250
+0+
23.6 0.5 (144.2 ) cot ( 21.4 ) = 488k
1.0 ( 56.5)
0.9
This is OK. Note that Vs may not be taken as greater than

Vu/ [LRFD 5.8.3.5].
Vs = 144k <
Vu
250k
= 277.8k
0.9
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
98

At the inside edge of the bearing area of a simply

supported end:
Aps f ps + As f y u V p 0.5Vs cot (5.8.3.5-2)
The steel is not fully developed. Since the bearing pad is

assumed 10 inches and the center of bearing is 12 inches
from the end of the girder, this section is 12+10/2 =17
inches from the end of the girder
girder. This is within the transfer
length, so:
f px =
f pe l px
60db
158.6 (17 )
30
= 90ksi
(5.11.4.2-3)
July 2007
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
Do Not Duplicate

Aps f ps u V p 0.5Vs cot
( 4.74 )( 90 ) = 426k <

250
0.9 23.6 0.5 (144.2 ) cot ( 21.4 ) = 464.6k NG
Assume #4 bars will be used.

l d = 1.25
Ab f y
fc '
= 1.25
0.2 ( 60 )
7
= 5.7in
(5.11.2.1)
< 0.4db f y = 0.4 ( 0.5 )( 60 ) = 12in

July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
99

The development length is 12 inches so the bar is fully

developed:
Thus:
As =
464.6 426
= 0.64in 2
60
4 #4
# works. 3 #
#5 also works as a # 5 needs a 15 inch
development length.
July 2007
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
Do Not Duplicate

Can also add stirrups. Increase to #4 @ 12:

Vs =
0.4 ( 60 )( 56.5 ) cot 21.4

12
= 288k >
Vu
= 277.8k
Therefore, Vs = 277.8 for this calculation.

V
( 4.74 )( 90 ) = 426k >

250
0.9 23.6 0.5 ( 277.8 ) cot ( 21.4 ) = 294.2k
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
100

In the previous slides, the assumption was made that the

center of bearing was 12 inches from the end of the girder.
What if the bearing pad is placed right at the end of the
girder? That is, what if the center of bearing is only 5
inches from the end? What effect does that have on
longitudinal steel?
July 2007
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
Do Not Duplicate

dv = dp
a
3.42
= ( 62
62.5
5 44.32
32 )
= 56
56.5in
5in
2
2
So the critical section is 56.5 inches from face of support.

Allowing for a 10 inch bearing pad, the critical section is
66.5 inches from the end of the girder.
Since this is less than the development length, the stress in
the steel must be reduced for lack of development.
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
101

f px = f pe +
l px 60d b
l d 60d b
f px = 158
158.6ksi
6ksi +
(f
ps
f pe )
(5.11.4.2-4)
66.5in 30in
264 8ksi 158
158.6ksi
6ksi ) = 198
198.4ksi
4ksi
( 264.8ksi
127.3in 30in
July 2007
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
Do Not Duplicate

Aps f ps + As f y
Mu
d v
+ 0.5
cot
+ u Vp 0.5Vs co

Nu
( 4.74 )(198.4 ) = 940.4k >
1346
250
+0+
23.6 0.5 (144.2 ) cot ( 21.4 ) = 488k
1.0 ( 56.5)
0.9
This is OK. Note that Vs may not be taken as greater than

Vu/ [LRFD 5.8.3.5].
Vs = 144k <
Vu
250k
= 277.8k
0.9
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
102

At the inside edge of the bearing area of a simply

supported end:
Aps f ps + As f y u V p 0.5Vs cot (5.8.3.5-2)
The steel is not fully developed. Since the bearing pad is

assumed 10 inches, this section is 10 inches from the end
of the girder. This is within the transfer length, so:
f px =
f pe l px
60db
158.6 (10 )
30
= 52.9ksi
(5.11.4.2-3)
July 2007
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
Do Not Duplicate

4.74
52.9
=
250.8
k
<
( )( )
250
0.9 23.6 0.5 (144.2 ) cot ( 21.4 ) = 464.6k
NG

l d = 1.25
Ab f y
fc '
= 1.25
0.2 ( 60 )
7
= 5.7in
(5.11.2.1)
< 0.4db f y = 0.4 ( 0.5 )( 60 ) = 12in
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
103

The development length is 12 inches so:
f sx =
10
( 60 ) = 50ksi
12
The #4 can only develop 50 ksi. Thus:
As =
464.6 250.8
= 4.3in 2
50
This would be 22 #4! Clearly unrealistic!

July 2007
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
Do Not Duplicate

Add stirrups. Increase to #4 @ 12:

Vs =
0.4 ( 60 )( 56.5 ) cot 21.4

12
= 288k >
Vu
= 277.8k

V
( 4.74 )( 52.9 ) = 250.8k <

250
0.9 23.6 0.5 ( 277.8 ) cot ( 21.4 ) = 294.2k
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
104

This is much more workable:
As =
294.2 250.8
= 0.87in 2
50
This is 5 #4 bars.
So decrease stirrup spacing from the end of the girder to
the critical section (this will be 66.5 inches from the end of
the girder) to #4 @ 12. Add 5 #4 bars longitudinal in the
bottom flange.
July 2007
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
Do Not Duplicate

Anchorage Zone
The bursting resistance of pretensioned anchorage zones

provided by vertical reinforcement in the ends of the
pretensioned beams at the service limit state shall be take
as:
P = f A (5.10.10.1-1)
r
As = Total area of transverse reinforcement located in2

within the distance h/4 from the end of the
beam
fs = Stress in steel
steel, but not taken greater than 20
ksi
Pr = Bursting resistance, should not be
kips
less than 4% of fpi
40(0.153)(202.5)(0.04) = 49.6
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
105

Anchorage Zone
Solving for the required area of steel

steel, As =
49.6
= 2.47
2 47
20
in2
At least 2.47 in2 of vertical transverse reinforcement should

be provided at the end of the beam for a distance equal to
one-fourth of the depth of the beam, h/4 = 54/4=13.5 in
Therefore, for a distance of 13.5 in from the end of the
member, use 7 #5 bars at 2 inches on center.
The reinforcement provided: 7(2)0.2 = 2.8 > 2.47
OK.
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate

Confinement Reinforcement
For a distance of 1.5d = 1.5(54) = 81 in, from the end of the

beam, reinforcement is placed to confine the prestressing
steel in the bottom flange. The reinforcement should not
be less than #3 deformed pars, with spacing not exceeding
6.0 in, and shaped to enclose the strands.
(5.10.10.2)
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
106
AASHTO LRFD B
Bridge
id D
Design
i S
Specifications
ifi i
Design Example 2
2 Span Continuous Prestressed I-Girder Bridge
EXTERIOR GIRDER
Design Example - Continuous Two-Span Inelastic I-Girder Bridge

Transverse Section
34-0
8.5 structural+ 1.0
wearing
Type IV
2.5
4 Spaces @ 8-0 = 32-0
2.5
37-0
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
107

Effective Flange Width Exterior Girder
The effective flange width is taken as one-half the effective

width of the adjacent
j
interior g
girder p
plus the least of:
One-eighth of the effective span length = 0.125(96.25)(12)
= 144 in.
6.0 times the average thickness of the
slab, plus the greater of half the web
thickness
or
one-quarter
one
quarter of the width of the top
flange of the basic girder
The width of the overhang
= 6.0(8.5) + 0.5(8)
=55 in.
= 6.0(8.5) + 0.25(20)
= 55 in.
= 2.5 ft = 30 inches
Therefore, the effective flange width for the exterior girder is:
(96/2) + 30 = 78 in.
July 2007
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
Do Not Duplicate

Exterior Girder Properties
6.5 ft = 78 in
From the previous calculation of beff, the

center to center distance controls.
beff
Trans =
nbeff = (0.8015) 78 in = 62.5 in
4.0 ft
2.5 ft
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
108

Exterior Girder Properties
yb=
I=
A=
h=
yTC =
yTG =
Sb=
STG =
STC =
38.22 in
624512 in4
50457 in2
62.5 in
24.28 in
15.78 in
16340 in3
39576 in3
25721in3
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate

Dead Loads
Slab Self Weight:

78 iin (8.5
(8 5 in)(0.150
i )(0 150 kcf)/144
k f)/144 = 0.691
0 691 klf
Haunch Weight: (Same as interior girder)
0.042 klf
Recall that tributary area was used for the slab weight.
This will DECREASE the dead load moment on the
exterior girders.
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
109

Dead Loads Deck Plus Haunch Exterior Girder
Distance
x ft.
Shear
kips
Moment
kip-ft
0 00
0.00
35 3
35.3
9.26
28.5
295
18.97
21.4
537
28.69
14.2
710
38.41
7.1
814
48.13
849
57.84
-7.1
814
67.56
-14.2
710
77.28
-21.4
537
86.99
-28.5
295
96.25
-35.3
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate

Exterior Beams
Exterior Girders:
One Lane Loaded:
Lever Rule
Two or More Lanes Loaded:
g= egint
Where:
g = DFMext
gint= DFMint
e = 0.77 +
de
9.1
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
110

Distribution Factor for Moment
Positive Moment Region:

Exterior Girder Two or More Lanes Loaded:
DFExt = e DFInt
e = 0.77 +
= 0.77 +
de
9.1
1.0
9.1
= 0.880
DFExt+ = (0.880) (0.665) = 0.585

July 2007
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
Do Not Duplicate

Exterior Beams
Lever Rule: Assume a hinge develops over each interior girder and
solve for the reaction in the exterior girder as a fraction of the truck
load.
This is for one lane loaded. Multiple Presence
Factors apply 1.2 is the MPF
1.5
M
36k
36k
R=
1.2 Pe RS = 0
1.2 Pe
1.2e
DF =
S
S
In the diagram,
diagram P/2 are the wheel loads; P
is the resultant force. All three loads are
NOT applied at the same time.
8 ft
Note that truck cannot be closer than 2

from the barrier (3.6.1.3)
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
111

One Lane Loaded:
R=
1.2(36k ) [ (10.5 3.5) + (10.5 9.5) ]
72k (8 ft )
R = 0.6 lanes / girder
1.5
Multiple Presence:
36k
36k
MPF = 1.2
N t that
Note
th t this
thi only
l uses th
the ttruck.
k
By dividing by the total truck
weight of 72 kips, R is given in
lanes/girder
8 ft
July 2007
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
Do Not Duplicate

Exterior Beams Moment

NL
DFExt ,Min =
NL
+
Nb
X Ext e
Nb
(C4.6.2.2.2d-1)
NL - Number of loaded lanes under consideration

Nb - N
Number
b off b
beams or girders
id
e - Eccentricity of design truck or load from CG of pattern of
girders (ft.)
x - Distance from CG of pattern of girders to each girder (ft.)
XExt - Distance from CG of pattern of girders to exterior girder (ft.)
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
112

Distribution Factor - One Lane
1.5
6
36k e = 12
36k
2.5
8-0
16-0
Note: Only the truck is used and it cannot be closer than 2

(3.6.1.3)
from the barrier
July 2007
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
Do Not Duplicate

Minimum Exterior Girder Distribution

Factor One Lane:
N
X Ext e
L
DFM
Ext , Min
NL
Nb
1
DFM
Ext , Min
DFM
Ext , Min
= 0.50
DFM
Ext , Min
Nb
16(12)
2 162 + 82
= MPF ( DF ) = 1.2(0.5) = 0.6
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
113

Distribution Factor - Two Lanes
12 Lane
1.5
12 Lane
6
36k
36k
36k
36k
e2 = 18.5 - 1.5 - 2 - 6 - 4 - 2 - 3 = 0
e1 = 12
(3.6.1.3)
Note: Truck cannot be closer than 2 from the barrier and the truck
must be 2 feet from the lane edge.
July 2007
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
Do Not Duplicate

Minimum Exterior Girder Distribution Factor Two Lane:

NL
DFM
Ext , Min
DFM
Ext , Min
DFM
Ext , Min
DFM
Ext , Min
NL
Nb
2
5
X Ext e
Nb
16(12
( + 0))
2(162 + 82 )
= 0.70
= MPF ( DF ) = 1.0(0.7) = 0.7 CONTROLS
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
114

DFMtwo lanes = 0.585 lanes/girder

DFMone lane = 0.600 lanes/girder (lever rule)
DFMminimum = 0.600 lanes/girder (one lanes)
DFMminimum = 0.700 lanes/girder (two lanes)
The controlling DFM is the minimum DFM with two lanes
loaded DFM = 0.7
This is a 5% increase from the interior girder (DFM =
0.665)
July 2007
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
Do Not Duplicate

Exterior Beams Shear
Exterior Girders:
One Lane Loaded:
Lever Rule
DFM,Ext
M Ext = e DFM,Int
M Int
e = 0.60 +
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
de
10
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
115

Distribution Factor for Shear
Shear:
DFExt = e DFInt
e = 0.6 +
= 0.6 +
de
10
10
1.0
10
= 0.70
DFExt+ = (0.70) (0.814) = 0.570

July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate

Distribution Factor for Shear
One Lane Loaded: (Lever Rule)
DFVEXT = 0.6
This is the same as moment calculation.
However, the minimum DF = 0.7 (from possible rigid body
rotation) - THIS CONTROLS.
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
116

DL-Unfactored Shear Forces & Bending Moments - Exterior Girder
Location
x ft.
x/L
Deck plus
Haunch
[Simple Span]
Beam Weight
[Simple Span]
Shear
Sh
kips
M g,
kip-ft
Shear
Sh
kips
Barrier Weight
[Continuous Span]
Ms,
kip-ft
Shear
Sh
kips
Future Wearing
Surface
[Continuous Span]
M b,
kip-ft
Shear
Sh
kips
Mws,
kip-ft
0.00
0.00
39.6
35.3
9.2
7.7
14.7
12.4
9.26
0.10
31.9
331
28.5
295.2
6.8
81.8
10.9
130.5
18.97
0.20
24
602.6
21.4
537.3
4.3
136
6.9
217
28.69
0.30
16
796.5
14.2
710.4
1.8
166
2.9
264.9
38.41
0.40
912.9
7.1
814.2
-0.6
171.9
-1
274.2
48.13
0.50
951.9
848.8
-3.1
153.6
-5
245.1
57.84
0.60
-8
912.9
-7.1
814.2
-5.6
111.2
-8.9
177.5
67.56
0.70
-16
796.5
-14.2
710.4
-8.1
44.7
-12.9
71.3
77.28
0.80
-24
602.6
-21.4
537.3
-10.6
-46
-16.9
-73.4
86.99
0.90
-31.9
331
-28.5
295.2
-13.1
-160.8
-20.8
-256.7
96.25
Brg.
-39.6
-35.3
-15.4
-292.7
-24.6
-467.1
July 2007
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
Do Not Duplicate

Length
ft.
Bearing
Trans.
H/2
0.10L
0.20L
0.30L
0.40L
MidSpan
0.60L
0.70L
0.80L
0.90L
H/2
Trans.
Bearing
0
2.04
2.73
9.26
18.97
28.69
38.41
48.13
57.84
67.56
77.28
86.99
93.52
94.21
96.25
LL+IM
V
M
k
k-ft
76.5
50.9
74.0
199.4
73.2
247.5
65.3
655.8
53.7
1101.8
42.9
1365.5
34.2
1483.0
-41.3
1455.5
-51.6
1301.1
-61.8
1009.2
-71.7
-815.0
-81.3
-921.5
-87.1
-1252.7
-87.7
-1299.1
-89.5
-1449.7
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
Exterior shear and

bending moments.
moments
Maximum envelope
values shown.
The values shown
may not be from the
same load case.
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
117

Load Combinations

Service I:
(3.4.1)
Q = 1.00(DC + DW) + 1.00 (LL + IM)

Service III:
Q = 1.00(DC + DW) + 0.80(LL + IM)

Strength I:
Maximum Q = 1
1.25(DC)
25(DC) + 1
1.50(DW)
50(DW) + 1
1.75(LL
75(LL + IM)
July 2007
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
Do Not Duplicate

Load Combinations Exterior Beam
Length
ft.
Bearing
Trans.
H/2
0.10L
0.20L
0.30L
0.40L
MidSpan
0.60L
0 70L
0.70L
0.80L
0.90L
H/2
Trans.
Bearing
0
2.04
2.73
9.26
18.97
28.69
38.41
48.13
57.84
67 56
67.56
77.28
86.99
93.52
94.21
96.25
Service 1
Service 3
Strength 1
V
M
V
M
V
M
k
k-ft
k
k-ft
k
k-ft
175.3
71.0
160.0
60.8
261.1
117.3
168.2
416.2
153.4
376.4
250.8
630.3
165.8
528.7
151.1
479.2
247.2
797.3
143.4
1494.4
130.3
1363.2
214.6
2228.5
110.2
2594.7
99.5
2374.3
166.4
3848.5
77.8
3303.3
69.3
3030.2
119.5
4878.1
47.7
3656.2
40.8
3359.6
76.4
5380.4
-49.4
3654.7
-41.2
3363.6
-83.7
5357.4
-81.2
3316.9
-70.9
3056.7
-129.6
4841.0
-113 0
-113.0
2632 0
2632.0
-100 7
-100.7
2430 2
2430.2
-175 4
-175.4
3812 5
3812.5
-144.6
205.5
-130.3
368.5
-220.8
-568.0
-175.6
-712.8
-159.3
-528.5
-265.4
-1635.0
-195.9
-1707.1
-178.5
-1456.5
-294.3
-2930.0
-198.1
-1829.0
-180.6
-1569.2
-297.5
-3092.5
-204.4
-2209.5
-186.5
-1919.6
-306.4
-3603.6
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
118

Compression:
(5.9.4.2.1)
Due to permanent loads, for service limit states:

For the precast girder: 0.45fc = 0.45(7.0) = +3.150 ksi
For the precast girder: 0.40fc = 0.40(7.0) = +2.800 ksi
July 2007
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
Do Not Duplicate

Compression (cont):
(5.9.4.2.1)
Due to p
permanent and transient loads for service limit states:
For the precast girder:
0.60w fc = 0.60(1.0)(7.0) = +4.200 ksi

For the deck:
0 60w fc = 0.60(1.0)(4.5)
0.60
0 60(1 0)(4 5) = +2
+2.700
700 ksi
Note: w is a factor for slender webs/flanges. It is not really
meant for I girders. If the calculations required for w are
done, w=1.
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
119

Tension:
For components
p
with bonded p
prestressing
g tendons:
For the precast girder:
0.19 f c' = 0.19(7.0) = 0.503ksi
July 2007
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
Do Not Duplicate

Stresses at Midspan
Concrete stress at the top fiber of the girder, three cases:

1 Under permanent loads
1.
loads, Service I:
ftg1 =
Ppe
A
Ppe ec
St
(M g + M s )
St
( M ws + M b )
Stg
972 972(20.0) (951.9 + 848.8) *12 (153.6 + 245.1) *12
+
+
789
8,909
8,909
39576
ftg1 = 1.23
1 23 22.18
18 + 22.43
43 + 00.12
12 = +11.60
60
ftg1 =

July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
120

Stresses at Midspan
ftg 2 = 0.5 ftg1 +
( M LL + I )
Stg
1, 455*12
39576
= 0.80 + 0.44 = +1.24
ftg 2 = 0.5(1.60) +
ftg 2
July 2007
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
Do Not Duplicate

Stresses at Midspan
ftg 3 = ftg1 +
( M LL + I )
Stg
1, 455*12
39576
= 1.60
1 60 + 0.44
0 44 = +2.04
2 04
ftg 3 = (1.60) +
ftg 3

July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
121

Stresses at Midspan

ftc =
( M ws + M b )
Stc
(245.1 + 153.6) *12

25271
ftc = +0.186
ftc = +

Note that deck stresses under service loads are almost always well
below allowable for continuous for LL bridges; but they still must be
checked.
July 2007
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
Do Not Duplicate

Stresses at Midspan
f tc 2 = 0.5 f tc1 +
( M LL + I )
Stc
1, 455*12
25721
= 0.09 + 0.68 = +0.77
f tc 2 = 0.5(0.186) +
f tc 2
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
122

Stresses at Midspan
ftc 3 = ftc1 +
( M LL + I )
Stc
1, 455*12
25721
= 0.19 + 0.68 = +0.87
ftc 3 = (0.186) +
ftc 3
C
Compressive
stress limit ffor concrete: +2.700 ksi OK
O
July 2007
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
Do Not Duplicate

Stresses at Midspan
Tension stress at the bottom fiber of the girder, Service III:

fb =
Ppe
A
Ppe ec
Sb
(M g + M s )
Sb
( M ws + M b ) + 0.8M LL + I
Sbc
972 972(20.0) (951.9 + 848.8) *12 [ (245.1 + 153.6) + (0.8*1455) ] *12

+
789
10,542
10,542
16,340
fb = 1.23 + 1.84 2.05 1.15 = 0.13
fb =
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
123

Stresses at Midspan
GIRDER STRESSES
INT
EXT
COMP PERMANENT LOADS
1.98 ksi
1.60 ksi

+ LL
COMP PERMANENT LOADS +
LL
TENSION
1.34 ksi
1.24 ksi
2.33 ksi
2.04 ksi
0.40 ksi
0.13 ksi
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate

M u = 1.25( DC ) + 1.5( DW ) + 1.75( LL + IM )
(Tables 3.4.11&2)
M u ,ext = 1.25( DC ) + 1.5( DW ) + 1.75( LL + IM )

M u ,ext = 1.25(912.9 + 814.2 + 171.9) + 1.5(274.2) + 1.75(1, 483)
M u ,ext = 5380k ft < M u ,int = 5, 615k ft
Since exterior Mu is less than interior Mu, OK
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
124

The positive moment, under the Strength I limit state, for the exterior
girder is less than that for interior girder. Although the LL increases, the
DL decreases due to the flange (slab) being narrower.
The interior girder design met all the checks for positive moment design.
These were: Nominal Strength, tension controlled, and minimum
reinforcement. All of these checks depend on Mu and/or Mn. Since
MU,ext<Mu,int, the design for the interior girder for POSITIVE MOMENT is
adequate for exterior girder.
Stresses at transfer of prestressing force is independent of whether the
girder is interior or exterior, so no check is needed.
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate

M u = 1.25(
1 25( DC ) + 11.5(
5( DW ) + 11.75(
75( LL + IM ) (3.4.1-1&2)
(3 4 1 1&2)
M u = 1.25(292.7) + 1.5(467.1) + 1.75(1, 450) = 3604 kip-ft

This is 4% greater than the moment for the interior girder. This is
because the LL moment increases. At the support, the slab moment is
0 so it has no effect
0,
effect. Away from the support,
support the slab moment is
positive, so it would mitigate the negative moment. Thus, the smaller
slab moment has the effect of INCREASING the negative moment, as
compared to the interior girder.
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
125

As (60)
3 604(12) = 00.90
3,
90 As (60) 58
58.25
25
1.7(7.0)(26)
0 = 10.47 As2 3145 As + 43248

As = 14.5in 2
This is the required amount of mild steel reinforcement required in the
slab to resist the negative
g
moment and it is equal
q
to 33 #6 bars.
Distributed over a length of 6.5 feet, this would be #6 @ 4 inches top
and bottom! Use 16 bars on the bottom and 17 on the top. As = 14.52
in2
Note: Only 13.98 in2 were required for the interior girder.
July 2007
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
Do Not Duplicate

Location of steel:
Top 17 #6 with 2
2 clear
Btm 16 #6 with 2 5/8 clear.
As = 33(0.44) = 14.52 in2

17(0.44)(2.375) + 16(0.44)(8.5 3)
14.52
56.48
x=
= 3.9
14.52
x=

d = 58.6 in
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
126

Now check Mn:
a=
c=
Asf y
0.85f c ' b
(14.52 )( 60 ) = 5.63in
0.85 ( 7 )( 26 )
a 5.63
=
= 8.04
1 0.7
5.63
63
M r = M n = ( 0.9 )(14.52 )( 60 ) 58.6
M r = 43740k in = 3, 645k ft > M u = 3, 604k ft

July 2007
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
Do Not Duplicate

According to LRFD 5.7.3.4 the spacing of the mild steel
reinforcement in the layer closest to the tension face shall satisfy
equation 5.7.3.4-1.
700 e
2d c
s fs
Based on the check made for the interior girders (requiring a spacing
of 9 inches)
inches), #6@ 4 inches will clearly satisfy this requirement
requirement. Note
that the service level stress will increase, but not enough to bring the
requirement below 4 inches.
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
127

Maximum Reinforcement Negative Moment Section
d c
59.9 8.04
t = 0.003 t
= 0.003
= 0.019 > 0.005
8.04
c

(5.7.2.1 & 5.5.4.2)
July 2007
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
Do Not Duplicate

Snc
(5.7.3.3.2-1)
Where:
fr =
fcpe =
Mdnc=
Sc=
0.37 f c' = 0.37 4.5 = 0.785
0.0
Mg + Ms = 0
16340
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
ksi
ksi
kip-ft
in3
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
128

16340
(0.785)
12
M cr = 1069k ft
M cr =
1.2 M cr = 1282k ft
At bearing, the factored moment required by the Strength I load
combination is: Mu = -3604 kip-ft
Therefore, 1.33M u = 4793 kip-ft
Since 1.2 M cr < 1.33M u , 1.2 M cr Controls
M r = 3, 645 > 1.2 M cr = 1282
OK
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate

The design of the exterior section meets all requirements

for positive and negative bending under both Service and
Strength Limit States.
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
129

Design of the Section for Shear
Strength I
Length
ft
ft.
Bearing
Trans.
H/2
0.10L
0.20L
0.30L
0.40L
MidSpan
0.60L
0.70L
0.80L
0.90L
H/2
Trans.
Bearing
0
2.04
2.73
9.26
18.97
28.69
38.41
48.13
57.84
67.56
77.28
86.99
93.52
94.21
96.25
Interior
V
k
299.125
287.45
283.375
246.375
191.575
138.4
89.575
-95.9
-147.875
-199.95
-251.375
-301.825
-334.65
-338.2
-348.325
M
kk-ft
ft
113.1
644.925
817.925
2303.925
3993.775
5077.725
5615.875
5610.625
5091.675
4041.75
-329.31
-1464.58
-2795.88
-2961.82
-3482.75
Exterior
V
k
261.0657
250.7524
247.1722
214.6325
166.3629
119.4571
76.42157
-83.733
-129.581
-175.438
-220.846
-265.37
-294.34
-297.47
-306.435
M
kk-ft
ft
117.3438
630.3376
797.2625
2228.485
3848.451
4878.126
5380.371
5357.442
4841.008
3812.453
-567.967
-1635.04
-2929.99
-3092.54
-3603.56
July 2007
ODOT Short Course
This compares Strength

I shears and moments
for the interior and
exterior girders. Note
that the exterior girder
shears are LESS than
the interior girder
shears. Thus, the
previous design works
for vertical and
horizontal shear. The
longitudinal steel
requirements are also
met.
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
Do Not Duplicate
130
E3GUIDED DESIGN EXAMPLE

Non-composite, Skewed, Adjacent Box Girder Bridge; LRFD Specifications
1.1
INTRODUCTION
This design example demonstrates the design of a single span, 65 ft. long adjacent box
girder bridge with a 30o right forward skew, as shown below. This example illustrates
the design of typical interior and exterior beams at the critical sections in positive
flexure and shear due to prestressing, dead load, and live load.
1.1-1
Longitudinal
Section
1.1-2
Transverse Cross
Section
1.1-3
Plan View
Box Girder Example

ODOT Short Course
To be Used as an Example, Only

Page 1 of 35
1.2
MATERIALS
1.2.1
Precast
Beams
Concrete @ release: fci = 5000 psi

Concrete @ 28 days: fc = 7000 psi
ODOT Bridge Design Manual (BDM) allows a range of strengths. These are chosen
from that range [ODOT BDM 302.5.1.7]
Ohio B33-48 box girder. Chosen from preliminary design charts in ODOT Design
Data Sheets. Group B Design (roadway width 36 ft. to 48 ft.).
ODOT requires the use of minimum span to depth ratios given in LRFD Article
2.5.2.6.3. For a precast box, the limit is 0.03L = 0.03(65ft)(12in/ft) =23.4 inches OK.
1.2.3
Prestressing
Strand
1.2.4
Reinforcing Bars
AASHTO M203 (ASTM A416) 7 wire, low relaxation, inch dia., Gr. 270.
Here, inch strand is chosen, although the BDM allows both inch and 0.6 inch
diameter. [ODOT BDM 301.5.1.2a]
AASHTO M31 (ASTM A615), Gr. 60 [ODOT BDM 302.5.1.8].
Box Girder Example

ODOT Short Course

Page 2 of 35
1.2.5
Loads
1.2.6
Bridge
Parameters
1.3
CROSSSECTION
PROPERTIES
FOR A
TYPICAL
BEAM
1.3.1
Non-Composite
Section
Diaphragms: Two, 12 inch wide diaphragms at the 1/3 points

[ODOT Std. Drawings]
Barriers:
Truck:
0.060 ksf (ODOT Design Data Sheets)

0.090 k/ft each (ODOT Design Data Sheets)
Single Span
Overall Length:
c/c Span:
Support:
67 ft.
65 ft.
Elastomeric Bearing Pad
Area in2
Weight (k/ft)
h (in)
yb (in)
yt (in)
I (in4)
Sb (in3)
St (in3)
733.5
0.764
33
16.61
16.39
108,150
6,511
6,599
E c = 33, 000K1w1.5 f c '
[LRFD 5.4.2.4-1]
Units are kips; w is weight in kcf, fc is given in ksi.

E c = 33, 000(1.0)(0.150 kcf )1.5 5 ksi = 4,300 ksi - at transfer
K1 is an aggregate factor = 1.0 unless specified by the owner.
E C = 33, 000 1.0 0.1501.5 7.0 = 5, 072 ksi - service loads

1.3.2
Assumptions
The current ODOT standard is to tie the girders together with tie rods, tightened
enough to bring the girders together, but not providing significant lateral posttensioning. According to the commentary in the LRFD Specifications, for this bridge
to be considered to have the girders sufficiently connected, a lateral post-tensioning
force causing a stress of 0.25 ksi across the keyway is needed. Therefore, this bridge
will be considered as not being sufficiently connected. In practice, all this does is
change the distribution factor.
1.4
SHEAR
FORCES &
BENDING
MOMENTS
1.4.1
Dead Loads
DC = Dead load of structural components and non-structural attachments
Box Girder Example

ODOT Short Course
Beam Weight: DCg = 0.764 klf

Diaphragms: 2 at each 1/3 point:
( 33in 10.5in )( 48in 11in ) 1ft 2 diaphragms 0.150kcf = 1.75k
DCd =
( )(
)(
)
144in 2 / ft 2

Page 3 of 35
Asphalt Wearing Surface at construction:

ODOT specifies a MINIMUM of 3 inches in the Bridge Design Manual, but the
Design Data Sheets use a 3.5 inch average to account for camber along the
length of beam.
3.5in
DC ws =
( 4ft )( 0.120pcf ) = 0.140klf
12in / ft
Rails 0.090 klf applied to exterior girders only
(In other examples, barrier/railing loads are distributed equally to all the girders,
but Article 4.6.2.2 appears to require a deck to distribute the load equally to all
girders).
DW = future wearing surfaces and future DL
DWfws = ( 0.060ksf )( 4ft ) = 0.240klf
1.4.1.1
DL-Unfactored
Bending
Moments
1.4.2
Live Loads
Since this is a simple span beam, the most critical moment is at midspan.
M DC
( 0.764klf + 0.140klf )( 65ft )

=
M DW
( 0.240klf )( 65ft )
=
65ft
+
1.75k = 515.3k ft
3
= 126.8k ft
According to LRFD Article 4.6.1.2.1 vehicular live loading on the roadways of bridges
or incidental structures, designated HL-93, shall consists of a combination of the:
Design truck or design tandem with dynamic allowance. The design truck shall
consists of an 8.0 kip front axle and a pair of 32.0 kip back axles. The first and
second axle are spaced 14-0 apart. The space between the rear axles shall be
varied between 14.0 and 30.0 to porduce extreme force effects. The design
tandem shall consist of a pair of 25.0 kip axles spaced 4.0 apart. [LRFD
Article 3.6.1.2.2 and 3.6.1.2.3]
Design lane load shall consist of a load of 0.64 kip/ft uniformly distributed in
the longitudinal direction. [LRFD Article 3.6.1.2.4]
Since this is a simple span, the maximum moment from the LANE LOAD occurs when
the girder is fully loaded. Thus:
2
0.640klf )( 65ft )
(
M LL,Lane =
= 338k ft
8
The HL-93 truck controls for this span length. Since this is a simple span, there is a
simple formula for finding the maximum moment. The position of the resultant load is
found and the midspan of the beam is placed halfway between the resultant and the
nearest axle load. Note that the resultant is NOT used to find the moment, just the
position of the axle loads. Also note that for a simple span, the moment is greatest
when the back axles are as close together as possible, thus the minimum spacing of 14
feet is used.
Box Girder Example

ODOT Short Course

Page 4 of 35
The calculated moment is:

M LL,Truck = 896.0 k ft
1.4.2.1
Distribution
Factors
The live load bending moments and shear forces are determined by using the simplified
distribution factor formulas [LRFD 4.6.2.2]. To use the simplified live load
distribution factor formulas, the following conditions must be met [LRFD 4.6.2.2.1]
OK
OK
OK
de = 0.23 ft
OK
Curvature in plan < specified in Article 4.6.1.2
OK
OK
For a precast concrete box beam with an asphalt surface, the bridge type is (g).
[LRFD 4.6.2.2.1-1]
The number of design lanes should be determined by taking the integer part of the ratio
w/12, where w is the clear roadway width in ft between curbs and/or barriers.
[LRFD 3.6.1.1.1]
w = 48 ft.
Box Girder Example

ODOT Short Course

Page 5 of 35
1.4.2.1.1
Distribution
Factors for
Bending Moment
This bridge is assumed to have no significant lateral post-tensioning.

DFM = S/D
Where:
[LRFD Table 4.6.2.2.2b-1]
D = (11.5 -NL)+1.4NL(1-0.2C)2 when C < 5
D = (11.5 -NL) when C > 5
NL 6
Skew 45
Where:
NL = number of traffic lanes
C = K(W/L) < K
Where:
(1 + )I
K=
J
J is not published for ODOT girders. However, it can be approximated by:
4 1180in 2
4 A2
J=
=
= 211625in4
S
27.75in 42.5in 42.5in
t 2 5.5in + 5.5in + 5in
Where:
A = the area enclosed by the centerline of the box walls.
T = wall thickness
S = length of the centerline of a box wall.
= Poissons Ratio = 0.2
K=
(1 + 0.2 ) 108150in4
211625in4
[LRFD 5.4.2.5]
= 0.783
48 ft
C = 0.783
= 0.578
65 ft
D = ( 11.5 4Lanes ) + 1.4 ( 4Lanes ) ( 1 0.2 ( 0.578 ) ) = 11.9
2
S
4 ft
=
= 0.336
D 11.9
Note that for boxes, K can be conservatively taken as 1. The DFM = 0.361, a
difference of 8%.
Also note that there is only one distribution factor for this case. This is different from
other cases where there are factors for one lane loaded and two lanes loaded.
Box Girder Example

ODOT Short Course

Page 6 of 35
1.4.2.1.1
Distribution
Factors for Shear
Force
Shear forces will be calculated in the section on shear design.

The distribution factors will be calculated here.
Two Lanes Loaded:
DFV = (b/156)0.4 (b/12L)0.1 (I/J)0.05(b/48)
Where:
b
1.0
48
One Lane Loaded:
DFV = (b/130L)0.15 (I/J)0.05
[LRFD Table 4.6.2.2.3a-1]
Number of beams
5 < Nb < 20
Beam width
35< b < 60 in
20< L < 120 ft Span
25000 < J < 610000 in4
40000 < I < 610000 in4
Two Lanes Loaded:
48
DFV =
156
0.4
0.1
48 108150 0.05 48

= 0.456 CONTROLS
12
65
211625
(
)
48
One Lane Loaded:

48
DFV =
130 ( 65 )
0.15
108150
211625
0.05
= 0.445
Because I/J is raised to a very small power, assuming I/J = 1 changes the DFV very
little. In this example, the DFV is about 4% higher if I/J = 1.
1.4.2.2
Dynamic
Allowance
1.4.2.3
Moment
Reduction
Factor for
Skew
IM = 33%
Where: IM = dynamic load allowance, applied only to truck load
g = 1.05 0.25 tan 1.0 For 0 60
( ) = 0.905
g = 1.05 0.25 tan 30
[LRFD Table 4.6.2.2.2e-1]
The specifications state that the MOMENT DISTRIBUTION FACTOR in a skewed

bridge MAY be reduced by this factor.
Note: Table 4.6.2.2.2e-1 has an inconsistency. It does not include this type of bridge
in the description in the first column, but names it as a cross section type in the second
column. It is assumed the skew factor applies to this structure.
Box Girder Example

ODOT Short Course

Page 7 of 35
1.4.2.4
Unfactored
Bending
Moments
Unfactored bending moment due to HL-93 truck, per beam:

MLL,Truck = (bending moment per lane)(DFM)(1+IM)(skew factor)
=(bending moment per lane)(0.336)(1.33)(0.905)
=(bending moment per lane)(0.404)
= 896 k-ft (0.404) = 362.3 k-ft
Unfactored bending moment due to HL-93 lane load, per beam:
MLL,Lane = (bending moment per lane)(DFM)(skew factor)
= 338 k-ft (0.304) = 102.7 k-ft
(Impact is not applied to lane loads.)
1.4.3
Load
Combinations

Service I:
Q = 1.00(DC + DW) + 1.00 (LL + IM)
Service III:
Q = 1.00(DC + DW) + 0.80(LL + IM)
Strength I:
[LRFD 3.4.1]
Fatigue: Does not need to be checked for pretensioned beams designed using the
Service III load combination.
1.5
ESTIMATE
REQUIRED
PRESTRESS
1.5.1
Service Load
Stresses at
Midspan
Bottom tensile stress due to applied dead and live loads using load combination Service
III:
M + M DW + 0.8M LL + I
f b = DC
Sb
Where:
ksi
MDC = Unfactored bending moment due to DC loads
kip-ft
MDW = Unfactored bending moment due to DW loads
kip-ft

Sb = Section modulus to the bottom fiber
fb =
Box Girder Example

ODOT Short Course
{515.3 + 126.8 + 0.8 ( 362.3 + 102.7 ) k ft} (12in / ft ) = 1.87ksi

6511in 3

Page 8 of 35
kip-ft
in3
Remember! For Service III (which applies ONLY to tension in fully prestressed
members), the LL factor is 0.8!
1.5.2
Tensile
Stress Limits for
Concrete
1.5.3
Required Number
of Strands
According to LRFD Table 5.9.4.2.2-1 the tensile stress limit at service loads is
f b 0.19 f c ' = 0.19 7ksi = 0.503ksi
The difference between the bottom fiber tensile stress due to applied loads and the
tensile stress limit is the required precompression stress.
f pb = (1.87ksi 0.503ksi ) = 1.37ksi
Assume the strands are 2 inches from the bottom of the girder.
ec = 16.61in 2in = 14.61in
If Ppe is the total prestressing force, the stress at the bottom fiber due to presstress is:
P
P e
f pb = pe + pe c
A
Sb
Now plug in the required precompression stress, fpb and solve form Ppe:
1.37ksi
Ppe =
= 380kips
1
14.61in
2
6511in 3
733.5in
Final prestress force per strand = (area of strand)(fpi)(1-losses, %) where fpi = initial
prestressing stress before transfer, ksi. For Grade 270 strand, fpi = 0.75fpu = 202.5 ksi.
Assuming 25% loss of prestress the final prestressing force per strand after losses is:
(0.153)(202.5)(1 0.25) = 23.2kips

# strands =
380kips
= 16.4
23.2kips
This shows a need for at least (18) in diameter, 270 ksi, low-lax strands as the strand
pattern must be symmetrical.
Box Girder Example

ODOT Short Course

Page 9 of 35
1.5.4
Strand Pattern
The ODOT Design Data Sheet for Group B roadway widths gives 20 strands at 2
from the bottom. Use the strand pattern of 20 strands shown at the midspan:
Using 20 strands allows for the possibility that the Strength Limit State controls. This
pattern should work for exterior girders. Recall that the exterior girders will have the
guardrail load and increased live load because of the exterior girder factor. It is NOT
good design practice to have the exterior girder strand patterns be different than that for
the interior girders. By using the same pattern for all girders, the fabricator has the
option to fabricate exterior and interior girders in the same bed at the same time.
2.0
SERVICE
LOAD
LIMIT
STATE
2.1
Prestress Losses

[LRFD 5.9.5.1-1]
Where:
fpLT = loss due to long-term shrinkage and creep of
2.1.1
Elastic
Shortening
Box Girder Example

ODOT Short Course
f pES =
Ep
E ct
f cgp
[LRFD 5.9.5.2.3a-1]

Page 10 of 35
Where:
fcgp =
Ep =
Eci =
Mg =
=
The concrete stress at the center of gravity of prestressing tendons due

to the prestressing force immediately after the transfer and the selfweight of the member at the section of the maximum moment (ksi).
For the purpose of estimating fcgp, the prestressing force immediately
after transfer may be assumed to be equal to 0.9 of the force just before
transfer; also, change of concrete stress at the center of gravity of
prestressing tendons due to subsequent applied loads, when considered.
P P e2 M e
f cgp = i + i c g c
A
I
I
Elastic Modulus of the prestressing steel (ksi).
Elastic Modulus of the concrete at the time of transfer or time of load
application (ksi).
girder self weight at release
2
0.764klf )( 65ft ) 65ft
(
+
Mg =
1.75k = 441.4k ft = 5300k in
8
3
Pi = 20strands ( 0.9 )( 202.5ksi ) 0.153in 2 = 558k

558k (14.61in ) 5300k in (14.61in )
558k
f cgp =
+
= 1.15ksi
2
733.5in
108150in 4
108150in 4
28500ksi
f pES =
(1.15ksi ) = 7.6ksi
4300ksi
2
Note: In many example problems, the gravity moment for elastic shortening losses and
stresses at release are calculated using the overall length of the girder. The thought
here is that the girder will sit up on its ends and the span will be the overall length.
In this example, the center of bearing to center of bearing span is used rather than
overall length. This is done for 3 reasons:
1) This value will be needed later for service load calculations. Using it in this
calculation saves a calculation later.
2) It is conservative as it actually results in higher losses and higher stresses in the
concrete.
3) It doesnt make that much of a difference. In this case, using the overall length
increases the gravity moment 6% and decreases the loss 4%. The concrete unit
weight, modulus of elasticity, modulus of rupture and the strength are not
known with an accuracy that justifies being concerned over a few percent
differences in the gravity moment.
2.1.2
Long-Term
Losses
For standard, precast, pretensioned members subject to normal loading and

environmental conditions:
Box Girder Example

ODOT Short Course

Page 11 of 35
f pLT = 10
f pi A ps
Ag
[LRFD 5.9.5.3-1]
In which:
h = 1.7 0.01H
[LRFD 5.9.5.3-2]
5
[LRFD 5.9.5.3-3]
st =
1 + f ci '
Where:
hst = Correction factor for specified concrete strength at time of
Prestress transfer to the concrete member
fpR = An estimate of relaxation loss taken as 2.5 ksi for low
relaxation strand, 10.0 ksi for stress relieved strand, and in
accordance with manufacturers recommendation for other types
of strand (ksi)
Assume H = 70%
h = 1.7 0.01 ( 70 ) = 1.00
st =
5
= 0.83
1+ 5
So:
f pLT = 10
f pLT
2.1.3
Total Losses at
Service Loads
( 202.5ksi )( 20 ) ( 0.153in 2 )
733.5in 2
= 7.0 + 10.0 + 2.5 = 19.5ksi
(1.00 )( 0.83) + 12 (1.00 )( 0.83) + 2.5

f pT = f pES + f pLT = 7.6 + 19.5 = 27.1ksi
27.1ksi
(100% ) = 13.3%
202.5ksi
f pe = 202.5 27.1 = 175.4ksi
Loss =
[LRFD 5.9.5.1-1]
Loss is less than the 25% initially assumed, so OK.

2.2
Compression
Stress
Limit
Sum of effective prestress + permanent loads < 0.45fc

1/2(Sum of effective prestress + permanent loads) + live load < 0.4 fc
Sum of effective prestress + permanent loads + transient loads < 0.6wfc
[LRFD Table 5.9.4.2.1-1]
Box Girder Example

ODOT Short Course

Page 12 of 35
2.2.1
w is a modifier for sections with thin webs or flanges. It is actually defined in the
section for hollow, rectangular compression members (Art. 5.7.4.7). It is based on the
flange or web length/thickness ratio. Since this is for sections with thin webs/flanges,
w term will usually be = 1 for most beams.
Find the web and flange slenderness ratios:
X
w = u
t
Where:
Xu = the clear length of the constant thickness
portion of the wall between other walls or fillets
t = wall thickness
w =
[LRFD 5.7.4.7.1-1]
48in 2 ( 5.5in ) 2 ( 3in )
= 6.2 Bottom Flange

5in
33in ( 5.5in ) 5in 2 ( 3in )
w =
= 2.9 Web
5.5in
The top flange w < 15 by inspection.
If w < 15, w = 1.0
[LRFD 5.7.4.7.2c-1]
X u = b ( lesser of 2 z or 2 y )
2.2
Service
Load
Stresses
Pe =20 strand (0.153in2)(202.5 ksi 27.1 ksi) = 537 kips

f cp,top =
537k (14.61in )
537k
= 0.457ksi
2
733.5in
6599in 3
( 515.3 + 126.8 ) k ft (12in / ft )

f cDL,top =
= 1.17ksi
6599in 3
f cLL,top =
Box Girder Example

ODOT Short Course
{( 362.3 + 102.7 ) k ft} (12in / ft ) = 0.85ksi

6599in 3

Page 13 of 35
f cp,top + f cDL,top = 0.457ksi + 1.17ksi = 0.713ksi < 0.45f c ' = 0.45 ( 7ksi ) = 3.15ksi
2.2.3
Service Load
Compression
Stress
Check
Service I
f cp,top + f cDL,top
2
+ f cLL,top =
0.713ksi
+ 0.85ksi = 1.21ksi < 0.4(7ksi) = 2.8ksi
2
f cp,top + f cDL,top + f cLL,top = 0.713ksi + 0.85ksi = 1.56ksi < 0.6 (1.0 )( 7ksi ) = 4.2ksi
Compression stresses OK
2.3.4
Service Load
Tensile
Stress Check
Service III
The Service III stress at the bottom due to dead and live loads, fb, was calculated
previously.
The allowable tensile stress of 0.530 ksi was also calculated previously
537kips 537k (14.61in )
+
= 1.94ksi
733.5in 2
6511in 3
f b = 1.87ksi
f pb =
f pb + f b = 1.94ksi 1.87ksi = +0.07ksi = 0.07ksi COMPRESSION
No Tensile Stresses!!! Compression obviously OK

Because the bottom of the girder is in compression, check with Service I:
fb =
{515.3 + 126.8 + ( 362.3 + 102.7 ) k ft}(12in / ft ) = 2.04ksi

6511in 3
537kips 537k (14.61in )

+
= 1.94ksi
733.5in 2
6511in 3
f b = 2.04ksi
f pb =
f pb + f b = 1.94ksi 2.04ksi = 0.1ksi = 0.1ksi TENSION
Now its in tension, which is Service III ? Actually, it is sort of both. For all intents
and purposes, the stress at the bottom of the girder is 0 and this is a dividing line
between Service I and Service III. Because of the 0.8 factor on the LL, there is an
inconsistency between the two load cases. However the stress is so low, that really
doesnt matter we satisfy all allowables in all cases.
Box Girder Example

ODOT Short Course

Page 14 of 35
3.0
STRENGTH
LIMIT STATE
3.1
Factored
Moment
3.2
Steel Stress
At Strength
Limit State
Strength I:
Q = 1.25(DC) + 1.50(DW) + 1.75(LL + IM)
Q = 1.25(DC) + 1.50(DW) + 1.75(Truck + Lane)
M u = 1.25 ( 515.3) + 1.50 (126.8 ) + 1.75 ( 362.3 + 102.7 ) = 1648k ft = 19780k in
c
f ps = f pu 1 k
dp
[LRFD 5.7.3.1.1-1]
Where:
Assume the section is rectangular:
A f + A s f s A s 'f s '
c = ps pu
f
0.85f c ' 1b + kA ps pu
dp
[LRFD 5.7.3.1.1-4]
Where:
in2
fpu =
=
As =
=
fy =
=
As =
=
fy =
=
fc =
=
1 =
=
=
b=
=
ksi
c=
Specified tensile strength of prestressing steel

270
Area of mild steel tension reinforcement
0.0
Yield strength of tension reinforcement
60.0
Area of compression reinforcement
0.0
Yield strength of compression reinforcement
60.0
Compressive strength of deck concrete
7.0
Stress block factor specified in LRFD 5.7.2.2
0.85 0.05(fc 4.0) > 0.65 for fc > 4.0
0.70
Width of compression flange
48
20 0.153in 2 270ksi + 0 0
0.85 ( 7ksi )( 0.7 )( 48in ) + 0.28 ( 20 ) 0.153in
270ksi
31 in
in2
ksi
in2
ksi
ksi
in.
= 3.98in. < 5.5in.
3.98in
f ps = 270ksi 1 0.28
= 260ksi
31
in
Box Girder Example

ODOT Short Course

Page 15 of 35
c is also the neutral axis depth, so the stress block depth, a = 1c = 0.7(3.98) = 2.79
inches. Since c < hf, the stress block is entirely in the flange so the beam may be
treated as rectangular.
3.3
Flexural
Resistance
The moment equation in the LRFD Specification looks like this

a
a
a
M n = Aps f ps d p + As f y d s As ' f y ' d s ' + 0.85 f c ' ( b bw ) h f

2
2
2
a hf

2 2
If the section is rectangular (b=bw), the equation becomes:
a
a
a

2
2
2
If there is no compression or mild tension steel, the equation becomes:
M n = Aps f ps d p
2
Since c < hf, the section may be treated as rectangular.

a = 2.79in
a
M n = A ps f ps d p
2
[LRFD 5.7.3.2.2-1]
2.79in
M n = 20 0.153in 2 ( 260ksi ) 31 in
= 23550k in
2
Note: The nominal flange width of 48 inches was used for b. In reality, the flange
area is reduced by the shear key cut-out. However, this is often ignored as this would
require an iterative procedure. If the area is adjusted for the shear key, the nominal
moment, Mn changes by only 0.10%. It may not be appropriate to reduce the area by
the shear key cut-out as this will be filled with grout and the grout may act with the
base concrete to effectively provide the complete flange width. All of this is a matter of
engineering judgment.
Box Girder Example

ODOT Short Course

Page 16 of 35
3.4
Determination
Of
Phi
To determine , it is necessary to calculate the steel

strain at the level of the extreme tensile steel.
c = 3.98 inches (calculated above)
dt is the distance to the extreme tensile steel. Since
there is only one row of steel, dt = dp.
t = 0.003
dt c
31in 3.98
= 0.003
= 0.0204
c
3.98
Since t > 0.005, the section is tension controlled.

= 1.0
[LRFD 5.7.2.1]
[LRFD 5.5.4.2.1]
This is a big change from the old balanced method. However, this now makes the LRFD
Specifications consistent with ACI 318. This replaces the maximum reinforcement
provisions.
M u M n
3.5
Determination of
Flexural
Strength
3.6
Maximum and
Minimum
Reinforcement
19, 780k in < (1.0 )( 23550k in ) OK
For minimum reinforcement, the resistance moment, Mr must be at least the lesser of
1.2 times the cracking moment or 1.33 times the factored applied moment.
1.33Mu = 1.33(19780 k-in) = 26310 k-in
For the cracking moment, find the modulus of rupture:
f r = 0.37 f c ' = 0.37 7ksi = 0.979ksi
[LRFD 5.4.2.6]
Note that this is a new MOR for minimum reinforcement. It is equal to 11.5fc in psi;
which is the upper bound for MOR.
Next, determine the stress at the bottom of the box due to effective prestressing force:
537kips 537k (14.61in )
f cpe =
+
= 1.94ksi
733.5in 2
6511in 3
M cr = Sb ( f r + f cpe )
[LRFD 5.7.3.3.2-1]
M cr = 6511in 3 ( 0.979ksi + 1.94ksi ) = 19000k in
Box Girder Example

ODOT Short Course

Page 17 of 35
1.2Mcr = 1.2(19000k-in) = 22800k-in < 1.33Mu

Mr = Mn = 1.0(23550) k-in = 23550k-in > 22800 k-in OK
Note: When the number of strands was selected, it was determined that 18 strands
would be needed, but 20 were used. If 18 strands had been used, Mn = 21400 k-in, so
18 strands would NOT meet the minimum requirement.
4.0
STRESSES
AT
TRANSFER
4.1
Steel Stress
At Transfer
4.2
Allowable
Stresses at
Transfer
Assume the stress at transfer is 0.9fpi

Pi = 20 strand(0.153in2)(0.9)(202.5 ksi)=558 kips
Tension: 0.0948fci < 0.2ksi w/o bonded reinforcement

0.24fci
w/bonded reinforcement
[LRFD Table 5.9.4.1.2-1]
Compression: 0.6fci
558kips 558k (14.61in )
= 0.474ksi
733.5in 2
6599in 3
558kips 558k (14.61in )
f pb =
+
= 2.01ksi
733.5in 2
6511in 3
4.3
End
Stress
At Transfer
f pt =
These stresses should be calculated at the end of the transfer length = 60db=30 inches.
The dead load stresses 30 inches from the support should be added. However, these
stresses will not be large and it is conservative to use just the stress due to prestressing.
fpt = 0.474 ksi tension < 0.24fci = 0.245ksi = 0.537 ksi OK w/bonded steel
fpb = 2.01 ksi compression < 0.6fci = 0.6(5ksi) = 3 ksi OK
Because the stress is OK, no debonding is needed. However, if debonding was needed,
no more that 25% of the total number of strands could be debonded and no more than
40% in one row can be debonded.
[LRFD 5.11.4.3]
4.3.1
Bonded
Steel
Bonded steel is needed at the top of the girder at the end to take the tensile forces. This
steel must resist the total tension in the top flange with a stress of no more than 0.5fy
but not more than 30 ksi.
[LRFD Table 5.9.4.1.2-1]
The first step it to find the tension in the flange. This requires the location of the
neutral axis to be determined. From the top and bottom stresses at the end, the neutral
at the end is:
Box Girder Example

ODOT Short Course

Page 18 of 35
From the top and bottom stresses at the end, the

neutral at the end is:
x=
0.474ksi ( 33in )
0.474 + 2.01ksi
= 6.30in
The top flange is 5.5 inches, so the stress at the

bottom of the top flange is:
0.474ksi
( 6.3in 5.5in ) = 0.060ksi
6.30in
The total tensile force is:
T = 0.5 ( 6.30in )( 0.474ksi )( 5.5in )( 2 ) +
0.474ksi + 0.060ksi
( 5.5in ) ( 48in 2 ( 5.5in ) )
2
T = 70.8kips
Again, this tension could be reduced by calculating the force at the end of the transfer
length (including the gravity moment). Including the gravity moment will reduced the
calculated tension, but because bars only come in certain sizes, the reduction may not
change the number of bars needed.
The bonded steel must resist the total tensile force with a stress not exceeding the lesser
of 0.5fy or 30 ksi.
[LRFD Table 5.9.4.1.2-1]
As =
70.8kips
= 2.36in 2
30ksi
Use 8 #5
The length of the bar is determined by the point where bonded steel is no longer
required. Since 0.0948fci = 0.212 ksi > 0.2ksi; find the point where the dead load
drops the stress below 0.2 ksi.
For simplicity, just consider the beam weight and ignore diaphragms.
The required moment = fc St = (0.474 ksi 0.200 ksi) 6599 in3 = 1808 k-in
= 150.7k-ft
M = 150.7k ft = 0.5 ( 0.764klf ) x ( 65ft x )
150.7k ft = 24.83x 0.382x 2
x = 6.75ft; 58.25ft
Box Girder Example

ODOT Short Course

Page 19 of 35
This is from center of bearing, so extend steel 7.75 ft. from each end and then add
development length.
ld =
ld =
1.25A b f y
fc '
0.4d b f y
1.25 ( 0.31in 2 ) 60ksi

7ksi
[LRFD 5.11.2.1.1]
= 8.8in < 0.4 ( 0.625in )( 60ksi ) = 15in
Where:
Ab = Area of the bar
db = diameter of bar
Top bar factor = 1.4
1.4(15inches) = 21 inches
So the minimum bar length = 6- 9 + 1 9 = 9 6
4.4
Midspan
Stress
At Transfer
Mg = 5300 k-in (calculated in the section on losses - 2.1.1)

5300k in
f t,DL =
= 0.803ksi
6599in 3
5300k in
f b,DL =
= 0.814ksi
6511in 3
f top = 0.474ksi + 0.803ksi = 0.329ksi
f bot = 2.01ksi 0.814ksi = 1.120ksi
By inspection, both are below the compression limit.

5.0
SHEAR
5.1
Critical
Section
The critical section is at dv from the face of the support for a section where the reaction
force in the direction of the applied shear introduces compression into the end region of
the member.
[LRFD 5.8.3.2]
For this member with only a single layer of prestressing steel:
a
2.79in
d v = d p = 31in
= 29.6inches
2
2
The term dv is not taken less than:
0.9de = 0.9(31 inches)=27.9 inches < 29.6 inches
or
0.72h = 0.72(33 inches) = 23.76 inches < 29.6 inches
Assuming a 1 ft. long bearing pad, the critical section is:
29.6+6 = 35.6 inches from center of bearing. For calculations, use 36 inches = 3 ft.
The difference is only a few percent.
Box Girder Example

ODOT Short Course

Page 20 of 35
5.2
Shear Forces
And Moments
At the Critical
Section
5.2.1
Basic
Shear
Forces
And
Moments
At the
Critical
Section
DC:
For beam weight:
Vg = w ( 0.5L x ) = 0.764klf ( 0.5 ( 65ft ) 3ft ) = 22.54k
M g = 0.5wx ( L x ) = 0.5 ( 0.764klf )( 3ft )( 65ft 3ft ) = 71.0k ft
For the diaphragm, V = 1.75k (shear is constant), M = 1.75(3) = 5.25k-ft
Vws = 0.140klf ( 0.5 ( 65 ft ) 3 ft ) = 4.13k
M ws = 0.5 ( 0.140klf )( 3 ft )( 65 ft 3 ft ) = 13k ft
DW:
Vfws = 0.240klf ( 0.5 ( 65ft ) 3ft ) = 7.08k

M ws = 0.5 ( 0.240klf )( 3ft )( 65ft 3ft ) = 22.3k ft
Live Load:
Consider the influence line for shear:
The shear at x is maximized by placing the rear wheel of the truck at x and loading the
right part of the beam with the uniform load. (Note that influence lines are NOT used
for dead loads. Obviously, it is not possible to have the DL on only part of the beam!)
Using a standard structural analysis program, at the critical section:
VLL,Lane = 18.92k
VLL,Truck = 58.33k
MLL,Lane = 56.76 k-ft
MLL,Truck = 175.0 k-ft
Box Girder Example
ODOT Short Course

Page 21 of 35
5.2.2
Skew
Factor
5.2.3
Factored
Moments
And
Shears
This is a multibeam bridge. The shear at the obtuse corner of each girder MUST be
increased by:
12 ( 65ft )
12L
1+
tan = 1 +
tan ( 30 ) = 1.20
[LRFD Table 4.6.2.2.3c-1]
90d
90 ( 33in )
Note that this factor applies only to the distribution factor.
Since the critical section is only 3 feet from the support, apply the skew factor.
As calculated in Section 1.4.2.1.1 of this example:
DFV = 0.456
DFM = 0.336
The moment MAY be multiplied by the skew factor for moment, 0.91.
The shear MUST be increased by skew factor, 1.20.
VLL+IM = 0.456(1.2)[58.33(1.33)+18.92] = 52.5 k
Vu = 1.25(22.54k + 1.75k + 4.13 k) + 1.50 (7.08 k) + 1.75(52.5 k) = 138.0 k
MLL+IM = 0.336(0.905)[175 k-ft(1.33)+56.8] = 88.0 k-ft
Mu = 1.25(71.0 k-ft + 5.25 k-ft + 13.0 k-ft) + 1.5(22.3 k-ft) + 1.75(88.0 k-ft)
= 299 k-ft = 3588 k-in
5.3
Sectional
Design
Model
For shear design, the shear forces at various points along the girder should be
calculated. Normally, this is done at the critical section, at points where strands are
debonded or harped and then at every 0.1L.
For this design example, only the shear at the critical section is analyzed. The same
procedure for the remaining points would be used.
The LRFD Specifications adopted the modified compression field theory for shear
design with Version 1. This was called the Sectional Design Model.
In Version 4 (2007), the Simplified Method was added. The Simplified Method
restores the old Vci and Vcw from the Standard Specifications.
Both methods will be illustrated in this example.
5.3.1
Finding
and
The sectional design model requires the calculation of two factors:
Concrete strain at : x
Average shear stress in the concrete: v
These two values are used to find and ; which are then used to find the strength of
the concrete and the strength of the stirrups.
Box Girder Example
ODOT Short Course

Page 22 of 35
5.3.1.1
Finding
x
The first step is to find the strain at 0.5dv in the cross section.
It is assumed the section is uncracked and that at least minimum transverse
reinforcement will be used.
Note that is unknown at this point. However, the commentary allows 0.5cot=1 as a
simplification.
[LRFD C5.8.3.4.2]
Mu
dv
x =
2(E s As + E p Aps + E c Ac )
[LRFD 5.8.3.4.2-3]
Where:
Nu = Applied factored normal force at the specified section
= 0.0
Vp = Strands are not harped = 0.0
fpo = A parameter taken as modulus of elasticity of
= .7 f pu = 0.7(270.0) = 189
Aps =
=
As =
Ac =
=
Ep =
dv =
Area of prestressing steel on the flexural tension side

of the member, as shown in LRFD Figure 5.8.3.4.2-1.
20 strands(0.153) = 3.06
Area of nonprestressed steel on the flexural tension
side of the member = 0.0
Ac is the area of concrete on the tension half of the
beam; it is the area of the bottom half (h/2).
2(5.5in)(33in)(0.5) + (48in-11in)(5in) = 366.5 in2
28,500
29.6
kips
kips
ksi
[LRFD
5.8.3.4.2]
in2
in2
in2
ksi
in
3588k in
+ 138k 3.06in 2 (189ksi )
29.6in
x =
= 82x106 0.08x103
2
2
2 28500ksi ( 3.06in ) + 5072ksi ( 366.5in )
Negative means uncracked.
5.3.1.2
Finding vu
vu =
Vu Vp
b v d v
138k
= 0.469ksi < 0.18f c ' = 1.26ksi
( 0.9 )( 2 )( 5.5in )( 29.6in )
[LRFD 5.8.2.9]
Where:
Vp = 0
= 0.9
Box Girder Example

ODOT Short Course
[LRFD 5.5.4.2.1]

Page 23 of 35
5.3.1.3
and
v u 0.469ksi
=
= 0.067 and x = 0.08
fc '
7ksi
From LRFD Table 5.8.3.4.2-1:
= 21
= 4.1
Using
5.3.2
Shear Strength of
Concrete
Vc = 0.0316 f c 'b v d v
[LRFD 5.8.3.3-3]
Vc = 0.0316 ( 4.1) 7ksi (11in )( 29.6in ) = 111.6k

Since Vu = 138k > Vc = 0.9(111.6k) = 100 k; at least minimum stirrups are needed for
strength. The equations for and assumed minimum stirrups.
v u = 0.469ksi < 0.125f c ' = 0.125 ( 7ksi ) = 0.875ksi
5.3.3
Minimum Stirrups
[LRFD 5.8.2.7]
s max = 0.8d v = 0.8 ( 29.6in ) = 23.7in < 24in

smax = 23.75 in.
Calculate minimum area of steel using a 12 inch spacing to get area of steel per foot:
(11in )(12in ) = 0.184in 2 [LRFD 5.8.2.5]
bs
A v 0.0316 f c ' v = 0.0316 7ksi
fy
60ksi
ODOT uses #4 bars with 2 legs as standard (Av = 2(0.2in2) = 0.4in2) @ 12 inch o.c.
5.3.4
Shear Strength of
the Girder
Vs =
[LRFD 5.8.3.3-4]
s
The stirrups are perpendicular to the main steel so = 90o; cot = 0, sin=1; = 21o
Vs =

s
( 0.4in ) ( 60ksi )( 29.6 ) cot ( 21) + 0 (1)

=
2
12in
Vs = 154.2k
Vn = Vc + Vs + Vp = 111.6k + 154.2k + 0 = 265.8k

Vu = 138k < Vn = 0.9 ( 265.8k ) = 239.2k
#4 @ 12 inches is OK. Girder is OK in shear.
5.3.5 Maximum
Nominal Shear
Resistance
The upper limit of Vn, given by following equation, is intended to ensure that the
concrete in the web of the beam will not crush prior to yield of the transverse
reinforcement.
Box Girder Example

ODOT Short Course
[LRFD 5.8.3.3-2]

Page 24 of 35
With Vp=0:
111.6 + 154.2 0.25(7)(11)(29.6)
265.8 569.8
5.4
Simplified
Shear
In the 2007 LRFD Specification, the simplified shear method is introduced.

This method brings back Vci and Vcw from the Standard Specification.
Vcw (web shear) usually controls near the support, so Vcw will be checked at the
critical section.
Vci (flexural shear) doesnt control near the support, so for this example, Vci will be
calculated at 0.2L. However, in practice Vci and Vcw must be checked at all
appropriate sections.
5.4.1
Vcw
Vcw = 0.06 f c ' + 0.3f pc b v d v + Vp
[LRFD 5.8.3.4.3-3]
Where:
fpc = compressive stress in concrete (after allowance for all prestress loses)
at centroid of cross section resisting externally applied loads or at the
junction of the web and the flange when the centroid lies within the
flange (ksi).
P
537k
f pc = e =
= 0.732ksi
A 733.5in 2
Vcw = 0.06 7ksi + 0.3 ( 0.732ksi ) (11in )( 29.6in ) = 123.2kips

The critical section is 29.6 inches from the face of the support. Assuming a 1 ft
bearing pad, the critical section is approximately 3.5 feet from the end of the beam.
The transfer length is 60 bar diameters = 30 inches. Thus, the critical section is past
the transfer length, so fpc does not have to be reduced for lack of bond.
If the critical section is within the transfer length, fpc is reduced linearly.
One difference between LRFD and Standard Specifications is that LRFD uses cot in
the Vs calculation. For Vcw, the term cot must be calculated:
cot = 1.0 + 3
Box Girder Example

ODOT Short Course
f pc
fc '
1.8
[LRFD 5.8.3.4.3-4]

Page 25 of 35
cot = 1.0 + 3
0.732ksi
= 1.83 > 1.8; so use 1.8
7ksi
= 29
The minimum stirrup area and maximum spacing calculated in the Sectional Model
still applies here. Assuming #4 stirrups @ 12 in:
0.4in 2 ) ( 60ksi )( 29.6in )(1.8 )
(
Vs =
= 106.5k
12in
Vu = 138k < 0.9 (123.2k + 106.5k ) = 207k
5.4.2
Vci
5.4.2.1
Unfoactored
Dead Loads
Vci does not control near supports of simply supported beams. It will be calculated at
0.2L=13 ft from the center of the support.
The equation for Vci requires the calculation of unfactored dead loads.
DC:
For beam weight:
Vg = w ( 0.5L x ) = 0.764klf ( 0.5 ( 65ft ) 13ft ) = 14.9k
M g = 0.5wx ( L x ) = 0.5 ( 0.764klf )(13ft )( 65ft 13ft ) = 258k ft
For the diaphragm, V = 1.75k (shear is constant), M = 1.75(13) =22.8k-ft
Vfws = 0.140klf ( 0.5 ( 65ft ) 13ft ) = 2.73k
DW:
Vfws = 0.240klf ( 0.5 ( 65ft ) 13ft ) = 4.68k

The total UNFACTORED shears and moments are:

Vd = 14.9k + 1.75k + 2.73k + 4.68k = 24.1k
Md = 258.0k-ft + 22.8k-ft +47.3k-ft + 81.1k-ft = 409.2 k-ft = 4910 k-in
The FACTORED shears and moments are:
Vud = 1.25(14.9k + 1.75k + 2.73k) + 1.50(4.68k) = 31.3 k
Mud = 1.25(258.0k-ft + 22.8k-ft +47.3k-ft) + 1.5(81.1k-ft)
= 531.8 k-ft = 6381 k-in
Box Girder Example

ODOT Short Course

Page 26 of 35
5.4.2.2
Live
Load
This method requires two sets of shears and moments for Live Load. The first is the
loading where the shear is maximum and the second is where the moment is maximum.
For the lane load, the shear is maximum when the lane load is on the right 52 ft. of the
girder (see the influence line from the sectional model):
VLane1 = 13.3k and MLane1 = 173 k-ft = 2076 k-in
The maximum moment occurs when the lane load is on the entire girder:
VLane2 = 12.5k and MLane2 = 216.3 k-ft = 2596 k-in
Clearly, the moment is maximum when the lane load is placed along the entire beam.
The truck load is less certain. The moment at X is the value of the point load times
the ordinate of the influence line. Unfortunately, it is not clear where this product will
be maximum!
Box Girder Example

ODOT Short Course

Page 27 of 35
For the truck, it is again necessary to consider two placements:

Placed for maximum shear
Placed for maximum moment
In this case, it just happens that both are the same the rear axle placed at 0.2L as
shown in the previously.
For the truck load, the maximum shear at the section and the maximum moment at the
section happen to occur under the same loading the rear wheel of the truck 13 ft.
from the support. In this case, the maximum shear loading and the maximum moment
loading are the same, but that is NOT always the case. Be sure to carefully check all
reasonable load conditions.
However, this is not always the case. It just happened that way in this example.
VTruck = 47.2 k
and MTruck = 613 k-ft = 7356 k-in
Vu,LL = 1.75[Vtruck(1+IM) + VLane](DFV)

Vu,LL = 1.75[47.2k(1.33) + 13.3k]( 0.456) = 60.7k
Note that the skew factor is NOT applied. The skew factor is applied only at the obtuse
corner and at 0.2L, the section is not at the obtuse corner.
Mu,LL = 1.75[Mtruck(1+IM) + MLane](DFM)(skew factor)

Mu,LL = 1.75[613 k-ft(1.33) + 216.3 k-ft](0.336)(0.905) = 549.0 k-ft = Mmax
Note that the Skew Factor IS Applied to moment
The shear associated with maximum moment is:

Vi = 1.75[47.2k(1.33) + 12.5k]( 0.456) = 60.0 k
5.4.2.3
Determination of
Cracking Load
for Shear
First, find the modulus of rupture:

f r = 0.2 f c ' = 0.2 7ksi = 0.529ksi
[LRFD 5.4.2.6]
Note that LRFD has 3 different MORs be sure to use the correct one!
Next, determine the stress at the bottom of the box due to effective prestressing force:
f cpe =
537kips 537k (14.61in )

+
= 1.94ksi
733.5in 2
6511in 3
12M dnc
Snc
Box Girder Example

ODOT Short Course
[LRFD 5.8.3.4.3-2]

Page 28 of 35
Where:
Mdnc = Unfactored moment due to dead load on the non- composite or
monolithic section = 409.2 k-ft (note in k-ft; 12 in numerator
converts to inches)
Snc = non-composite section modulus
Sc = composite section modulus = Snc since this is a non-composite
structure
12 ( 409.2k ft )
M cre = ( 6511in 3 ) 0.529ksi + 1.94ksi
6511in 3
M cre = 11165k in = 930.5k ft
5.4.2.4
Vci
Vci = 0.02 f c 'b v d v + Vd +
Vi M cre
0.06 f c 'b v d v
M max
Vci = 0.02 7ksi (11in )( 29.6in ) + 24.1k +
[LRFD 5.8.3.4.3-1]
( 60.0k )( 930.5k ft ) = 143.0k >

549k ft
0.06 7ksi (11in )( 29.6in ) = 51.7
5.4.2.5
Check Shear
Strength
Vu = 31.3k + 60.7k = 92.0k

Assuming #4@12; cot=1 for Vci
0.4in 2 ) ( 60ksi )( 29.6in )(1.0 )
(
Vs =
= 59.2k
12in
[LRFD 5.8.3.4.3]
Vu = 92.0k < Vn = 0.9 (143.0k + 59.2k ) = 182.0k
The section is adequate in shear.

If s=18
Vs = 39.5kips
Vu = 92.0k < Vn = 0.9 (143.0k + 39.5k ) = 164k
5.6
Minimum
Longitudinal
Steel
At each section:
[LRFD 5.8.3.5-1]
0.5N u Vu
+
Vp 0.5Vs cot
d v
For this example, the minimum longitudinal steel will be checked at the critical section.
The critical section 29.6 inches from the face of the support. Allowing for a 1 ft.
bearing pad and one foot from center of bearing to the end of the girder, the critical
section is 47.6 inches from the end of the girder. However, it is necessary to see if the
strand stress is reduced by lack of development.
Box Girder Example

ODOT Short Course
A ps f ps + A s f y
Mu

Page 29 of 35
The development length equation is unchanged for strand from Standard

Specifications, except that a factor, is added. This factor is the result of an October,
1988 FHWA memorandum suggesting the need for this conservative multiplier
because of strand/bond problems:
2
2
l d = f ps f pe d b = 1.6 260 (175.4 ) ( 0.5 ) = 114.5in

3
3
[LRFD 5.11.4.2]
The terms fps (steel stress at strength limit) and fpe (effective prestressing stress after
losses) were calculated previously. = 1.6 for member over 24 inches deep
The critical section occurs at 47.6 inches from the end of the beam, but the
development length is 114.5 inches. Thus, the steel stress MUST be reduced to
account for lack of development.
f px = f pe +
l px 60d b
l d 60d b
(f
ps
f pe )
[LRFD 5.11.4.2-4]
The following values were previously calculated or determined:

Aps =20(0.153)= 3.06 in2
fps = 260.0 ksi
fpe = 174.5 ksi
Mu = 3588 k-in
Vu = 138 k
= 21o (Sectional Design Model)
Vs = 153 k (Sectional Design Model)
Nu = Vp = 0
= 1 for moment; 0.9 for shear
Asfy = assumed 0 (ignore any mild steel)
60db = 30 inches
f px = 174.5ksi +
47.6in 30in
( 260.0ksi 174.5ksi ) = 192.0ksi
114.5in 30in
0.5N u Vu
+
Vp 0.5Vs cot
d v
2
3.06in (192.0ksi ) = 588k
A ps f ps + A s f y
>
Mu
3588k in 138k
+
0.5( 153k ) cot ( 21) = 321k
1.0 ( 29.6in ) 0.9
OK.
Box Girder Example

ODOT Short Course

Page 30 of 35
Note that before the 2005/06 interim, the steel stress was assumed linear with
development length, not bilinear. If the stress were assumed linear here, mild steel
would need to be added. Also note that Vs < Vc/ = 153k
Check the inside face of the bearing pad. Assuming a 12 in pad and one foot from
center of bearing to the end, the inside of the pad is 12+6 = 18 inches from the end of
the girder. This is inside the transfer length:
18in
f px = 174.5ksi
= 104.7 ksi
30in
V
Ap f ps u 0.5Vs cot
138k
3.06in 2 (104.7 ksi ) = 320k >

0.5( 153k ) cot ( 21) = 199k
0.9
OK
If the stirrup spacing is increased to 18, Vs = 103 k
V
Ap f ps u 0.5Vs cot
138k
3.06in 2 (104.7 ksi ) = 320k >

0.5( 103k ) cot ( 21) = 265k
0.9
OK
5.7
Anchorage Zone
(Bursting
Stirrups)
The bursting resistance of pretensioned anchorage zones provided by vertical

reinforcement in the ends of the pretensioned beams at the service limit state shall be
take as:
Pr = f s As
[LRFD 5.10.10.1-1]
Where:
As = Total area of transverse reinforcement
in2
located within the distance h/4 from the end
of the beam
ksi
fs = Stress in steel, but not taken greater than 20
Pr = Bursting resistance, should not be less than
kips
4% of Fpi
20(0.153)(202.5)(0.04) = 24.8
24.8
= 1.24 in2
Solving for the required area of steel, As =
20
As in the Standard Specification, LRFD requires bursting stirrups which can resist at
least 4% of the initial prestressing force, with a stress of no more than 20ksi:
This steel must be distributed over h/4 from the end. For this girder, h/4=33/4=8.25
inches. Four #4 double leg stirrups @ 3 provides 1.60 in2 over 8 inches.
Box Girder Example

ODOT Short Course

Page 31 of 35
6.0
EXTERIOR
GIRDER
6.1
Moment
The exterior girder takes the rail load (DC):

2
0.090klf ( 65ft )
Mb =
= 47.5k ft = 570k in
8
Note: Article 4.6.2.2.1 allows the rail load to be equally distributed to all the girders.
However, it does not have to be and, in this case, it is probably more correct to assign
the railing to the exterior girder.
The live load moments must be multiplied by the exterior girder factor.
g ext = eg int
e = 1.04 +
[LRFD Table 4.6.2.2.2d-1]
de
>1
25
Since the rail is right at the edge of the box, de = half the web width = 2.75 inches =
0.23 ft. Note that de is in FEET.
e = 1.04 +
0.23
= 1.049
25
One lane loaded:

g ext = eg int
e = 1.125 +
de
>1
30
e = 1.125 +
0.23
= 1.133 Controls
30
Note that there is only one DFM, so the one lane e is multiplied by the DFM. In the
equation below, the truck load (362.3 k-ft) is already multiplied by the interior DFM
and the impact factor; the lane load (102.7 k-ft) is multiplied by the DFM (no impact
on lane load). Thus, it is only necessary to multiply by the increasing factor:
M u = 1.25 ( 515.3 + 47.5 ) + 1.50 (126.8 ) + 1.75 ( 362.3 + 102.7 )(1.133)
M u = 1815k ft = 21790k in
For the interior box with 20 strands, Mn = 23550 k-in so OK for Mu

Stresses at transfer do not need to be checked as these stress occur during fabrication
are independent of the railing load and the live load.
The check performed on the interior girders is sufficient.
Box Girder Example
ODOT Short Course

Page 32 of 35
Service load stresses should be checked. It is clear by inspection that service load
compression stresses are OK (see Section 2.3.3). Check Service III:
M = ( 515.3 + 47.5 ) + (126.8 ) + 0.8 ( 362.3 + 102.7 )(1.133) = 1111k ft = 13330k

13330k in
= 2.05ksi
6511in 3
fps = 1.94 ksi compression (previously calculated)
f bottom =
fbottom = 1.94 ksi 2.05 ksi = -0.110 ksi = 0.110 tension < 0.503 ksi tension OK
6.2
Exterior Girder
Shear
This check must be performed at all sections. Only the critical section is shown here.
The check is also made using Sectional Model.
At the critical section:
Vg = w ( 0.5L x ) = 0.090klf ( 0.5 ( 65ft ) 3ft ) = 2.65k
M g = 0.5wx ( L x ) = 0.5 ( 0.090klf )( 3ft )( 65ft 3ft ) = 8.37k ft
48
g ext = eg int
b
d e + 12 2
e = 1+
40
0.5
48
0.23 + 12 2
e = 1+
40
0.5
= 1.234
One Lane Loaded:

g ext = eg int
Box Girder Example

ODOT Short Course
e = 1.125 +
de
1
20
e = 1.125 +
0.23
= 1.137
20

Page 33 of 35
Check:
Two or more lanes: e*DFV = 1.234(0.456) = 0.562
One Lane: e*DFV = 1.137(0.445) = 0.506
Controls
Because there are two DFV, each must be checked!

Vu= 0.562(1.2)[58.33(1.33) + 18.92] = 65.08k
VLL,truck= 58.33k
VLL,lane = 18.92k
IM = 0.33
Skew Factor = 1.2
Vu = 1.25(22.54k + 1.75k + 4.13 k+2.65) + 1.50 (7.08 k) + 1.75(65.08k)= 163.3 k
Using the Sectional Design Model, Mu = 3714k-in, = 3.24, =21.4o, Vn = 215 k, so
OK.
7.0
CAMBER AND
DEFLECTION
Camber calculations are not directly addressed in LRFD (They were not directly
addressed in the Standard Specifications, either).
The same methods used for finding camber and deflection used for Standard
Specifications apply for LRFD Designs.
ODOT invokes Article 2.5.2.6.2,which limits Live Load deflection to L/800 for
precast, simple span girders.
The limit for a Box Girder Bridge is L/800.
Since this is a limit on FLEXURAL deflection, it is appropriate to use the MDF.
MDF = 0.336(0.905) = 0.304
Lane Load = 0.640(0.304) = 0.194klf
Axle Load (rear) = 32k(1.33)(0.304)=12.9k (includes impact)
Axle Load (front) = 8k(1.33)(0.304) = 3.22k (includes impact)
The live load, positioned for maximum deflection is:
Box Girder Example

ODOT Short Course

Page 34 of 35
Using a standard analysis software:

65ft (12 )
= 0.654in <
= 0.975in
OK
800
Box Girder Example

ODOT Short Course

Page 35 of 35
GUIDED DESIGN EXAMPLE

AASHTO Type IV, Two Span, Composite Deck, LRFD Specifications
INTRO
This design example demonstrates the design of a two-span AASHTO Type IV I girder
with no skew, as shown below. This example illustrates the design of a typical interior and
exterior beam at the critical sections for positive flexure, negative flexure, shear, and the
continuity connection. The superstructure consists of five beams spaced at 8-0 centers as
shown below. Beams are designed to act compositely with the 8.5-in-thick cast-in-place
concrete deck slab to resist all superimposed dead loads, live loads, and impact.
Longitudinal
Section
96-3
96-3
1-9
Transverse
Cross Section
34-0
8.5 structural+
1.0 wearing
Type IV
2.5
4 Spaces @ 8-0 = 32-0
2.5
37-0
MATERIALS
Slab
Actual thickness, ts = 9.5 in

Structural thickness = 8.5 in.
Note that 1.0 in wearing surface is considered to be an integral part of the 8.5 in deck.
fc = 4.5 ksi @ 28 days (ODOT Bridge Design Manual (BDM) 302.5.2.8)
2- Span Continuous Example
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
To Be Used as an Example Only

Page 1 of 65
Precast Beams
AASHTO Type IV girder shown below

fci = 4.5 ksi
The ODOT BDM allows a range of strengths (302.5.2.8). Given strengths are within that
range.
1-8
8
6
6
8
1-11
4-6
2-2
Prestressing
Strand
in diameter, low-relaxation, ASTM A416

The ODOT BDM (302.5.2.2a) allows inch, inch special or 0.6 inch diameter strands.
Regular inch diameter is chosen here.
ODOT Short Course
July 2007

Page 2 of 65
Reinforcing
Bars
Loads

(ODOT BDM 302.5.2.9)
Barriers:
Truck:

0.640 k/ft each
Area in2
Weight (lb/ft)
h (in)
yb (in)
yt (in)
I (in4)
Sb (in3)
St (in3)
CROSSSECTION
PROPERTIES
FOR A
TYPICAL
INTERIOR
BEAM
Non-Composite
Section
789
822
54
24.73
29.27
260,741
10,542
8,909
EC = 33, 000 K1wC1.5 f c '
[LRFD 5.4.2.4-1]
EC = 33, 000 1.0 0.1501.5 4.5 = 4, 067 ksi - at transfer

EC = 33, 000 1.0 0.1501.5 7.0 = 5, 072 ksi - service loads
Composite
Section
Effective flange
Width
(1/4) Span = (96.25 ft)(12in/ft)/4 = 289 in
[LRFD 4.6.2.6]
12ts plus the greater of the web thickness or the beam top flange width:
ts = 8.5 in (slab thickness - use structural thickness only)
web thickness = 8 in
top flange = 0.5(20 in) = 10 in (Greatest)
12(8.5 in) + 10 in = 112 in
Average spacing between beams = 8 ft = 96 in (CONTROLS)
EFFECTIVE FLANGE WIDTH = 96 in Interior Girder
EFFECTIVE FLANGE WIDTH = 78 in Exterior Girder (overhang is 4 ft).
Modular Ratio
Transformed
Section
Properties
n=
Ec ( Slab) 4, 067
=
= 0.8019
Ec (beam) 5, 072
Transformed flange width = n(effective flange width) = (0.8019)(96) = 76.98 in

Transformed flange area = n(effective flange width)(ts) = (0.8019)(96)(8.5) = 654.35in2
ODOT Short Course
July 2007

Page 3 of 65
Note that only the structural thickness of the deck, 8.5 in, is considered. A 2 haunch is
assumed for calculating weight but not for finding composite properties (ODOT BDM
302.5.2.3).
Figure below shows the dimensions of the composite section.
96
76.98
8.5
54
26
Properties of
Composite
section
Ac =
hc =
Total area of composite section

Overall depth of the composite section
=
=
1,443 in2
62.5 in
Ic =
Moment of inertia of the composite section
666,579 in4
ybc =
Distance from the centroid of the

composite section to the extreme bottom
fiber of the precast beam
composite section to the extreme top fiber
of the precast beam
composite section to the extreme top fiber
of the slab
Composite section modulus for the
extreme bottom fiber of the precast beam
Composite section modulus for the top
fiber of the precast beam
Composite section modulus for extreme
top fiber of the deck slab
39.93 in
14.07 in
22.57 in.
16,694 in3
47,376 in3
29,534 in3
ytg =
ytc =
Sbc =
Stg =
Stc =
ODOT Short Course
July 2007

Page 4 of 65
SHEAR
FORCES &
BENDING
MOMENTS
Dead Loads
The self-weight of the beam, haunch, and slab act on the non-composite section as a simple
span structure. The weight of the barriers, future wearing surface, and live loads with
impact act on the composite section as a continuous structure.
DC = Dead load of structural components and non-structural attachments
Slab: (96 in)(9.5 in)(0.150 kcf)/(144 in2/ft2) = 0.95 klf
Haunch: (2 in)(20 in)(0.150 kcf)/(144 in2/ft2) = 0.042 klf
(ODOT BDM 302.5.2.3)
Note: The actual slab thickness of 9.5 is used in calculating dead loads. The 2 haunch
thickness is also used in calculating dead loads. The intermediate diaphragms are assumed
as steel X braces. These are ignored in these dead load calculations. The weight of each
brace is less than 0.3 kips. The moment caused by these braces is << 1% of the total DL
moment.
DC Dead Loads carried by the continuous structure, composite section:
According to LRFD Article 4.6.2.2.1 permanent loads may be distributed uniformly to all
beams if the following conditions are met:
de = 2.5 ft 1.5 ft = 1.0 ft
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
Partial of Table 4.6.2.2.1-1 - This example is a Type k

The section meets the criteria, so the loads may be uniformly distributed to the girders.
Future Wearing Surface = 0.060 ksf = (0.060 ksf)(34 ft)/5 beams = 0.408 kips/ft/girder
Barrier = 0.640 klf = 2 each (0.640)/5 girders = 0.256 kips/ft/girder
ODOT Short Course
July 2007

Page 5 of 65
LRFD Article 4.6.2.2.1 allows the slab weight to be evenly distributed to the girders in the
same manner as the wearing surface and the barriers. In this case, the decision has been
made to use tributary areas to distribute the slab weight to the girders. Either method is
allowable.
For dead loads the length of the span depends on the construction stage:
DL-Unfactored
Shear Forces &
Bending
Moments
The shear forces and bending moments are given in the table below:
Beam Weight
[Simple Span]
Shear
Moment
kips
Mg, kip-ft
39.6
0
31.9
331
24
602.6
16
796.5
8
912.9
0
951.9
-8
912.9
-16
796.5
-24
602.6
-31.9
331
-39.6
0
Location
Distance Section
x ft.
x/L
0.00
0.00
9.26
0.10
18.97
0.20
28.69
0.30
38.41
0.40
48.13
0.50
57.84
0.60
67.56
0.70
77.28
0.80
86.99
0.90
96.25
Brg.
Live Loads
Distribution
Factors
Deck plus Haunch

[Simple Span]
Moment
Shear kips
Ms, kip-ft
47.7
0
38.5
399.3
28.9
727
19.3
961.1
9.6
1101.5
0
1148.4
-9.6
1101.5
-19.3
961.1
-28.9
727
-38.5
399.3
-47.7
0
Barrier Weight
[Continuous Span]
Shear
Moment
kips
Mb, kip-ft
9.2
7.7
6.8
81.8
4.3
136
1.8
166
-0.6
171.9
-3.1
153.6
-5.6
111.2
-8.1
44.7
-10.6
-46
-13.1
-160.8
-15.4
-292.7
Future Wearing
Surface [Continuous
Span]
Shear
Moment
kips
Mws, kip-ft
14.7
12.4
10.9
130.5
6.9
217
2.9
264.9
-1
274.2
-5
245.1
-8.9
177.5
-12.9
71.3
-16.9
-73.4
-20.8
-256.7
-24.6
-467.1
According to LRFD Article 4.6.1.2.1 vehicular live loading on the roadways of bridges or
incidental structures, designated HL-93, shall consists of a combination of the:
Design truck or design tandem with dynamic allowance. The design truck shall
consists of an 8.0 kip front axle and a pair of 32.0 kip back axles. The first and
second axle are spaced 14-0 apart. The space between the rear axles shall be
varied between 14.0 and 30.0 to porduce extreme force effects. The design tandem
shall consist of a pair of 25.0 kip axles spaced 4.0 apart. [LRFD Article 3.6.1.2.2
and 3.6.1.2.3]
Design lane load shall consist of a load of 0.64 kip/ft uniformly distributed in the
longitudinal direction. [LRFD Article 3.6.1.2.4]
For negative moment between inflection points, 90% of the effect of two design
trucks (HL-93 with 14 ft. axle spacing) spaced at a minimum of 50 ft. combined with
90% of the design lane load.
Inflection points are determined by loading all spans with a uniform load.
The live load bending moments and shear forces are determined by using the simplified
distribution factor formulas [LRFD 4.6.2.2]. To use the simplified live load distribution
factor formulas, the following conditions must be met [LRFD 4.6.2.2.1]
ODOT Short Course
July 2007

Page 6 of 65

de = 2.5 ft 1.5 ft = 1.0 ft
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
For a precast concrete I-girder with CIP deck, the bridge type is (k) [LRFD 4.6.2.2.1-1]
The number of design lanes should be determined by taking the integer part of the ratio
w/12, where w is the clear roadway width in ft between curbs and/or barriers.
[LRFD
3.6.1.1.1]
w = 34 ft.
Note: It could be argued that this should be designed as a three lane bridge because 3 11
ft lanes would fit and the minimum lane width is 10ft. However, the distribution factor is for
2 or more lanes loaded and the number of lanes isnt in the equation so it doesnt matter.
Distribution
Factors for
Bending
Moment
For all limit states except for fatigue limit state.

0.1
0.6
0.2
S S Kg
DFM = 0.075 +

3
9.5 L 12 Lts
Where DFM = distribution factor for moment for interior beam. Provided that:
3.5 S 16.0
S = 8.0
ts = 8.5
4.5 ts 12.0
20 L 240
Nb 4
10, 000 K g 7, 000, 000
K g = n I + Aeg2
OK
OK
L = 98
OK
Nb = 5
OK
K g = See below
S = Spacing, ft
L = beam span, ft
Kg = longitudinal
stiffness parameter, in4
[LRFD 4.6.2.2.1-1]
Where:
n = modular ratio between beam and deck materials
E (beam) 5, 072
= c
=
= 1.247
Ec ( slab) 4, 067
A = cross-section area of the beam (non-composite), in2 = 789
I = moment of inertia of the beam (non-composite), in4 = 260,741
eg = Distance be c.g. of beam and slab, in = (8.5/2+2.0+29.27) = 35.52
ODOT Short Course
July 2007

Page 7 of 65
So:
K g = 1.247 260, 741 + 789*35.522
K g = 1,566, 480 in 4
10,000 < Kg < 7,000,000 OK

The haunch is included in this calculation as this results in the most conservative DFM.
Using L = 98 ft:
0.6
0.2
8 8 1,566, 480
DFM = 0.075 +

3
9.5 98 12*98*8.5
DFM = 0.665
0.1

0.4
0.3
S S Kg
DFM = 0.06 +
3
14 L 12 Lts
0.4
0.1
0.3
8 8 1,566, 480
DFM = 0.06 +
3
14 98 12*98*8.5
DFM = 0.467
0.1
The case of two design lanes loaded controls, DFM = 0.665 lanes/beam
Distribution
Factors for
Shear Force
[LRFD 4.6.2.2.1-1]
2
S S
DFV = 0.2 +
12 35
Where DFV = distribution factor for shear for interior beam. Provided that:
3.5 S 16.0
4.5 ts 12.0
20 L 240
Nb 4
S = 8.0
ts = 8.5
OK
OK
L = 98
Nb = 5
OK
OK
S = Spacing, ft
L = beam span, ft
So:
8 8
DFV = 0.2 +
12 35
DFV = 0.814
For one design lane loaded

ODOT Short Course
July 2007

Page 8 of 65
S
DFV = 0.36 +
25
8
DFV = 0.36 +
25
DFV = 0.68
The case of two design lanes loaded controls, DFV = 0.814 lanes/beam
Dynamic
Allowance
Unfactored
Shear Force
and Bending
Moments
IM = 33%
Where: IM = dynamic load allowance, applied only to truck load
Unfactored shear forces and bending moment due to HL-93 truck load, per beam:
VLT = (shear force per lane)(DFV)(1+IM)=(shear force per lane)(0.814)(1.33)
=(shear force per lane)(1.083) kips
MLT = (bending moment per lane)(DFM)(1+IM)=(bending moment per lane)(0.665)(1.33)
=( bending moment per lane)(0.884) kips-ft
Unfactored shear forces and bending moment due to HL-93 lane load, per beam:
VLT = (shear force per lane)(DFV)(1+IM)=(shear force per lane)(0.814)
MLT = (bending moment per lane)(DFM)(1+IM)=(bending moment per lane)(0.665)
This table, obtained from a structural analysis program, is truck load + lane load, with
dynamic effect and distribution factor included.
Location
Distance
x ft.
0.00
9.26
18.97
28.69
38.41
48.13
57.84
67.56
77.28
86.99
96.25
Section
x/L
0.00
0.10
0.20
0.30
0.40
0.50
0.60
0.70
0.80
0.90
Brg.
Max
Shear
kips
89.4
76.3
62.7
50.1
39.9
-48.3
-60.3
-72.2
-83.8
-95
-104.6
HL-93 Live Load

Max. Negative
Max. Positive
Moment
Moment
MLL+I, kip-ft
MLL+I, kip-ft
48.5
-5.6
624.6
-83.3
1049.3
-163.4
1300.5
-243.6
1412.4
-323.7
1386.2
-403.9
1239.1
-484
961.1
-564.2
577.5
-776.2
215.9
-877.6
14.8
-1380.7
Shown in this table are maximum values of shear, positive moment, and negative moment.
The maximum values at a given location are not necessarily from the same load case.
ODOT Short Course
July 2007

Page 9 of 65
Load
Combinations

Service I:
Q = 1.00(DC + DW) + 1.00 (LL + IM)
Service III:
Q = 1.00(DC + DW) + 0.80(LL + IM)
Strength I:
[LRFD 3.4.1]
ESTIMATE
REQUIRED
PRESTRESS
The required number of strands is usually governed by Service III load combination at the
section of maximum moment or harp points.
In a continuous for live load structure, the maximum moments do not occur at the same
place for each load. The point of maximum moment depends on whether the load was
applied to the continuous or simple structure. Thus, each point must be checked for the
combinations of loads.
In this structure, the maximum flexural Service Load stresses occur at 48.13 ft. (although
this is NOT where the continuous load moments are maximum). It is inappropriate to
simply take maximum moments without regard to location along the length of the girder.
Service 1
Service 3
Strength 1
V
M
V
M
V
M
k
k-ft
k
k-ft
k
k-ft
200.6
68.6
182.72
58.9 299.125
113.1
192.6
431.7
175.3
393.72
287.45 644.925
189.8
549.9
172.7
502.76 283.375 817.925
164.4
1567.2
149.14 1442.28 246.375 2303.925
126.8
2731.9
114.26 2522.04 191.575 3993.775
90.1
3489
80.08
3228.9
138.4 5077.725
55.9
3872.9
47.92 3590.42
89.575 5615.875
-56.4
3885
-46.74 3607.76
-95.9 5610.625
-92.4
3542.2
-80.34 3294.38 -147.875 5091.675
-128.5
2834.7
-114.06 2642.48
-199.95 4041.75
-164.2
434
-147.44
589.24 -251.375
-329.31
-199.3
-564.8
-180.3
-389.28 -301.825 -1464.58
-222.3
-1614.4
-201.94
-1375.8
-334.65 -2795.88
-224.8
-1742.2
-204.3 -1494.76
-338.2 -2961.82
-231.9
-2140.5
-210.98 -1864.36 -348.325 -3482.75
Length
ft.
Bearing
Trans.
H/2
0.10L
0.20L
0.30L
0.40L
MidSpan
0.60L
0.70L
0.80L
0.90L
H/2
Trans.
Bearing
0
2.04
2.73
9.26
18.97
28.69
38.41
48.13
57.84
67.56
77.28
86.99
93.52
94.21
96.25
At this point, it is necessary to determine the needed number of strands. Box girders tend to
be controlled by the Strength Limit State, but I girders (this example) tend to be controlled
by service load tensions.
The initial estimate of number of strands will be found from the Service III combination.
Recall that Service III ONLY applies to tension in prestressed sections.
ODOT Short Course
July 2007

Page 10 of 65
Service Load
Stresses at
Midspan
Bottom tensile stress due to applied dead and live loads using load combination Service III:
fb =
Mg + Ms
Sb
M b + M ws + (0.8)( M LL + I )
Sbc
Where:
fb =
Mg =
Ms =
Mb =
Mws =
MLL+I =
Bottom tensile stresses

Unfactored bending moment due to beam self-weight,
Unfactored bending moment due to slab and haunch weights,
Unfactored bending moment due to due to barrier weights,
Unfactored bending moment due to future wearing surface,
Unfactored bending moment due to design vehicular live
ksi
kip-ft
kip-ft
kip-ft
kip-ft
kip-ft
(951.9 + 1,148.4)(12) [153.6 + 245.1 + (0.8)(1,386.2) ] (12)

+
10,542
16, 694
fb = 2.39 + 1.08
fb =
fb = 3.47ksi
Stress Limits
for Concrete
According to LRFD Table 5.9.4.2.2-1 the tensile stress limit at service loads is
= 0.19 f c'
= 0.19 7.0 = 0.503ksi
Required
Number of
Strands
The difference between the bottom fiber tensile stress due to applied loads and the tensile
stress limit is the required precompression stress.
f pb = (3.47 0.503) = 2.97 ksi
At this point, the number of rows of strands is unknown. Assume a strand center of gravity
at midspan as 8% of the height of the girder.
ybs = 0.08(54) = 4.32 in
ec = ( yb ybs ) = (24.73 4.32) = 20.41 in
If Ppe is the total prestressing force, the stress at the bottom fiber due to prestress is:
P
P e
f pb = pe + pe c
A
Sb
Now plug in the required recompression stress, fpb and solve form Ppe:
P
P (20.41)
2.97 = pe + pe
789
10,542
Ppe = 927 kips
ODOT Short Course
July 2007

Page 11 of 65
The required prestressing force after all losses is 927 kips. This is after an assumed 25%
loss. That means the initial prestressing force will be approximately 1240 kips. Check with
your local precast producer to ensure the capacity prestressing beds can withstand this
force.
Final prestress force per strand = (area of strand)(fpi)(1-losses, %) where fpi = initial
prestressing stress before transfer =0.75 fpu = 202.5 ksi
Assuming 25% loss of prestress the final prestressing force per strand after losses is:
(0.153)(202.5)(1 0.25) 23.2kips / strand

Number of strands required =
927
= 39.9 strands
23.2
Try (40) in diameter, 270 ksi, low-lax strands.

Strand Pattern
See figure below for the assumed strand pattern at the midspan:
No.
Strands
7
11
11
11
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
Distance from
bottom (in)
8
6
4
2
10 Spa.
@ 2

Page 12 of 65
The distance between the center of gravity of strands and the bottom concrete fiber of the
beam is, ybs, is:
[(11)2 + (11)4 + (11)6 + (7)8]
= 4.70 in
40
ybs =
Strand eccentricity at midspan:
PRESTRESS
LOSSES
ec = yb ybs = 24.73 4.70 = 20.0 in

Total Prestress Losses
[LRFD 5.9.5.1-1]
Where:

fpLT = loss due to long-term shrinkage and creep of concrete, and relaxation of the
steel, ksi
Elastic
Shortening
f pES =
Ep
Ect
f cgp
[LRFD 5.9.5.2.3a-1]
Where:
fcgp =
Ep =
Eci =
The concrete stress at the center of gravity of prestressing tendons due

to the prestressing force immediately after the transfer and the selfweight of the member at the section of the maximum moment (ksi).
2
M e
Pi Pe
+ i c g c
A
I
I
Elastic Modulus of the concrete at the time of transfer or time of load
application (ksi).
According to the LRFD Commentary for pretensioned member the loss due to elastic
shortening may be determined by the following alternative equation (This is the calculation
of elastic shortening loss by transformed section):
pES
=
AI E
Aps ( I g + em2 Ag ) + g g ct
Ep
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
[LRFD C5.9.5.2.3a-1]

Page 13 of 65
Where:
Aps =
=
fpi =
=
Ag =
=
Ect =
=
Ep =
=
em =
=
Ig =
=
Mg =
=
Area of prestressing steel, in2

40(0.153) = 6.12
Prestressing steel stress immediately prior to transfer, ksi
202.5
Gross area of section, in2
789
Elastic Modulus of the concrete at transfer (ksi).
4,067
28,500
Average prestressing steel eccentricity at midspan, in
20.0
Moment of inertia of the gross concrete section, in4
260,741
Midspan moment due to member self-weight, kip-in
951.9(12) = 11,422.8
So:
6.12* 202.5(260, 741 + 20.02 *789) 20.0*11, 422.8*789
789* 260, 741* 4, 067
6.12(260, 741 + 20.02 *789) +
28,500
= 16.24
pES =
pES
Note: If the self weight moment is calculated using total beam length rather than c/c
bearing, the moment becomes 11641 k-in. The elastic shortening loss becomes 16.13 ksi; <
1% different.
Long-Term
Losses
For standard, precast, pretensioned members subject to normal loading and environmental
conditions:
f pi Aps
[LRFD 5.9.5.3-1]
f pLT = 10
Ag
In which:
h = 1.7 0.01H
[LRFD 5.9.5.3-2]
5
1 + f ci '
[LRFD 5.9.5.3-3]
st =
ODOT Short Course
July 2007

Page 14 of 65
Where:
hst = Correction factor for specified concrete strength at time of
Prestress transfer to the concrete member
fpR = An estimate of relaxation loss taken as 2.5 ksi for low
relaxation strand, 10.0 ksi for stress relieved strand, and in
accordance with manufacturers recommendation for other
types of strand (ksi)
Assume H = 70%
h = 1.7 0.01*70 = 1.00

st =
5
= 0.91
1 + 4.5
So:
202.5*6.12
1.00*0.91 + 12*1.00*0.91 + 2.5
789
= 14.29 + 10.92 + 2.5
f pLT = 10
f pLT
f pLT = 27.71
Total Losses at
Service Loads

f pT = 16.24 + 27.71
[LRFD 5.9.5.1-1]
f pT = 43.95
f pe = 202.5 43.95 = 158.6
Losses are approximately 22% < 25% OK

STRESSES AT
TRANSFER
Force per strand after initial losses:

Stress in tendons after transfer: f pt = f pi f pi = 202.5 16.24 = 186.26 ksi
Force per strand = fpt(strand area) = 186.26(0.153) = 28.50 kips

Therefore, the total prestressing force after transfer is, Pi = 1,140 kips
(Note: The LRFD Specifications permit 0.9fpu to be used here; the difference is minimal.)
Stress Limits
for Concrete
Compression: 0.60fci = 0.60(4.5) = +2.700 ksi
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
[LRFD 5.9.4.1.1]

Page 15 of 65
Tension:
[LRFD 5.9.4.1.2]
1. In areas other than the precompressed tensile zone and without bonded
reinforcement
0.0948 f ci' 0.2
0.0948 4.5 0.2
0.201 0.2
Therefore, -0.200 ksi (Controls)
2. In areas with bonded reinforcement sufficient to resist the tensile force in the
concrete computed assuming an uncracked section, where reinforcement is
proportioned using a stress of 0.5fy, not to exceed 30 ksi.
0.24 f ci'
0.24 4.5
-0.509 ksi
Stresses at
Transfer
Length Section
Stresses at this location need only be checked at release since this stage almost always
governs. Also, losses with time will reduce the concrete stresses making them less critical.
Transfer length = 60(strand diameter) = 60(0.5) = 30 in = 2.5 ft
[LRFD 5.8.2.3]
The bending moment at a distance 2.5 ft from the end of the beam due to beam self-weight
is:
M g = (0.5)(0.822)(2.5)(97.17 2.5) = 97.3 kip-ft
Compute top stress at the top fiber of the beam:

P Pe M g
ft = i i +
A Sb
Sb
1,140 1,140(20.0) 97.3(12)
+
789
8,909
8,909
ft = 1.44 2.56 + 0.13 = 0.99
Tensile stress limit for concrete with bonded reinforcement: -0.509 ksi NG
ft =

P Pe M
ft = i + i g
A Sb
Sb
1,140 1,140(20.0) 97.3(12)

+
789
10,542
10,542
ft = 1.44 + 2.16 0.11 = +3.49
Compressive stress limit for concrete: +2.700 ksi NG
ft =
ODOT Short Course
July 2007

Page 16 of 65
Since the top and bottom concrete stresses exceed the stress limits, harp 9 strands at 0.35L =
34 ft. as shown in the following figures.
At Midspan
No.
Distance from
Strands
bottom (in)
7
8
11
6
11
4
11
2
No.
Strands
3
3
3
4
8
8
11
At ends
Distance from
bottom (in)
52
50
48
8
6
4
2
Compute the center of gravity of the prestressing strands at the transfer length using the
harped pattern.
The distance between the center of gravity of the 9 harped strands at the end of the beam
and the top fiber of the precast beam is:
3(2) + 3(4) + 3(6)
= 4.00 in
9
The distance between the center of gravity of the 9 harped strands at the harp point and the
bottom fiber of the precast beam is:
3(4) + 3(6) + 3(8)
= 6.00 in
9
ODOT Short Course
July 2007

Page 17 of 65
The distance between the center of gravity of the 9 harped strands and the top fiber of the
beam at the transfer length section is:
(54 6 4)
4.00 +
(2.5) = 7.25 in
34
The distance between the center of gravity of the 31 straight bottom strands and the extreme
bottom fiber of the beam is:
11(2) + 8(4) + 8(6) + 4(8)
= 4.32 in
31
The distance between the center of gravity of the total number of the strands and the bottom
fiber of the precast beam at the transfer length is:
9(54 7.25) + 31(4.32)
= 13.87 in
40
Eccentricity of the strand group at transfer length is: 24.73 13.87 = 10.86 in
The distance between the center of gravity of the total number of the strands and the bottom
fiber of the precast beam at the end of the beam is:
9(54 4) + 31(4.32)
= 14.60 in
40
The eccentricity at the end of the beam is: 24.73 14.60 = 10.13 in
Recompute top and bottom stresses at the transfer length section using the harped pattern:
1,140 1,140(10.86) 97.3(12)
ft =
+
789
8,909
8,909
ft = 1.44 1.39 + 0.13 = +0.18
At the bottom:
1,140 1,140(10.86) 97.3(12)
ft =
+
789
10,542
10,542
ft = 1.44 + 1.17 0.11 = +2.50
Stresses at
Harp Points
The strand eccentricity at the harp points is the same as at the midspan, ec = 20.0 in
The bending moment due to beam self-weight at a distance 34.00 ft. from the end of the
beam is:
M g = (0.5)(0.822)(34.00)(97.17 34.00) = 882.7 kip-ft
ODOT Short Course
July 2007

Page 18 of 65

P Pe M g
ft = i i +
A Sb
Sb
1,140 1,140(20.0) 882.7 *12
+
789
8,909
8,909
ft = 1.44 2.56 + 1.19 = +0.07
ft =

P Pe M
ft = i + i g
A Sb
Sb
1,140 1,140(20.0) 882.7 *12
+
789
10,542
10,542
ft = 1.44 + 2.16 1.00 = +2.60
ft =
Stresses at
Midspan
The maximum moments due to non-composite loads and composite load do not occur at the
same place. In this example, the maximum combined stresses occur at midspan. The
bending moment due to beam self-weight at a distance 48-7 from the end of the beam is:
M g = (0.5)(0.822)(48.58)(97.17 48.58) = 970.1 kip-ft
P Pe M g
ft = i i +
A Sb
Sb
1,140 1,140(20.0) 970.1*12
+
789
8,909
8,909
ft = 1.44 2.56 + 1.31 = +0.19
ft =

P Pe M
ft = i + i g
A Sb
Sb
1,140 1,140(20.0) 970.1*12
+
789
10,542
10,542
ft = 1.44 + 2.16 1.10 = +2.50
ft =
ODOT Short Course
July 2007

Page 19 of 65
Hold-Down
Forces
Assume that the stress in the strand at the time of prestressing, before any losses, is:
0.75 f pu = 0.75(270) = 202.5 ksi
Then, the Prestress force per strand before any losses is: Pi ' = 0.153(202.5) = 31.0k / strand
From previous figure, harp angle:
54 4 6
o
= tan 1
= 6.2
34(12)
Therefore, hold-down force per strand = 1.05(force per strand)(sin )
=1.05(31.0) sin 6.2 = 3.5 kips per strand
Note that the factor, 1.05, is applied to account for friction.
Total hold down force = 9 strands(3.5) = 31.6 kips
ODOT BDM States that the following limits are not to be exceeded:
No. of Draped
Strands per Row
PU/Strand
(lb)
6,000
4,000
4,000
So hold-down force per strand = 3.5 kips per strand OK

Summary of
Stresses at
Transfer
At transfer, stresses at the end of girder tend to exceed allowables if the strand is straight.
Stresses can be brought within the allowable stress range either by harping or debonding the
strand. The question arises as to which is better, harping or debonding?
Boxes tend to use debonding because harping isnt practical as the strand would go through
the void. I and Bulb T girders tend to use harping.
However, not all fabricators have the ability to harp (the bed wont take the hold down
force). Therefore, before deciding to harp, contact probable fabricators or the local PCI
section for assistance and advice.
Bottom stresses
Top Stresses
fb (ksi)
ft, (ksi)
At transfer length section
+0.27
+2.43
At harp points
+0.07
+2.60
At midspan
+0.19
+2.50
Note that the bottom stresses at the harp points are more critical than the ones at midspan.
ODOT Short Course
July 2007

Page 20 of 65
STRESSES AT
SERVICE
LOADS
Total loss of prestress at service loads is f pT = 43.95 ksi

Stress in tendon after all losses, f pe = f pi f pT = 202.5 43.95 = 158.55 ksi
Force per strand = (fpe)(strand area) = (158.6)(0.153) = 24.3 kips
The total prestressing force after all losses, Ppe = 24.3 (40) = 972.0 kips
Stress Limits
for Concrete
Compression:
[LRFD 5.9.4.2.1]
Due to permanent loads, (i.e. beam self-weight, weight of slab and haunch, weight of future
wearing surface, and weight of barriers), for service limit states:
Due to permanent and transient loads (i.e. all dead loads and live loads), for service limit
states:
For the precast beam:0.60wfc = 0.60(1.0)(7.0) = +4.200 ksi
For the deck: 0.60wfc = 0.60(1.0)(4.5) = +2.700 ksi
[LRFD 5.7.4.7.2]
w = 1.0
Note: w is a factor for slender webs/flanges. It is not really meant for I girders. If the
calculations required for w are done, w=1.
Tension:
For components with bonded prestressing tendons:
For the precast beam: 0.19 f c' = 0.19(7.0) = 0.503 ksi
Stresses at
MidspanCompression
Concrete stress at the top fiber of the beam, three cases:

1. Under permanent loads, Service I:
Use bending moments given in table in Section 1.4.1.1.
ftg1 =
Ppe
A
Ppe ec
St
(M g + M s )
St
( M ws + M b )
Stg
972 972(20.0) (951.9 + 1,148.4) *12 (153.6 + 245.1) *12
+
+
789
8,909
8,909
47,376
ftg1 = 1.23 2.18 + 2.83 + 0.10 = +1.98
ftg1 =

ODOT Short Course
July 2007

Page 21 of 65

( M LL + I )
ftg 2 = 0.5 f tg1 +
Stg
1,386.2*12
47,376
= 0.99 + 0.35 = +1.34
ftg 2 = 0.5(1.98) +
ftg 2

( M LL + I )
ftg 3 = ftg +
Stg
1,386.2*12
47,376
= 1.98 + 0.35 = +2.33
ftg 3 = 1.98 +
ftg 3

( M ws + M b )
ftc1 =
Stg
(245.1 + 153.6) *12
29,534
ftc1 = +0.162
ftc1 = +

Note: Note that deck stresses under service loads are almost always well below allowable
for continuous for LL bridges; but they still must be checked.
( M LL + I )
ftc 2 = 0.5 ftc1 +
Stg
1,386.2*12
29,534
= 0.08 + 0.563 = +0.64
ftc 2 = 0.5(0.162) +
ftc 2
ODOT Short Course
July 2007

Page 22 of 65

ftc =
( M ws + M b + M LL + I )
Stg
(245.1 + 153.6 + 1,386.2) *12

29,534
ftc = +0.73
ftc =

Stresses at
MidspanTension
Tension stress at the bottom fiber of the beam, Service III:

fb =
Ppe
A
Ppe ec
Sb
(M g + M s )
Sb
( M ws + M b ) + 0.8M LL + I
Sbc
972 972(20.0) (951.9 + 1,148.4) *12 [ (245.1 + 153.6) + (0.8*1,386.2) ] *12

+
789
10,542
10,542
16, 694
fb = 1.23 + 1.84 2.39 1.08 = 0.40
fb =

Service III has the 0.8LL factor!
STRENGTH
LIMIT STATE
Positive
Moment
Section
[LRFD Tables 3.4.1-1&2]
M u = 1.25( DC ) + 1.5( DW ) + 1.75( LL + IM )

The maximum moments for non-composite and composite loads do not occur at the same
places. Here, the maximum factored moment occurs at 0.4L (although midspan is only 5k-ft
lower).
At point of maximum moment, 0.4L:
M u = 1.25( DC ) + 1.5( DW ) + 1.75( LL + IM )
M u = 1.25(912.9 + 1,101.5 + 171.9) + 1.5(274.2) + 1.75(1, 412.4)
M u = 5, 615k ft
Average stress in prestressing steel when f pe 0.5 f pu :
c
f ps = f pu 1 k
dp
ODOT Short Course
[LRFD 5.7.3.1.1]
July 2007

Page 23 of 65
Where:
k=
f py
2 1.04
f pu
= 0.28 for low relaxation strands

dp = Distance from extreme compression fiber
to the centroid of the prestressing tendons
= h - ybs = 62.5 4.70 = 57.80
compressive face
ksi
[LRFD Table C5.7.3.1.1-1]

in.
in.
To compute c, assume rectangular section behavior, and check if the depth of the equivalent
compression stress block, a, is equal to or less than ts:
Note: a =1c
c=
[LRFD 5.7.3.1.1-4]
f pu
'
0.85 f c b + kAps
dp
Where:
Aps =
=
fpu =
=
As =
=
Area of prestressing steel

40 * 0.153 = 6.12
Specified tensile strength of prestressing steel
270
Area of mild steel tension reinforcement
0.0
in2
fy =
=
As =
=
fy =
=
fc =
=
1 =
=
b=
=
Yield strength of tension reinforcement

60.0
Area of compression reinforcement
0.0
Yield strength of compression reinforcement
60.0
Compressive strength of deck concrete
4.5
Stress block factor specified in LRFD 5.7.2.2
0.83
Effective width of compression flange
96
ksi
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
ksi
in2
in2
ksi
ksi
in.

Page 24 of 65
6.12(270) + 0.0 0.0
c=
0.85(4.5)(0.83)(96) + 0.28(6.12)
270
57.80
c = 5.28
a = depth of the equivalent stress block = 1c

a = 0.83(5.28) = 4.39 in. < ts=8.5 in. OK
Therefore, the assumption of rectangular section behavior is valid and the average stress in
prestressing steel is:
5.28
f ps = 270 1 0.28
= 263.3 ksi
57.80
Nominal flexural resistance:

a
M n = Aps f ps d p
2
4.39
6.12(263.3) 57.80
Mn =
12
M n = 7, 467
Factored flexural resistance:
Mr = Mn
Where = resistance factor = 1.0 for flexure and tension of prestressed concrete
M r = 7, 467 kip-ft > M u = 5, 615 kip-ft OK
NOTE: The equation given above for Mn is not the exact equation 5.7.3.2.2-1. Equation
5.7.3.2.2-1 assumes T-beam behavior, the presence of non-prestressed tensile steel,
prestressed tensile steel and non-prestressed compression steel. When the section is
rectangular and the non-prestressed reinforcement is ignored, equation 5.7.3.2.2-1
simplifies to the one used above.
Maximum
Reinforcement Positive
Moment Section
The old max requirement has been deleted. The LRFD Specifications now require that be
determined based on whether the section is tension controlled, compression controlled or a
transition section. In the calculation of Mr, tension control was assumed.
Check the strain in the extreme tensile steel:
d t = 54.0 + 8.5 2.0 = 60.5
d c
60.5 5.28
t = 0.003 t
= 0.003
= 0.032 > 0.005
5.28
c
[LRFD 5.7.2.1 and 5.5.4.2]
ODOT Short Course
July 2007

Page 25 of 65
Minimum
Reinforceent Positive
Moment Section
[LRFD 5.7.3.3.2]
At any section, the amount of prestressed and nonprestressed tensile reinforcement shall be
adequate to develop a factored flexural resistance, Mr, at least equal to the lesser of:
3. 1.2 times the cracking moment, Mcr, determined on the basis of elastic stress
distribution and the modulus of rupture, fr,
4. 1.33 times he factored moment required by the applicable strength load
combinations
S
S nc
Where:
fr = Modulus of rupture
[LRFD 5.7.3.3.2-1]
ksi
= 0.37 f = 0.37 7.0 = 0.979

fcpe = Compressive stress in concrete due to effective
prestresss forces only (after allowance for all
Prestress losses) at extreme fiber of section where
tensile stress is caused by externally applied loads
Ppe Ppe ec 972 972(20.0)
=
+
=
+
= 1.23 + 1.84 = 3.07
789
10,542
A
Sb
Mdnc= Total unfactored dead load moment acting on the
non composite section
= M g + M s = 951.9 + 1,148.4 = 2,100.3
Sc= Section modulus for the extreme fiber of the
composite section where tensile stress is caused by
externally applied loads
= 16,694
Snc= Section modulus for the extreme fiber of the
noncomposite section where tensile stress is caused
by externally applied loads
= 10,542
'
c
M cr =
[LRFD 5.4.2.6]
ksi
kip-ft
in3
in3
16, 694
16, 694 16, 694
1
(0.98 + 3.07) 2,100.3
(0.979)
12
12
10,542
M cr = 4, 408 1,362
1.2 M cr = 5, 290 kip-ft
At midspan, the factored moment required by the Strength I load combination is:
Mu = 5,610 kip-ft
ODOT Short Course
July 2007

Page 26 of 65

Since 1.2 M cr < 1.33M u 1.2M cr Controls
M r = 7, 467 > 1.2 M cr OK
Note: The LRFD Specifications requires that this provision be met at every section.
Design of
Negative
Moment
Section
Longitudinal
Deck
Reinforcement

M u = 1.25( DC ) + 1.5( DW ) + 1.75( LL + IM )
[LRFD 3.4.1-1&2]

M u = 1.25(292.7) + 1.5(467.1) + 1.75(1,380.7) = 3, 483 kip-ft
Notes:
1. At the negative moment section, the compression face is the bottom flange of the
beam and is 26 in wide.
2. This section is a nonprestressed reinforced concrete section, thus = 0.9 for flexure.
Assume the deck reinforcement is at the mid-height of the deck.
As f y
M u = As f y d
1.7 f c'b
[LRFD 5.14.1.2.7j]
fy =
Yield strength of compression reinforcement =

60.0
in2
fc =
Compressive strength of girder = 7.0
ksi
d=
Effective depth to negative moment

reinforcement from bottom of girder
in
54 + 0.5(8.5) = 58.25
As (60)
3, 483(12) = 0.90 As (60) 58.25
1.7(7.0)(26)
0 = 10.47 As2 3145 As + 41, 796

As = 13.94in 2
This is the required amount of mild steel reinforcement required in the slab to resist the
negative moment and it is equal to 18 #5 bars and 19 #6 bars.
ODOT Short Course
July 2007

Page 27 of 65
The total area of longitudinal reinforcement provided, As ( provided ) = 5.58 in2.

1.9.2.3
Negative
Moment Deck
Reinforcement
The additional area of deck reinforcement required, As ( additional ) = 13.93 5.58 = 8.35 in2.
The reinforcement layout is shown in the figure below. The additional reinforcement bars
are placed between the longitudinal reinforcement.
The table below is a summary of the negative moment continuity calculations.
Typical longitudinal deck
No. 5 @ 12 Top = 8 bars
reinforcement
No. 5 @ 8 Btm. = 10 bars
Total Area of longitudinal
5.58 in2
reinforcement provided
Factored negative design
-3,483 kip-ft
moment
Total area required to resist 13.93 in2
negative moment
Additional area of deck
8.35 in2
reinforcement required
Additional reinforcement
19 No. 6 Bars
provided
Additional area of deck
8.36 in2
reinforcement provided
Total As provided
13.94 in2 > 13.93 in2 OK
ODOT Short Course
July 2007

Page 28 of 65
Location of steel:
Top 8 #5 + 8 #6 with 2 clear
Bottom 10 #5 + 11 #6 with 2 5/8 clear
Note: Epoxy coated steel assumed. Min. cover is 1.5 in.
[LRFD 5.124.]
As = 18(0.31) + 19(0.44) = 13.94 in2
8(0.31)(2.3125) + 8(0.44)(2.375) +10(0.31)(8.5 2.9375) +11(0.44)(8.5 3)

13.94
57.96
x=
= 4.16
13.94
x=
The steel was assumed 4.25 from top OK

d = 58.34 in
Now check Mn:
a=
c=
As f y
0.85f c 'b
(13.94 )( 60 ) = 5.41in
0.85 ( 7 )( 26 )
a 5.41
=
= 7.72
1 0.7
5.41
M r = M n = ( 0.9 )(13.94 )( 60 ) 58.34
M r = 41,880k in = 3, 490k ft > M u = 3, 483k ft

Effective
Tension Flange
Width
The effective tension flange width is the lesser of:

[LRFD 5.7.3.4]
1. The effective flange width, specified in LRFD Art. 4.6.2.6 = 96 in CONTROLS
2. A width equal to 1/10 of the average of adjacent spans between bearings =
0.10(96.25)(12) = 115.5in
ODOT Short Course
July 2007

Page 29 of 65
Control of
Cracking by
Distribution
Reinforcement
According to LRFD 5.7.3.4 the spacing of the mild steel reinforcement in the layer closest
to the tension face shall satisfy equation 5.7.3.4-1.
700 e
s
2d c
s fs
The tensile stress in mild reinforcement is computed to be:
M sl
fs =
As jd
Where:
= 60.0
Msl = M u = 292.7 + 467.1 + 1,380.7 = 2,140.5
As = Area of negative moment reinforcement
= 13.94
reinforcement from bottom of girder
= 62.5 4.16 = 58.34
k
0.275
= 0.908
j = 1 = 1
3
3
ksi
kip-ft
in2
in
Where:
k = 2 n + ( n)2 n
k = 2(0.00919)(5.718) + (0.00919 * 5.718) 2 (0.00919)(5.718)
k = 0.275
Where:
=
As
13.94
=
= 0.00919
bd (26)(58.34)
n = Modular ratio
= Esteel
29, 000
=
= 5.718
Egirder
5, 072
2,140.5(12)
= 34.8ksi
13.94(0.908)(58.34)
The previous calculation made the simplifying assumption that the section was rectangular.
fs =
If this assumption is NOT made, the neutral axis, calculated using working stress concepts,
can be calculate as 16.5 inches from the bottom of the beam. The cracked, transformed
moment of inertia is 177,600 in4. The steel stress is found to be 34.6ksi which compares to
35.4 ksi using the rectangular assumption.
ODOT Short Course
July 2007

Page 30 of 65
The spacing of mild steel reinforcement in the layer closest to the tension face shall satisfy
the following:
700 e
s
2d c
[LRFD 5.7.3.4-1]
s fs
Where:
e = Exposure factor
= 0.75 for Class 2 exposure condition
fs = Tensile stress in steel reinforcement at the ksi
service limit state
s =
dc
1+
0.7(h d c )
Where:
dc = Thickness of concrete cover measured
from extreme tension fiber to center of the
flexural reinforcement located closest
therto
= 2.00 + 5/8 (1/2) = 2.31
h = Overall height on the composite section
= 62.5
2.31
s = 1 +
= 1.055
0.7(62.5 2.31)
700 ( 0.75 )
1.055 ( 34.8 )
in
in
2(2.31) = 9.67in
6.0in 9.67in OK
For this example the tensile stress in the mild reinforcement is less than its allowable. Thus,
the distribution of reinforcement for control of cracking is adequate.
Maximum
Reinforcement. Negative
Moment Section
Minimum
Reinforcement
Negative
Moment Section

d c
59.9 7.72
t = 0.003 t
= 0.003
= 0.020 > 0.005
7.72
c
[LRFD 5.7.2.1 and 5.5.4.2]
[LRFD 5.7.3.3.2]
At any section, the amount of prestressed and nonprestressed tensile reinforcement shall be
adequate to develop a factored flexural resistance, Mr, at least equal to the lesser of:
2. 1.2 times the cracking moment, Mcr, determined on the basis of elastic stress
distribution and the modulus of rupture, fr,
3. 1.33 times he factored moment required by the applicable strength load
ODOT Short Course
July 2007

Page 31 of 65
combinations
S
S nc
Where:
fr =
0.37 f c' = 0.37 4.5 = 0.785
fcpe = 0
Mdnc= M g + M s = 0
Sc= 29,534
[LRFD 5.7.3.3.2-1]
ksi [LRFD 5.4.2.6]

ksi
kip-ft
in3
29,534
(0.785)
12
M cr = 1,932k ft
M cr =
1.2 M cr = 2,318k ft
At bearing, the factored moment required by the Strength I load combination is:
Mu = -3,483
Therefore, 1.33M u = 4, 631 k-ft.
Since 1.2 M cr > 1.33M u 1.2M cr Controls
M r = 3, 490k ft > 1.2 M cr = 2,318k ft OK

Positive
Moment
Connection
Continuous for live load bridges are covered in Article 5.14.1.4.4. Much of this article is
new in 2007 (4th Ed.).
One requirement of this article is for a positive moment connection. These positive
moments are caused by the upward camber of the prestressed girders due to creep and
shrinkage. The positive moment connection is needed to provide continuity at the pier.
The connection can be made either by extending mild steel out of the end of the girder into
the diaphragm or by leaving strand extend out of the end of the girder into the diaphragm.
This example illustrates bent strand connections.
Positive moments develop at the connection between girders at in interior supports due to
live-load effects (if more than two spans) and restraint caused by temperature, creep, and
ODOT Short Course
July 2007

Page 32 of 65
shrinkage. According to LRFD 5.14.1.4.4, these restraint moments are negligible when
continuity is established after 90 days.
Development
Extended
Strands
Required Area
of Strand
The strands are bent up 90 into the diaphragm so that the hook extends 8 inches from the
end of the girder. This distance is required to use the equations in the following section.
The ends of the girders are placed 10 inches apart. With the 8 inch projection this leaves 2
inches of clear allowing for construction tolerances. Typically mild steel is placed in the
corner of the hooks to enhance the development length of the hooks. These bars should
have a minimum area equal to that of the bent strand or bar.
The design moment used for the working stress check is Mcr while the design moment for
the strength check is 1.2Mcr. According to LRFD 5.14.1.4.9c the stress in the strands used
for design as a function of the total length of the strand shall not exceed:
(ldsh 8)
150ksi
0.288
(l 8)
= dsh
0.163
f psl =
[LRFD 5.14.1.4.9c-1]
f pul
[LRFD 5.14.1.4.9c-2]
Where:
dsh = total length of extended strand
fpsl = stress in the strand at the service limit state
Cracked section shall be assumed
fpul = stress in the strand at the strength limit state
in
ksi
ksi
The design moments, parameters, and results for the design of the positive moment
connection using bent strand are found in following table. The cracking moment is found
using the gross, composite cross section, but assuming that cracking occurs at the
diaphragm. Thus the diaphragm concrete strength is used. For these calculations the
effective width of 96 inches, 0.5 inch strand, and concrete strength of 4.5 ksi were used.
ODOT Short Course
July 2007

Page 33 of 65
When using working stress design the number of strands is assumed to calculate the length
of the strand. When using the strength design method, the length of strand is assumed to
calculate the number of strands required. Design iterations are performed to determine the
most efficient combination of strand and length.
M cr = 0.24 f c ' Scb = 0.24 4.5 (16694 ) = 8500k in = 708k ft
1.2M cr = 850k ft
Le = l dsh 8
Thus Le is the length of the extended strand beyond the bend.
Working Stress Design
No. of
Strand
6
8
10
12
dsh
42.29 33.78
29.36
25.83
As.
0.92
1.22
1.53
1.84
Moment
708.00 708.00
708.00
708.00
n
7.00
7.00
7.00
7.00
d
62.50 62.50
60.50
60.50
rho
45E-6 52E-6
263E-6
317E-6
k
0.05
0.05
0.06
0.07
j
0.98
0.98
0.98
0.98
fs
150
113
94
78
Strength Design
No. of
Strand*
5.18
6.52
8.00
9.27
dsh
42.00 35.00
30.00
27.00
As.
0.79
1.00
1.22
1.42
Moment
849.70 849.70
849.70
849.70
d
62.50 62.50
62.50
60.50
a
0.45
0.45
0.45
0.45
fpul
208.59 165.64
134.97
116.56
* Back calculated based on strand length
16
21.42
2.45
708.00
7.00
60.50
422E-6
0.08
0.97
59
13.13
22.00
2.01
849.70
60.50
0.47
85.89
In this example working stress design governs. Multiple iterations are performed to
determine the least length of extension of the strand required.
If the results indicate an odd number of strands they are rounded up to an even
number to provide symmetry in the connection.
It may be more desirable to have a larger number of shorter strands as opposed to

fewer longer strands. Girder fabrication may be more difficult with longer strand
extensions as this may require excessive space between girders in the bed. In
addition, if a larger number of shorter strands are used the stress can be distributed
throughout a larger area.
ODOT Short Course
July 2007

Page 34 of 65
The designer chooses from the tables above. A reasonable design would be 12 strands
extended 26 inches. That would be an 8 inch horizontal extension from the face of the beam
and an 18 inch vertical tail to the hook. Any 12 strands could be extended, but spacing
them out and using different rows makes construction easier and limits stress
concentrations.
Also note that, consistent with the design examples in NCHRP Report 519, the haunch has
been included.
SHEAR
DESIGN
The area and spacing of shear reinforcement must be determined at regular intervals along
the entire length of the beam. In this design example, transverse shear design procedures are
demonstrated below by determining these values at the critical section near the supports.
Transverse reinforcement shall be provided where:
Vu = 0.5 (Vc + V p )
[LRFD 5.8.2.4-1]
Where:
Vu = Total factored shear force
Vc = Shear strength provided by concrete
Vp = Component of the effective prestressing
force in the direction of the applied shear
= Resistance factor
Critical Section
Negative
Moment
kips
kips
kips
[LRFD 5.5.4.2.1]
[LRFD 5.8.3.2]
Where:
= Distance between resultants of tensile and
compressive forces, (d e a / 2) , but not
[LRFD 5.8.2.9]
less than 0.9d e or 0.72h.
Where:
in
de = The corresponding effective depth from the extreme
compression fiber to the centroid of the tensile force
in the tensile reinforcement
= 58.34
a = Equivalent depth of the compression block
in
= 5.41
h = Total height of section
in
= 62.5
ODOT Short Course
July 2007

Page 35 of 65
Effective Shear
Depth
The critical section will occur in the negative moment area, so use the negative bending
properties:
d v = d e 0.5(a ) = 58.34 0.5(5.41) = 55.63in
0.9d e = 0.9(58.34) = 52.5in
0.72h = 0.72(62.5) = 45in
Therefore, dv = 55.63 in
Calculation of
Critical Section
The critical section near the support is dv = 55.63 in from the FACE of the support.
Note: Assume the length of the bearing pad is 10 inches.
Thus the critical section is 55.63 in + 5 in = 60.63 inches.
Using values from previous tables (linearly interpolated), the factored shear force and
bending moment at the critical section for shear, according to Strength I load combinations.
Vu = 1.25(35.4 + 42.7 + 14.1) + 1.50(22.6) + 1.75(99.4) = 323.1 kips

(All shear goes the same way!)
M u = 0.9(185.2 + 223.5) + 1.25(219.3) + 1.50(350.0) + 1.75(1, 080.9)
= 2323k ft = 27880k in
At this point, there are three choices:
1. Ignore the prestressing steel
Then, this is a reinforced section
=2
= 45
(This is VERY conservative)
2. Use Sectional Model for Reinforced Concrete
3. Include prestressing steel
1. Ignore prestressing steel:
Vc = 0.0316
f c' bv d v = 0.0316(2) 7(8)(55.63) = 74.4k
323.1
74.4 = 284.6
0.9
Assume #4 hoops Av = 0.4 in2 = 90 sin =1 cot =0
A f d cot 0.4(60)(55.63) cot 45
s= v y v
=
= 4.69 in
Vs
284.6
Use #4 at 4 in
Vs =
Vs = 334 kips
ODOT Short Course
July 2007

Page 36 of 65
2. Use Sectional Model for Reinforced Concrete

Mu =27,880
dv =55.63
Nu =Applied factored normal force at the specified section = 0
kip-in
in.
kips
=323.1
As =Area of nonprestressed steel on the flexural tension side of
the member = 13.94
Ap =0
Ep =28,500
Vu
kips
in2
in2
ksi
If dv < 60db = 30 in, Vp and fpo must be reduced for lack of bond. dv = 55.63 from center
bearing, so it is 66.63 from end of girder > 30 in. OK:
Vp =Component of the effective prestressing force in the direction of kips
the applied shear
=(force per strand)(number of draped strands)(sin )
=0
fpo =0
Assume 0.5cot = 1.
27,880
+ 0.5(0) + (323.1) 0
55.63
0.001
x =
2(29, 000(13.94))
1x103 0.001
vu =
Vu V p
bv d v
Where:
vu =
bv =
=
Vp =
Shear stress in concrete

Effective web width of the beam
8
= 0
vu =
kips
323.1 0.9(0)
= 0.81 kips
0.9(8)(55.63)
ODOT Short Course
kips
in
July 2007

Page 37 of 65
vu 0.81
= 0.115
'=
f c 7.0
Use (vu / fc) < 0.125 and x < 1 from LRFD Table 5.8.3.4.2-1:
= 37
= 2.13
Vc = 0.0316
Vs =
f c' bv d v = 0.0316(2.13) 7(8)(55.63) = 79.3 kips
323.1 0.9(79.3)
= 280 kips
0.9
Av f y d v cot
0.4(60)(55.63) cot 37
= 6.32
Vs
280
So #4 hoops at 6 in
Vs = 295.0 kips
s=
Vn = 0.9 ( 79.3 + 295 ) = 337 k < 323.1k = Vu
3. Include Prestressing Steel:

Mu =
dv =
Nu =
=
27,880
53.6
Applied factored normal force at the specified section
0
kip-in
In.
kips
Vu = 323.1
As = Area of nonprestressed steel on the flexural tension
side of the member
= 13.94
Ap = 9(0.153) = 1.38
kips
in2
Ep = 28,500
Es = 29,000
ksi
ksi
in2
Note, when the prestressing steel in included, de = 57 inches. The term c = 9.76 in and a =
6.77in. Thus, dv = 53.6 in.
If dv < 60db = 30 in, Vp and fpo must be reduced for lack of bond. dv = 55.63 from face of
support so this > 30 in from the end of the girder, so:
ODOT Short Course
July 2007

Page 38 of 65

= 24.3(9)(sin 6.2) = 23.6
= .7 f pu = 0.7(270.0) = 189
kips
ksi
[LRFD 5.8.3.4.2]
Assume 0.5cot = 1.
27,880
+ 0.5(0) + (323.1 23.6) 1.38(189)
53.6
0.001
x =
2(29, 000(13.94) + 28,500(1.38))
0.63x103 0.001
vu =
Vu V p
bv d v
Where:
vu =
bv =
=
Vp =

8
= 23.6
vu =
kips
in
kips
323.1 0.9(23.6)
= 0.782 kips
0.9(8)(53.6)
vu 0.782
= 0.11
'=
7.0
fc
Use (vu / fc) < 0.125 and x < 0.75 from LRFD Table 5.8.3.4.2-1:
= 34.4
= 2.26
ODOT Short Course
July 2007

Page 39 of 65
Vc = 0.0316
Vs =
f c' bv d v = 0.0316(2.26) 7 (8)(55.63) = 84.1 kips
323.1 0.9(84.1 + 23.6)

= 251.3 kips
0.9
Av f y d v cot
0.4(60)(53.6) cot 34.4

= 7.5
Vs
251.3
So #4 hoops at 6 in
Vs = 313.0 kips
s=
Vr = 0.9(84.1 + 313.0 + 23.6) = 378.6 > Vu OK

Minimum
Reinforcement
Requirement

vu < 0.125 f c'
Or
vu 0.125 f c'
[LRFD 5.8.2.7-1]
[LRFD 5.8.2.7-2]
0.125 f = 0.125(7.0) = 0.875 ksi

'
c
vu = 0.81 ksi, max

Since vu < 0.125 f c' , Then smax = 0.8d = 0.8(55.63) = 44.5 24.0 in : 24 in CONTROLS
Calculate minimum area of steel using a 6 inch spacing:
(8in )( 6in ) = 0.067in2 < 0.40in2 OK
bs
Av 0.0316 f c ' v = 0.0316 7 ksi
fy
60ksi
[LRFD 5.8.2.5]
ODOT Short Course
July 2007

Page 40 of 65
Critical Section
Positive
Moment
[LRFD 5.8.3.2]

Where:
= Distance between resultants of tensile and
compressive forces, (d e a / 2) , but not
less than 0.9d e or 0.72h.
[LRFD 5.8.2.9]
Where:
de = The corresponding effective depth from the extreme
compression fiber to the centroid of the tensile force
in the tensile reinforcement
= 58.2 = dp
a = Equivalent depth of the compression block
= 3.42
h = Total height of section
= 62.5
in
in
in
In this area, the positive moment properties are needed. However, since this section is
where the strand is harped, the positive moment properties must be recalculated using 31
strands. Ap = 4.74 in2 and dp = 62.5-4.32 = 58.2 inches. The value of 4.32 inches as the
centroid of 31 strands was calculated earlier in Section 1.7.2. Refer to previous section for
the equations below:
c=
( 4.74 )( 270 )
270
( 0.85 )( 4.5)( 0.83)( 96 ) + 0.28 ( 4.74 )
58.2
4.11
f ps = 270 1 0.28
= 264.8 ksi
58.2
a = ( 0.83)( 4.11) = 3.42 in
Effective Shear
Depth
= 4.11 in
d v = d e 0.5(a ) = 58.2 0.5(3.42) = 56.5in

0.9d e = 0.9(58.2) = 52.4in
0.72h = 0.72(62.5) = 45in
ODOT Short Course
July 2007

Page 41 of 65
Calculation of
Critical Section
The critical section near the support is dv = 56.5 in from the FACE of the support.
Note: Assume the length of the bearing pad is 10 inches.

Thus the critical section is 56.5in + 5 in 62 inches.
Using values from previous tables, the factored shear force and bending moment at the
critical section for shear, according to Strength I load combinations.
Vu = 1.25(35.4 + 42.7 + 7.9) + 1.50(12.6) + 1.75(82.2) = 250.0 k

M u = 1.25(185.2 + 223.5 + 49.6) + 1.50(79.1) + 1.75(373.9) = 1,346 k in
It is conservative to take the highest factored moment that will occur at that section, rather
than the moment corresponding to maximum Vu, [LRFD 5.8.3.4.2]. Therefore,
Vu = 250.0 kips
M u = 1,346 kip-ft
The values used to find Vu and Mu are linearly interpolated from the table of shears and
moments in previous section.
Contribution of
Concrete to
Nominal Shear
Resistance
Strain in
Flexural
Tension
Reinforcement
The contribution of the concrete to the nominal shear resistance is:

Vc = 0.0316
f c' bv d v
[LRFD 5.8.3.3-3]
Strain in the reinforcement is (assuming uncracked):
Mu
dv
x =
0.001
[LRFD 5.8.3.4.2-1]
Where:
Nu = Applied factored normal force at the specified section
= 0
= 24.3(9)(sin 6.2) = 23.6
= .7 f pu = 0.7(270.0) = 189
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
kips
kips
ksi
[LRFD 5.8.3.4.2]

Page 42 of 65
Aps = Area of prestressing steel on the flexural tension side

in2
of the member, as shown in LRFD Figure 5.8.3.4.2-1.
= 31(0.153) = 4.74
in2
As = Area of nonprestressed steel on the flexural tension
side of the member
= 0
in2
Ac= Area of concrete on the flexural tension half. This
term is calculated as the area on the tension side
(bottom in this case) from the tension fiber to h/2.
= 475
This section is beyond the transfer length, so fpo and Vp do not need to be reduced.
Note that either can be assumed OR 0.5cot can be assumed =1. Assume 0.5cot=1:
1,346(12)
+ 0.5(0) + (250 23.6) 4.74(189)
56.5
x =
0.001
2 ( 28,500(4.74) + 5072 ( 475 ) )
0.07 x103 0.001
The negative value means the section is uncracked.
Shear Stress
vu =
Vu V p
bv d v
Where:
vu =
bv =
=
Vp =

8
= 23.6
vu =
kips
in
kips
250 0.9(23.6)
= 0.562 kips
0.9(8)(56.5)
vu 0.562
= 0.0803
'=
7.0
fc
Values of &
Use (vu / fc) < 0.1 and x < -0.05 from LRFD Table 5.8.3.4.2-1:
= 21.4
= 3.24
ODOT Short Course
July 2007

Page 43 of 65
Concrete
Contribution
The contribution of the concrete to the nominal shear resistance is:

Vc = 0.0316
f c' bv d v
[LRFD 5.8.3.3-3]
Vc = 0.0316(3.24) 7.0(8)(56.5) = 122.4 kips
Contribution of
Reinforcement
of Nominal
Shear
Resistance
Minimum
Reinforcement
Requirement
Check if:
[LRFD 5.8.2.4-1]
Vu = 250 kips > 0.5 (Vc + V p ) = 0.5 ( 0.9 ) (122.4 + 23.6) = 65.7 kips
At least minimum stirrups are needed.

The area of transverse reinforcement should not be less than:
bs
Av 0.0316 f c' v
fy
Check maximum spacing of transverse reinforcement:
vu < 0.125 f c'
Or
vu 0.125 f c'
[LRFD 5.8.2.5-1]
[LRFD 5.8.2.7]
[LRFD 5.8.2.7-1]
[LRFD 5.8.2.7-2]
0.125 f c' = 0.125(7.0) = 0.875 ksi

vu = 0.562 ksi
Since vu < 0.125 f c' , Then smax = 0.8d = 0.8(56.5) = 45.2 24.0 in : 24 in CONTROLS
Calculate minimum area of steel using a 12 inch spacing to get area of steel per foot:
(8in )(12in ) = 0.134in 2 [LRFD 5.8.2.5]
bs
A v 0.0316 f c ' v = 0.0316 7ksi
fy
60ksi
ODOT uses #4 bars with 2 legs as standard; (Av = 2(0.2in2) = 0.4in2)
#4@ 24 inch o.c. = 0.2 in2 / ft.
Maximum
Nominal Shear
Resistance
The upper limit of Vn, given by following equation, is intended to ensure that the concrete in
the web of the beam will not crush prior to yield of the transverse reinforcement.
[LRFD 5.8.3.3-2]
Vn = 0.25 f c'bv d v + V p
Comparing this previous equation with equation LRFD 5.8.3.3.-1:
ODOT Short Course
July 2007

Page 44 of 65
Assume #4 @ 24:
Vs =
Av f y d v ( cot + cot ) sin

s
( 0.4in ) ( 60ksi )( 56.5) cot ( 21.4 ) + 0 (1)

=
2
24in
Vs = 144.2k
(122.4 + 144.2 ) = 266.6 0.25(7.0)(8)(56.5) = 791 kips
OK
Vr = (Vc + Vs + V p )
Vr = 0.9 (122.4 + 144.2 + 23.6 ) = 261.2 kips
Vr > Vu = 250 kips
INTERFACE
SHEAR
TRANSFER
Factored
Horizontal
Shear
Required
Interface Shear
Reinforcement
It will be assumed that the critical section is the same as for vertical shear. Using load
combination Strength I:
Vu = 323.1 kips
d v = 55.6 in
Both of these values were found in the preceding section. This is shear at the critical section
near the pier.
Vri = Vni
[LRFD 5.8.4.1-1]
The nominal shear resistance of the interface plane is:

[LRFD 5.8.4.1-3]
Where:
c = Cohesion factor
= Friction factor
Acv = Area of concrete engaged in shear
transfer
= bviLvi
Avf = Area of shear reinforcement crossing the
shear plane
Pc = Permanent net compressive force normal
to the shear plane
fy = Shear reinforcement yield strength
bvi= Width of area of concrete engaged in
shear transfer
Lvi = Length of area of concrete engaged in
shear transfer
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
ksi
in2
[LRFD 5.8.4.3]
[LRFD 5.8.4.3]
[LRFD 5.8.4.1-6]
in2
kips
ksi
inch
inch

Page 45 of 65
For a cast-in-place concrete placed against clean concrete girder surfaces, free of
laitance with surface intentionally roughened to an amplitude of 0.25 in:
c = 0.28
[LRFD 5.8.4.2]
= 1.0
Begin by exploring what happens when the shear reinforcement is the minimum used
anywhere in the girder. The shear reinforcement was previously calculated to be #4 @ 24
inches minimum. The shear width is bvi = 20 inches as this is the width of the top of the
girder. If Lvi = 24 inches:
Acv = 20 ( 24 ) = 480in 2
Vni = ( 0.28 )( 480 ) + 1.0 0.4 ( 60 ) + 0 = 158.4k
Vri = Vni = 0.9 (158.4 ) = 142.6k
Vui = vui Acv
vui ,max =
vui =
[LRFD 5.8.4.2-2]
142.6
= 0.297 ksi
480
Vu1
bvi d v
[LRFD 5.8.4.2-1]
Vu1,max = 0.297 ( 20 )( 55.6 ) = 330kips
Therefore, #4 @ 24 is adequate anywhere that Vu < 330 kips. Note that the critical section,
the reinforcement is actually #4 @ 4 inches or #4 @ 6; depending on the model used. Note
that #4 @ 24 would be adequate for horizontal shear, so it is NOT necessary to extend every
shear stirrup into the slab.
Minimum
Interface Shear
Reinforcement
Minimum shear reinforcement, Avf
0.05 Acv
fy
[LRFD 5.8.4.1-4]
A #4 double leg bar at 24 in spacing is provided from the beam extending into the deck.
Therefore, Avf =0.4 in2
0.40
0.05(480)
= 0.40 OK
60
July 2007
ODOT Short Course

Page 46 of 65
Article 5.8.4.4 states that Avf need not exceed that required to resist 1.33Vui/. The same
article also states that the minimum reinforcement provisions are waived for girder slab
interfaces with surfaces roughened to an amplitude of 0.25 inches where the factored
interface shear, vui, found in equation 5.8.4.2-1 is less than 0.210 ksi and all of the vertical
(transverse) shear reinforcement required by Article 5.8.1.1 is extended and anchored into
the slab.
Maximum
Nominal Shear
Resistance
Vni must be less than:

K1 f c' Acv = 0.3(4.5)(480) = 648k
K 2 Acv = 1.8(480) = 864k
Vni provided = 158.4k
K1 f c' Acv
K 2 Acv
[LRFD 5.8.4.1-4]
[LRFD 5.8.4.1-5]
OK
K1 = 0.3 and K2 = 1.8 (for normal weight concrete) are found in Article 5.8.4.3.
MINIMUM
LONGITUDINAL
REINFORCEMENT
REQUIREMENT
At each section the tensile capacity of the longitudinal reinforcement on the flexural tension
side of the member shall be proportioned to satisfy:
[LRFD 5.8.3.5-1]
Aps f ps + As f y
Mu
d v
+ 0.5
+ u V p 0.5Vs cot

Nu
According to Article 5.8.3.5, it is not necessary to provide any steel beyond that to resist
moment if there is a compressive reaction on the flexural compression face; in other words,
in a negative moment zone over a support, the equation in this article does not need to be
satisfied. However, it makes an exception for a continuous for live load bridge; saying that
this equation must be checked for a continuous for live load bridge.
This provision will be checked at the simply supported end, using positive moment
properties. The check at the continuous end is made in a similar manner.
The development length is:
2
2
l d = f ps f pe d b = 1.6 264.8 (158.6 ) ( 0.5 ) = 127.3in

3
3
dv = dp
[LRFD 5.11.4.2]
a
3.42
= ( 62.5 4.32 )
= 56.5in
2
2
So the critical section is 56.5 inches from face of support. Allowing for a 10 inch bearing
pad and that the center of bearing is 12 inches from the girder end, the critical section is
56.5+10/2+12=73.5 inches from the end of the girder.
ODOT Short Course
July 2007

Page 47 of 65
Since this is less than the development length, the stress in the steel must be reduced for lack
of development.
f px = f pe +
l px 60d b
l d 60d b
f px = 158.6ksi +
Aps f ps + As f y
(f
ps
f pe )
[LRFD 5.11.4.2-4]
73.5in 30in
( 264.8ksi 158.6ksi ) = 206ksi
127.3in 30in
Mu
d v
+ 0.5
( 4.74 )( 206 ) = 977k >
+ u V p 0.5Vs cot

Nu
1346
250
+0+
23.6 0.5 (144.2 ) cot ( 21.4 ) = 488k
1.0 ( 56.5 )
0.9
This is OK. Note that Vs may not be taken as greater than Vu/ [LRFD 5.8.3.5].
Vs = 144k <
Vu
250k
= 277.8k
0.9
At the inside edge of the bearing area of a simply supported end:

V
[LRFD 5.8.3.5-2]
Aps f ps + As f y u V p 0.5Vs cot
The steel is not fully developed. Since the bearing pad is assumed 10 inches and the center
of bearing is 12 inches from the end of the girder, this section is 12+10/2 =17 inches from
the end of the girder. This is within the transfer length, so:
f px =
f pe l px
60db
ODOT Short Course
158.6 (17 )
30
= 90ksi
July 2007
[5.11.4.2-3]

Page 48 of 65
( 4.74 )( 90 ) = 426k <

250
0.9 23.6 0.5 (144.2 ) cot ( 21.4 ) = 464.6k

l d = 1.25
Ab f y
fc '
= 1.25
0.2 ( 60 )
7
= 5.7in
[LRFD 5.11.2.1]
< 0.4db f y = 0.4 ( 0.5 )( 60 ) = 12in

The development length is 12 inches so the bar is fully developed, thus:
As =
464.6 426
= 0.64in 2
60
4 #4 works. 3 #5 also works as a # 5 needs a 15 inch development length.

Can also add stirrups. Increase to #4 @ 12:
Vs =
0.4 ( 60 )( 56.5 ) cot 21.4

12
= 288k >
Vu
= 277.8k

V
( 4.74 )( 90 ) = 426k >

250
0.9 23.6 0.5 ( 277.8 ) cot ( 21.4 ) = 294.2k
In the previous calculations, the assumption was made that the center of bearing was 12
inches from the end of the girder.
What if the bearing pad is placed right at the end of the girder? That is, what if the center of
bearing is only 5 inches from the end? What effect does that have on longitudinal steel?
ODOT Short Course
July 2007

Page 49 of 65
dv = dp
a
3.42
= ( 62.5 4.32 )
= 56.5in
2
2
So the critical section is 56.5 inches from face of support. Allowing for a 10 inch bearing
pad, the critical section is 66.5 inches from the end of the girder.
Since this is less than the development length, the stress in the steel must be reduced for lack
of development.
l 60d b
f px = f pe + px
( f ps f pe )
l d 60d b
f px = 158.6ksi +
Aps f ps + As f y
[LRFD 5.11.4.2-4]
66.5in 30in
( 264.8ksi 158.6ksi ) = 198.4ksi
127.3in 30in
Mu
d v
+ 0.5
( 4.74 )(198.4 ) = 940.4k >
+ u V p 0.5Vs cot

Nu
1346
250
+0+
23.6 0.5 (144.2 ) cot ( 21.4 ) = 488k
1.0 ( 56.5 )
0.9
This is OK. Note that Vs may not be taken as greater than Vu/ [LRFD 5.8.3.5].
Vs = 144k <
Vu
250k
= 277.8k
0.9
At the inside edge of the bearing area of a simply supported end:

V
Aps f ps + As f y u V p 0.5Vs cot
[LRFD 5.8.3.5.-2]
The steel is not fully developed. Since the bearing pad is assumed 10 inches, this section is
10 inches from the end of the girder. This is within the transfer length, so:
f px =
f pe l px
60db
ODOT Short Course
158.6 (10 )
30
= 52.9ksi
July 2007
[LRFD 5.11.4.2-3]

Page 50 of 65
( 4.74 )( 52.9 ) = 250.8k <

250
0.9 23.6 0.5 (144.2 ) cot ( 21.4 ) = 464.6k
NG. Assume #4 bars will be used.

Ab f y
0.2 ( 60 )
= 1.25
= 5.7in
l d = 1.25
7
fc '
< 0.4db f y = 0.4 ( 0.5 )( 60 ) = 12in
The development length is 12 inches so:
f sx =
10
( 60 ) = 50ksi
12
The #4 can only develop 50 ksi. Thus:

As =
464.6 250.8
= 4.3in 2
50
This would be 22 #4! Clearly unrealistic!

Add stirrups. Increase to #4 @ 12:
Vs =
0.4 ( 60 )( 56.5 ) cot 21.4

12
= 288k >
Vu
= 277.8k

V
( 4.74 )( 52.9 ) = 250.8k <

250
0.9 23.6 0.5 ( 277.8 ) cot ( 21.4 ) = 294.2k
This is much more workable:

As =
294.2 250.8
= 0.87in 2
50
ODOT Short Course
July 2007

Page 51 of 65
This is 5 #4 bars.
So decrease stirrup spacing from the end of the girder to the critical section (this will be 66.5
inches from the end of the girder) to #4 @ 12. Add 5 #4 bars longitudinal in the bottom
flange.
PRETENSIONED
ANCHORAG
E ZONE
Anchorage
Zone
The bursting resistance of pretensioned anchorage zones provided by vertical reinforcement

in the ends of the pretensioned beams at the service limit state shall be take as:
Pr = f s As
[LRFD 5.10.10.1-1]
Where:
in2
As = Total area of transverse reinforcement
located within the distance h/4 from the end
of the beam
ksi
fs = Stress in steel, but not taken greater than 20
kips
Pr = Bursting resistance, should not be less than
4% of Fpi
40(0.153)(202.5)(0.04) = 49.6
49.6
Solving for the required area of steel, As =
= 2.47 in2
20
At least 2.47 in2 of vertical transverse reinforcement should be provided at the end of the
beam for a distance equal to one-fourth of the depth of the beam, h/4 = 54/4=13.5 in
Therefore, for a distance of 13.5 in from the end of the member, use 7 #4 bars at 2 inches on
center. The reinforcement provided 7(2)0.2 = 2.8 > 2.47 OK. This may be unrealistic, so
larger bars may be needed.
Confinement
Reinforcement
[LRFD 5.10.10.2]
For a distance of 1.5d = 1.5(54) = 81 in, from the end of the beam, reinforcement is placed
to confine the prestressing steel in the bottom flange. The reinforcement should not be less
than #3 deformed pars, with spacing not exceeding 6.0 in, and shaped to enclose the strands.
EXTERIOR
GIRDER
ODOT Short Course
July 2007

Page 52 of 65
Effective
Flange Width
Exterior Girder
The effective flange width is taken as one-half the effective width of the adjacent interior
girder plus the least of:
One-eighth of the effective span length
= 0.125(96.25)(12)
= 144 in.
6.0 times the average thickness of the slab, plus = 6.0(8.5) + 0.5(8)
=55 in.
the greater of half the web thickness
or
one-quarter of the width of the top flange of the = 6.0(8.5) + 0.25(20)
= 55 in.
basic girder
The width of the overhang
= 2.5 ft = 30 inches
Therefore, the effective flange width for the exterior girder is: (96/2) + 30 = 78 in.
From the previous calculation of beff, the center to center distance controls.
beff Trans = nbeff = (0.8015) 78 in = 62.5 in
Exterior Girder
Properties
From the previous calculation of beff, the center to center distance controls.
beff Trans = nbeff = (0.8015) 78 in = 62.5 in
ODOT Short Course
yb=
38.22 in
I=
624512 in4
A=
50457 in2
h=
62.5 in
yTC =
24.28 in
yTG =
15.78 in
Sb=
16340 in3
STG =
39576 in3
STC =
25721in3
July 2007

Page 53 of 65
Dead Loads
Slab Self Weight:

78 in (8.5 in)(0.150 kcf)/144 = 0.691 klf
Haunch Weight: (Same as interior girder)
0.042 klf
Recall that tributary area was used for the slab weight. This will DECREASE the dead load
moment on the exterior girders.
Distribution
Factors
Distance x, ft.
Shear, kips
Moment, kip-ft
0.00
35.3
9.26
28.5
295
18.97
21.4
537
28.69
14.2
710
38.41
7.1
814
48.13
849
57.84
-7.1
814
67.56
-14.2
710
77.28
-21.4
537
86.99
-28.5
295
96.25
-35.3
One Lane Loaded: Lever Rule

g= egint
Where:
g = DFMext
gint= DFMint
d
e = 0.77 + e
9.1
ODOT Short Course
July 2007

Page 54 of 65
Distribution
Factor for
Moment
Positive Moment Region:

DFExt = e DFInt
e = 0.77 +
de
9.1
= 0.77 +
1.0
9.1
= 0.880
DFExt+ = (0.880) (0.665) = 0.585

Lever Rule
Assume a hinge develops over each interior girder and solve for the reaction in the exterior
girder as a fraction of the truck load.
M
R=
1.2 Pe RS = 0
1.2 Pe
1.2e
DF =
S
S
This is for one lane loaded. Multiple Presence

Factors apply 1.2 is the MPF
In the diagram, P/2 are the wheel loads; P is the
resultant force. All three loads are NOT applied at
the same time.
Note that truck cannot be closer than 2 from the
barrier
Distribution for
Factor for
Moment
One Lane Loaded:

R=
1.2(36k ) [ (10.5 3.5) + (10.5 9.5) ]
72k (8 ft )
R = 0.6 lanes / girder
Multiple Presence:
MPF = 1.2
Note that this only uses the truck.
By dividing by the total truck weight of 72 kips, R is given in lanes/girder
ODOT Short Course
July 2007

Page 55 of 65

NL
DFExt ,Min =
NL
+
Nb
X Ext e
Nb
[LRFD C4.6.2.2.2d-1]
Where:
NL
Nb
e
x
XExt
- Number of loaded lanes under consideration

- Number of beams or girders
- Eccentricity of design truck or load from CG of pattern of girders (ft.)
- Distance from CG of pattern of girders to each girder (ft.)
- Distance from CG of pattern of girders to exterior girder (ft.)
Note: Only the truck is used and it cannot be closer than 2 from the barrier
Minimum Exterior Girder Distribution Factor One Lane:
NL
DFM
Ext , Min
NL
Nb
1
Nb
16(12)
DFM
Ext , Min
DFM
Ext , Min
= 0.50
DFM
Ext , Min
= MPF ( DF ) = 1.2(0.5) = 0.6
X Ext e
ODOT Short Course
2 162 + 82
July 2007

Page 56 of 65
Two Lanes Loaded:
Note: Truck cannot be closer than 2 from the barrier and the truck must be 2 feet from the
lane edge.
Minimum Exterior Girder Distribution Factor Two Lane:
NL
DFM
Ext , Min
NL
Nb
2
Nb
16(12 + 0)
DFM
Ext , Min
DFM
Ext , Min
= 0.70
DFM
Ext , Min
= MPF ( DF ) = 1.0(0.7) = 0.7 CONTROLS
X Ext e
2(162 + 82 )
DFMtwo lanes = 0.585 lanes/girder

DFMone lane = 0.600 lanes/girder (lever rule)
DFMminimum = 0.600 lanes/girder (one lanes)
DFMminimum = 0.700 lanes/girder (two lanes)
The controlling DFM is the minimum DFM with two lanes loaded DFM = 0.7
This is a 5% increase from the interior girder (DFM = 0.665)
Distribution for
Factor for
Shear
One Lane Loaded: Lever Rule

DFM,Ext = e DFM,Int
d
e = 0.66 + e
10
ODOT Short Course
July 2007

Page 57 of 65

DFExt = e DFInt
e = 0.6 +
de
10
= 0.6 +
1.0
10
= 0.70
DFExt+ = (0.70) (0.814) = 0.570

One Lane Loaded: (Lever Rule)
DFVEXT = 0.6
Unfactored
Shear Forces &
Bending
Moments
This is the same as moment calculation.

However, the minimum DF = 0.7 (from possible rigid body rotation) - THIS CONTROLS.
Dead Loads:
Beam Weight
[Simple Span]
Location
Barrier Weight
[Continuous
Span]
Future Wearing
Surface
[Continuous
Span]
Mg ,
kip-ft
Shear
kips
Ms,
kip-ft
Shear
kips
Mb,
kip-ft
Shea
r
kips
Mws,
kip-ft
x ft.
x/L
Shear
kips
0.00
0.00
39.6
35.3
9.2
7.7
14.7
12.4
9.26
0.10
31.9
331
28.5
295.2
6.8
81.8
10.9
130.5
18.97
0.20
24
602.6
21.4
537.3
4.3
136
6.9
217
28.69
0.30
16
796.5
14.2
710.4
1.8
166
2.9
264.9
38.41
0.40
912.9
7.1
814.2
-0.6
171.9
-1
274.2
48.13
0.50
951.9
848.8
-3.1
153.6
-5
245.1
57.84
0.60
-8
912.9
-7.1
814.2
-5.6
111.2
-8.9
177.5
67.56
0.70
-16
796.5
-14.2
710.4
-8.1
44.7
-12.9
71.3
77.28
0.80
-24
602.6
-21.4
537.3
-10.6
-46
-16.9
-73.4
86.99
0.90
-31.9
331
-28.5
295.2
-13.1
-160.8
-20.8
-256.7
96.25
Brg.
-39.6
-35.3
-15.4
-292.7
-24.6
-467.1
ODOT Short Course
Deck plus
Haunch
[Simple Span]
July 2007

Page 58 of 65
Live Loads:
Length
LL+IM
V
ft.
Bearing
k-ft
76.5
50.9
Trans.
2.04
74.0
199.4
H/2
2.73
73.2
247.5
0.10L
9.26
65.3
655.8
0.20L
18.97
53.7
1101.8
0.30L
28.69
42.9
1365.5
0.40L
38.41
34.2
1483.0
MidSpan
48.13
-41.3
1455.5
0.60L
57.84
-51.6
1301.1
0.70L
67.56
-61.8
1009.2
0.80L
77.28
-71.7
-815.0
0.90L
86.99
-81.3
-921.5
H/2
93.52
-87.1
-1252.7
Trans.
94.21
-87.7
-1299.1
Bearing
96.25
-89.5
-1449.7
Maximum envelope values shown. The values shown may not be from the same load case.
Load
Combinations

Service I:
Q = 1.00(DC + DW) + 1.00 (LL + IM)
Service III:
Q = 1.00(DC + DW) + 0.80(LL + IM)
Strength I:
Length
ft.
Bearing
Trans.
H/2
0.10L
0.20L
0.30L
0.40L
MidSpan
0.60L
0.70L
0.80L
0.90L
H/2
Trans.
Bearing
ODOT Short Course
0
2.04
2.73
9.26
18.97
28.69
38.41
48.13
57.84
67.56
77.28
86.99
93.52
94.21
96.25
[LRFD 3.4.1]
Service 1
Service 3
Strength 1
V
M
V
M
V
M
k
k-ft
k
k-ft
k
k-ft
175.3
71.0
160.0
60.8
261.1
117.3
168.2
416.2
153.4
376.4
250.8
630.3
165.8
528.7
151.1
479.2
247.2
797.3
143.4
1494.4
130.3
1363.2
214.6
2228.5
110.2
2594.7
99.5
2374.3
166.4
3848.5
77.8
3303.3
69.3
3030.2
119.5
4878.1
47.7
3656.2
40.8
3359.6
76.4
5380.4
-49.4
3654.7
-41.2
3363.6
-83.7
5357.4
-81.2
3316.9
-70.9
3056.7
-129.6
4841.0
-113.0
2632.0
-100.7
2430.2
-175.4
3812.5
-144.6
205.5
-130.3
368.5
-220.8
-568.0
-175.6
-712.8
-159.3
-528.5
-265.4
-1635.0
-195.9
-1707.1
-178.5
-1456.5
-294.3
-2930.0
-198.1
-1829.0
-180.6
-1569.2
-297.5
-3092.5
-204.4
-2209.5
-186.5
-1919.6
-306.4
-3603.6
July 2007

Page 59 of 65
Stresses at
Midspan
Concrete stress at the top fiber of the girder, three cases:

1. Under permanent loads, Service I:
Ppe Ppe ec ( M g + M s ) ( M ws + M b )
+
+
ftg1 =
A
St
St
Stg
972 972(20.0) (951.9 + 848.8) *12 (153.6 + 245.1) *12
+
+
789
8,909
8,909
39576
ftg1 = 1.23 2.18 + 2.43 + 0.12 = +1.60
ftg1 =

( M LL + I )
ftg 2 = 0.5 ftg1 +
Stg
1, 455*12
39576
= 0.80 + 0.44 = +1.24
ftg 2 = 0.5(1.60) +
ftg 2

( M LL + I )
ftg 3 = ftg1 +
Stg
1, 455*12
39576
= 1.60 + 0.44 = +2.04
ftg 3 = (1.60) +
ftg 3

ftc =
( M ws + M b )
Stc
(245.1 + 153.6) *12

25271
ftc = +0.186
ftc = +

Note that deck stresses under service loads are almost always well below allowable for
continuous for LL bridges; but they still must be checked.
ODOT Short Course
July 2007

Page 60 of 65

( M LL + I )
ftc 2 = 0.5 ftc1 +
Stc
1, 455*12
25721
= 0.09 + 0.68 = +0.77
ftc 2 = 0.5(0.186) +
ftc 2

( M LL + I )
ftc 3 = ftc1 +
Stc
1, 455*12
25721
= 0.19 + 0.68 = +0.87
ftc 3 = (0.186) +
ftc 3

Tension stress at the bottom fiber of the girder, Service III:
fb =
Ppe
A
Ppe ec
Sb
(M g + M s )
Sb
( M ws + M b ) + 0.8M LL + I
Sbc
972 972(20.0) (951.9 + 848.8) *12 [ (245.1 + 153.6) + (0.8*1455) ] *12

+
789
10,542
10,542
16,340
fb = 1.23 + 1.84 2.05 1.15 = 0.13
fb =
Positive
Moment
Section
GIRDER STRESSES
INT
EXT
1.98 ksi
1.60 ksi
COMP PERMANENT LOADS + LL
1.34 ksi
1.24 ksi
COMP PERMANENT LOADS + LL
2.33 ksi
2.04 ksi
TENSION
0.40 ksi
0.13 ksi
Total Ultimate bending moment for Strength I i:

M u = 1.25( DC ) + 1.5( DW ) + 1.75( LL + IM )
ODOT Short Course
[LRFD Tables 3.4.1&2]
July 2007

Page 61 of 65

M u ,ext = 1.25( DC ) + 1.5( DW ) + 1.75( LL + IM )
M u ,ext = 1.25(912.9 + 814.2 + 171.9) + 1.5(274.2) + 1.75(1, 483)
M u ,ext = 5380k ft < M u ,int = 5, 615k ft
Since exterior Mu is less than interior Mu, OK
The positive moment, under the Strength I limit state, for the exterior girder is less than that
for interior girder. Although the LL increases, the DL decreases due to the flange (slab)
being narrower.
The interior girder design met all the checks for positive moment design. These were:
Nominal Strength, tension controlled, and minimum reinforcement. All of these checks
depend on Mu and/or Mn. Since MU,ext<Mu,int, the design for the interior girder for
POSITIVE MOMENT is adequate for exterior girder.
Stresses at transfer of prestressing force is independent of whether the girder is interior or
exterior, so no check is needed.
Negative
Moment
Section
[LRFD Tables 3.4.1&2]
M u = 1.25( DC ) + 1.5( DW ) + 1.75( LL + IM )

M u = 1.25(292.7) + 1.5(467.1) + 1.75(1, 450) = 3604 kip-ft
This is 4% greater than the moment for the interior girder. This is because the LL moment
increases. At the support, the slab moment is 0, so it has no effect. Away from the support,
the slab moment is positive, so it would mitigate the negative moment. Thus, the smaller
slab moment has the effect of INCREASING the negative moment, as compared to the
interior girder.
As (60)
3, 604(12) = 0.90 As (60) 58.25
1.7(7.0)(26)
0 = 10.47 As2 3145 As + 43248

As = 14.5in 2
This is the required amount of mild steel reinforcement required in the slab to resist the
negative moment and it is equal to 33 #6 bars. Distributed over a length of 6.5 feet, this
would be #6 @ 4 inches top and bottom! Use 16 bars on the bottom and 17 on the top. As =
14.52 in2
Note: Only 13.98 in2 were required for the interior girder.
ODOT Short Course
July 2007

Page 62 of 65
Location of steel:
Top 17 #6 with 2 clear
Btm 16 #6 with 2 5/8 clear.
As = 33(0.44) = 14.52 in2
17(0.44)(2.375) + 16(0.44)(8.5 3)
14.52
56.48
= 3.9
x=
14.52
x=

d = 58.6 in
Now check Mn:
a=
c=
As f y
0.85f c 'b
(14.52 )( 60 ) = 5.63in
0.85 ( 7 )( 26 )
a 5.63
=
= 8.04
1 0.7
5.63
M r = M n = ( 0.9 )(14.52 )( 60 ) 58.6
M r = 43740k in = 3, 645k ft > M u = 3, 604k ft

Control of
Cracking by
Distribution
Reinforcement
According to LRFD 5.7.3.4 the spacing of the mild steel reinforcement in the layer closest to
the tension face shall satisfy equation 5.7.3.4-1.
s
700 e
2d c
s fs
Based on the check made for the interior girders (requiring a spacing of 9 inches), #6@ 4
inches will clearly satisfy this requirement. Note that the service level stress will increase,
but not enough to bring the requirement below 4 inches.
ODOT Short Course
July 2007

Page 63 of 65
Maximum
Reinforcement
Negative
Moment
Section
As before, check the strain in the extreme tensile steel: :
[LRFD 5.7.2.1 & 5.5.4.2]
d c
59.9 8.04
t = 0.003 t
= 0.003
= 0.019 > 0.005
8.04
c
Minimum
Reinforcement
Negative
Moment
Section
S nc
Where:
fr =
f r = 0.37 f c' = 0.37 4.5 = 0.785
[LRFD 5.7.3.3.2-1]
ksi
fcpe =
0.0
ksi
Mdnc=
Mg + Ms = 0
kip-ft
Sc=
16340
in3
16340
(0.785)
12
M cr = 1069k ft
M cr =
1.2M cr = 1282k ft
At bearing, the factored moment required by the Strength I load combination is:
Mu = -3604 kip-ft
Therefore, 1.33M u = 4793 kip-ft
Since 1.2 M cr < 1.33M u , 1.2M cr Controls
M r = 3, 645 > 1.2M cr = 1282 OK
The design of the exterior section meets all requirements for positive and negative bending
under both Service and Strength Limit States.
ODOT Short Course
July 2007

Page 64 of 65
Shear
Strength I
Length
ft.
Bearing
Trans.
H/2
0.10L
0.20L
0.30L
0.40L
MidSpan
0.60L
0.70L
0.80L
0.90L
H/2
Trans.
Bearing
0
2.04
2.73
9.26
18.97
28.69
38.41
48.13
57.84
67.56
77.28
86.99
93.52
94.21
96.25
Interior
V
k
299.125
287.45
283.375
246.375
191.575
138.4
89.575
-95.9
-147.875
-199.95
-251.375
-301.825
-334.65
-338.2
-348.325
M
k-ft
113.1
644.925
817.925
2303.925
3993.775
5077.725
5615.875
5610.625
5091.675
4041.75
-329.31
-1464.58
-2795.88
-2961.82
-3482.75
Exterior
V
k
261.0657
250.7524
247.1722
214.6325
166.3629
119.4571
76.42157
-83.733
-129.581
-175.438
-220.846
-265.37
-294.34
-297.47
-306.435
M
k-ft
117.3438
630.3376
797.2625
2228.485
3848.451
4878.126
5380.371
5357.442
4841.008
3812.453
-567.967
-1635.04
-2929.99
-3092.54
-3603.56
This compares Strength I shears and moments for the interior and exterior girders. Note that
the exterior girder shears are LESS than the interior girder
shears. Thus, the previous design works for vertical and horizontal shear. The longitudinal
steel requirements are also met.
ODOT Short Course
July 2007

Page 65 of 65

33-ODOT Prestressed Design FINAL

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

33-ODOT Prestressed Design FINAL

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

AASHTO LRFD Bridge

AASHTO-LRFD Specification, 4th Edition

This module covers prestressed concrete superstructure

Prestressed Concrete: Slide #2

LRFD equations are in KSI units!

Example Modulus of Rupture:

f r = 0.24 5ksi = 0.530ksi

f r = 7.5 5000 psi = 530 psi STD.SPEC.

In most cases, the equations are simply the old Standard

7.5 5000 psi 7.5 1000 5ksi 7.5 5ksi

Prestressed Concrete: Slide #3

5.4 Material Properties

Materials must meet AASHTO LRFD Bridge

Prestressed Concrete: Slide #4

5.4 Material Properties

A current problem with the LRFD Specifications is that some

Prestressed Concrete: Slide #5

5.4 Material Properties

For calculation of creep and shrinkage, the engineer may

Prestressed Concrete: Slide #6

5.4 Material Properties

(t , ti ) = 1.9kvs k hc k f ktd ti0.118

= time from first loading to

= time of first loading

V/S = volume to surface

= concrete strength at time of

ODOT Short Course

Prestressed Concrete: Slide #7

5.4 Material Properties

Shrinkage ( Art. 5.4.2.3.3) :

sh = kvs k hs k f ktd (0.48 x10

= time from end of cure to

V/S = volume to surface

Prestressed Concrete: Slide #8

5.4 Material Properties

There are now 3 defined Moduli of Rupture for normal

For Arts. 5.7.3.4 (crack control) and 5.7.3.3.2 (Ieff):

Note that the value for Article 5.8.3.4.3 (shear) ONLY

ODOT Short Course

Prestressed Concrete: Slide #9

5.4 Material Properties

w = concrete unit weight in kcf

fc = concrete strength ksi

Prestressed Concrete: Slide #10

3.4 - Loads and Load Factors

Service I: Used for compression and transverse tension in prestressed

ODOT Short Course

3.4 - Loads and Load Factors

Use One of These at a Time

Prestressed Concrete: Slide #12

3.4 - Loads and Load Factors

FATIGUE LL, IM,

Use One of These at a Time

ODOT Short Course

3.4 - Loads and Load Factors

Use One of These at a

Prestressed Concrete: Slide #14

3.4 - Loads and Load Factors

Service III applies only to LONGITUDINAL TENSION in

ODOT Short Course

Prestressed Concrete: Slide #15

AASHTO-LRFD Specification, 4th Edition

Distribution Factors for Precast/Prestressed Concrete Elements

simplified distribution factors may be used if: